2013 Chandos Publishing Catalogues by Woodhead Publishing

CHANDOS PUBLISHING 2013 CATALOGUE LEADERS IN LIBRARY AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT

• Library Management • Business Management • Information Management • Internet, Web and Social Media • Asian Studies

www.chandospublishing.com

ABOUT CHANDOS PUBLISHING Established in 1998 Chandos Publishing is a leading international publisher specialising in the following fields: Library and Information Science Library Management Information Management

Business Management Internet, Web and Social Media Asian Studies

Chandos’ books are aimed at an international audience of researchers, academics and practitioners concerned with the library and information sector. Our ambitious publishing plans for the future will continue to bring you a range of pragmatic, informative books, professional texts and research monographs. Our books are available worldwide, either direct, via our website, or through booksellers and an international network of agents and representatives. To place an order please use the order form provided at the rear of the catalogue or visit our website at www.chandospublishing.com Call for authors We are always pleased to hear proposals from authors for new books. If there is a subject that does not appear in this catalogue, you can’t find the book you want, or think you could write a book, let us know. Please contact Dr Glyn Jones, Publisher (gjones@chandospublishing.com) to discuss further. Stay informed If you would like to receive regular updates and new title alerts by e-mail please sign up to our e-mail newsletter at www.woodheadpublishing.com/chandossubscribe Where is Chandos Publishing? Editorial enquiries Chandos Publishing Hexagon House Avenue 4, Station Lane Witney OX28 4BN, UK Tel: +44 1993 848726 Fax: +44 1223 893694 E-mail: gjones@chandospublishing.com www.chandospublishing.com

Sales enquiries Woodhead Publishing Limited 80 High Street Sawston Cambridge CB22 3HJ, UK Tel: +44 1223 499140 Fax: +44 1223 832819 E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com www.woodheadpublishing.com

Chandos Publishing is an imprint of Woodhead Publishing Limited

Introducing Chandos Publishing Online... Chandos Publishing Online is a new electronic resource of library and information science, knowledge management and business information trends, comprising over 300 e-books, in Library and Information Science, Business Management, Internet, Web and Social Media, and Asian Studies. Designed and created after extensive research the site offers extensive features and functionality and is the only platform to offer the complete Chandos Publishing catalogue in one place. For more information e-mail info@chandospublishingonline.com

Features • Over 300 titles • Regularly updated with new content • Fast and powerful search tools • Flexible purchase options available • Extensive librarian support tools • Perpetual access - No ongoing maintenance fees • Hosted by MetaPress

To find how Chandos Publishing Online meets your research needs or to request a trial go to:

www.chandospublishingonline.com or e-mail info@chandospublishingonline.com

Contents LIBRARY AND INFORMATION SCIENCE

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT Business management 61

Library management INTERNET, WEB AND SOCIAL MEDIA

Library policy and strategy

Ethical and funding issues for librarians

Web trends 63

Library leadership and general management

NEW SERIES Social media 66

Quality management, marketing and design 16

ASIAN STUDIES

Personal and staff development 18

Human resources 70

Public and other non-academic libraries 23

General business issues in Asia 70

Information management

China 72

Information literacy and study skills 27

India 76

e-learning and research 32

Japan 77

Publishing 38

Thailand 77

Electronic and information resources 40

South Korea 77

Internet and web issues for librarians 47

Vietnam 77

Digital and digital rights management 50 Archives, cataloguing and classification 52

Title index 78

Information architecture and knowledge management 56

Author index 81 Order form 84

NEW denotes titles published from January 2012 onwards. Available / will be available on Chandos Publishing Online All prices are correct at time of going to press but are subject to alteration without notice. For further information on our titles please telephone, fax, e-mail, or visit our website: Tel: +44 (0)1223 499140 Fax: +44 (0)1223 832819 E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com Web: www.chandospublishing.com E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com / Order online @ www.chandospublishing.com

Library management LIBRARY POLICY AND STRATEGY

NEW The Patron-Driven Library

NEW Managing Academic Libraries

NEW Disaster Planning for Libraries

A practical guide for managing collections and services in the digital age

Principles and practice

Process and guidelines Guy Robertson, Justice Institute of British Columbia, Canada Libraries are constantly at risk. Every day, many libraries and their collections are damaged by fire, flooding, high winds, power outages, and criminal behaviour. Every library needs a plan to protect its staff, sites and collections, including yours. Disaster Planning for Libraries provides a practical guide to developing a comprehensive plan for any library. Twelve chapters cover essential areas of plan development; these include an overview of the risks faced by libraries, disaster preparedness and responding to disasters, resuming operations after a disaster and assessing damage, declaring disaster and managing a crisis, cleaning up and management after a disaster and normalizing relations, staff training, testing disaster plans, and the in-house planning champion. CONTENTS

Libraries and Risk; Disaster preparedness; Operational resumption, continuity, and recovery; Damage assessment and strategic alliances; Disaster declaration and crisis management; Clean-up, who, when and how; Post-disaster management of patrons; Normalization of operations; Staff orientation and training; Testing, auditing, updating disaster plans; The in-house planning champion; Pandemic management in libraries; Moisture control vendors and their services; Library security and loss control.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 730 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 396 1 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347309

NEW 24/7 Reference Global partnerships Susan McGlamery, QuestionPoint Programs, USA Collaboration and cooperation has become the most frequently used method by which libraries can leverage scarce resources in order to meet an increasingly demanding user base. 24/7 Reference examines the role of cooperative reference in today’s information space by taking an in-depth look at the world’s largest collaborative reference service, the 24/7 Reference Cooperative. The book discusses how the Cooperative provides a 24 hour live chat reference service through the coordinated efforts of over 1,400 participating libraries in the US and the UK. The Cooperative’s continued success, challenges and role in a Web 2.0 world are explored. CONTENTS

The role of cooperation in virtual reference services; Issues with virtual reference cooperation; The future – reference and the community.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q4 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 555 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 340 4 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345558

Dee Ann Allison, University of NebraskaLincoln, USA Libraries in the USA and globally are undergoing quiet revolution. Libraries are moving away from a philosophy that is collection-centered to one focused on service. Technology is key to that change. The Patron-Driven Library explores the way technology has moved the focus from library collections to services, placing the reader at the center of library activities. The book reveals the way library users are changing, and how social networking, web delivery of information, and the uncertain landscape of e-print has energized librarians to adopt technology to meet a different model of the library while preserving core values. Following an introduction, the first part begins with the historical milieu, and moves on to current challenges for financing and acquiring materials, and an exploration of why the millennial generation is transformational. The second part examines how changes in library practice can create a culture for imagining library services in an age of information overflow. The final chapter asks: Whither the library? CONTENTS

Introduction: Patron-centered libraries. Part 1 Connections from the past to the present. Part 2 Rise of the librarian.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 736 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 402 9 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347361

NEW Optimizing Academic Library Services in the Digital Milieu Digital devices and their emerging trends

Aimed at professionals within the Library and Information Services (LIS) interested in learning more about the management of academic libraries and written against a backdrop made up of the changes that digital technology has brought to academic libraries, this book uncovers how the library has changed its meaning from a physical icon to a virtual icon and its effect on culture. CONTENTS

Part 1 Principles of academic library service: The standards and intellectual freedom principles: Information literacy classes and faculty research support; Academic library 2.0; Student learning through social relationships; Collaboration and the role of professional organizations. Part 2 Practices of academic libraries technology is acknowledged as the driving force of the library’s function and the practice of academic librarianship: Privacy and intellectual freedom; Writing collection development policies; Establishing collection development priorities and allocating funds; Bridging academic units; Designing budgets; Committee work; Supervising and appraising staff; Relationships with state library associations; Relationships with vendors. Part 3 Professionalism: Managerial development and career paths: Instructional culture; Leadership development; Grant writing and networking; Legal issues; The future of the academic library.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q2 2014 ISBN: 978 1 84334 621 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 311 4 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346210

NEW Achieving Transformational Change in Academic Libraries

Brendan Ryan, Rhode Island College, USA

Stephen Mossop, University of Exeter, UK

The digital is the new milieu in which academic libraries must serve their patrons; but how best to utilize the slew of digital devices and their surrounding trends? Optimizing Academic Library Services in the Digital Milieu identifies best practices and strategies for using digital devices (such as tablets, e-readers, and smartphones) and copyrighted materials in academic libraries. Special consideration is given to e-books, iBooks, e-journals, and digital textbooks. This title describes how academic libraries can remain current, nimbly addressing user needs. An introduction gives an overview of technology in academic libraries, including the foundations of copyright law and user behavior in relation to digital content. Three parts then cover: digital rights management (DRM); practical approaches to e-content for librarians; and emerging pedagogy and technology. Finally, the book concludes by telling libraries how to remain agile and adaptable as they navigate the digital milieu.

Academic libraries undergo episodes of strategic change. Transformational change may be seen as fundamentally different from other kinds of change. Deep level cultural change is often part of the process. At the individual level this may be traumatic, but at the strategic level, such change can prove essential. Drawing on experiences at the University of Exeter and elsewhere, Achieving Transformational Change in Academic Libraries explores the purpose and nature of ‘Transformational Change’ and its exponents, and discusses the benefits and limitations of its place in an academic library setting. The title is divided into five chapters, covering: a definition of transformational change; drivers of transformational change and its place in a strategic change agenda; selling the vision of cultural change; human resource issues and cultural change; and the nature of change as a constant.

CONTENTS

Overview to the state of technology in academic libraries. Part 1 Digital Rights Management (DRM). Part 2 Practical approaches to e-content for librarians. Part 3 Emerging pedagogy and technology; Conclusion: Remaining nimble and adaptable to survive in the digital milieu.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 732 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 398 5 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347323

Susan Higgins, University of Southern Mississippi, USA

To order, tel: +44 (0) 1223 499140 / fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

CONTENTS

What is transformational change; I wouldn’t start from here; That’s not how we do things here; It’s all about people; When does it End?

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 724 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 390 9 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347248

Available / will be available on Chandos Publishing Online

Library management NEW How Libraries Make Tough Choices in Difficult Times Purposeful abandonment David Stern, Illinois State University, USA How Libraries Make Tough Choices in Difficult Times is a practical guide for library managers, offering techniques to analyze existing and potential services, implement best practices for maximizing existing resources, and utilize pressing financial scenarios in order to justify making difficult reallocation decisions. The book begins by asking the fundamental questions of why, what, and how, moving on to look at how to manage expectations and report to both administration and faculty. The book then considers the four ‘D’s of Do, Delegate, Delay and Drop, before covering project management, and how to understand the mission and objectives of your organisation. The book then focuses on: Service quality improvement analyses; identifying underlying issues; reviewing resources; identifying best practice; managing feedback and expectations; and looking at decision making skills and implications. CONTENTS

Overview of the scenario; Preparing for analysis; A few important analysis techniques; Statistics and data gathering; Environmental scans and the power of best practices; Management; The most important ‘D’: Do.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 701 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 367 1 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347019

NEW Excellence in the Stacks Strategies, practices and reflections of award-winning libraries Edited by Jacob Hill and Susan Swords Steffen, Elmhurst College, USA Excellence in the Stacks details the philosophies, practices and innovations of award-winning libraries over the last ten years. It will inform the profession and highlight the themes and strategies these liberal-arts colleges share, and where they differ. Using the Association of Research and College Libraries Excellence in Academic Libraries Award standards as guidelines for exploring librarianship, this book gathers the perspectives of all types of librarians at all levels of employment. By highlighting winners’ holistic approaches it helps define and focus the energies of college libraries in their pursuit of outstanding service and increased valuation by their parent institution. CONTENTS

ACRL Excellence in College Libraries defined; Defining the small college library within the institution; Excellence in the workplace environment; Excellence as a Faculty member; Excellence in the Nurturing the Profession; Excellence in teaching; Excellence in defining essential technologies; Where are we heading and other wild speculations; Conclusion: Excellence in review.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q1 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 665 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 326 8 Approx. £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346654

NEW Chinese Librarianship in the Digital Era

NEW Designing Effective Library Tutorials

Edited by Conghui Fang, Nanjing University of Science and Technology, China

A guide for accommodating multiple learning styles

The issues faced by Chinese libraries and librarians are those faced by library practitioners more globally, however, China also has its own unique set of issues in the digital era, including developmental imbalance between East and West, urban and rural areas, and availability of skilled practitioners. Chinese Librarianship in the Digital Era is the first book on Chinese libraries responding to these issues and more. The first part of the book places discussion in historical context, before moving on to the digital environment of the Chinese library. The book then considers the issue of digital copyright in China, and debates the core values of the Chinese library. The next three chapters cover public and academic libraries, and library consortia. Finally, the book gives a view of the future prospects for libraries in China. CONTENTS

Historical review of the Chinese library; Digital environment of the Chinese library; Digital libraries in China; Library and digital copyright in China; Debate on the core value of the library; The public library: Silhouette of public services in Chinese society; The academic library: Focusing on service; Library consortia in China: Cooperation, sharing and reciprocity; Future prospects.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 707 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 373 2 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347071

NEW Academic Libraries in the U.S. and China Comparative studies of instruction, government documents, and outreach Hanrong Wang, Bethany Latham and Charlcie Vann, Jacksonville State University, USA Academic Libraries in the U.S. and China compares current practices within Library and Information Science (LIS) in the USA and China, giving a historical overview of instruction, government documents, and outreach in academic libraries. Chapters examine trends and anticipate the future, offering an authoritative overview which libraries can use as a template for immediate and successful implementation and integration into current library workflows, as well as for future planning. CONTENTS

Section 1 Instruction: Historical development and the current situation in the U.S. and China; Functions of library instruction; Basic elements of an instruction session; Delivery methods of instruction; Conflicts and resolutions; Evaluation and feedback; The future of instruction; Section 2 Government documents: Overview and history of the Government Printing Office, the Federal Depository Library Program, and international organizations; Acquisition and processing workflows and public services; Preservation and authentication; Trends and anticipated futures; Section 3 Outreach: Definition and structure of outreach programs; Target outreach populations; Participants in academic library outreach; Marketing and networking; Why outreach is essential to the future of academic libraries.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 691 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 356 5 Approx. £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346913

Lori Mestre, University of Illinois at UrbanaChampaign, USA Learning styles are relevant for students in the online environment. Designing Effective Library Tutorials presents studies, practical suggestions and examples to assist librarians and faculty as they develop online instruction, tutorials, and learning objects for students from diverse learning styles. Geared for the practitioner working in online learning, the book provides a summary of the current literature covering the relevance of learning styles for students in the online environment, and presents best practices for designing effective online tools for diverse learners, including suggestions for assessment of online learning. Research on learning style preferences in the online environment emphasizes the need to provide a variety of methods that include text, aural, visual, and kinesthetic modalities. CONTENTS

Learning styles debate: Do we need to match up learning styles with presentation style? Overview of learning style theories and learning style results from the Mestre Study; the intersection of culture and learning styles; The need for learning object development; Present practice: Categories and features of library tutorials; Effective design of learning objects; Pedagogical considerations for instructional tutorials; Interactivity options for tutorials; Assessment of learning objects; Usability studies: The value and process; Marketing learning objects for broad visibility; Resources.

350 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 688 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 325 1 Approx. £52.50/US$90.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346883

NEW New Directions for Academic Liaison Librarians Alice Crawford, University of St Andrews Library, UK Aimed at practitioners and students of librarianship, this book is about interesting and unusual practical projects currently being run in by academic liaison librarians. It shows how liaison librarians can extend their roles beyond the established one of information literacy teaching and showcases areas in which they can engage in collaborative ventures with academic and administrative staff. Designed to excite and inspire, New Directions for Academic Liaison Librarians demonstrates the potential of the liaison role and emphasises the need for flexibility, imagination and initiative in those who hold these posts. CONTENTS

Liaison in the wider world: A medical librarian in Malawi; Liaison and bibliometric support: The UK Research Assessment Exercise; Liaison and virtual worlds; Liaison and digital scholarship; Liaison and open access journals; Liaison and community outreach: A Friends of the Library Group; Liaison and library buildings.

176 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 569 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 304 6 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345695

E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com / Order online @ www.chandospublishing.com

Library management NEW Electronic Resource Management Practical perspectives in a new technical services model Anne Elguindi and Kari Schmidt, American University Library, USA Many libraries combine print and e-serials in one unit, but the different workflows for the two formats, combined with the different responsibilities associated with the management of the two formats, have caused challenges for conceptualising that all ‘serials’ work together. Electronic Resource Management tackles the central issues with the concepts of the access and management of electronic resources. It highlights the different kinds of e-resources, from e-serials and e-books to databases and digital collections that continue to bring new developments to a field that requires different systems and skills than those needed for print resources. CONTENTS

Emerging technical services models in the context of the past; Electronic resource management: Staffing and workflow; Electronic resource management systems: Implementation and transformation; Discovery systems, layers and tools, and the role of the electronic resources librarian; Academic library consortia and the evolving role of electronic resources and technology; Conclusion: E-books and the future of technical services.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 668 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 320 6 Approx. £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346685

NEW Managing Intellectual Capital in Libraries Beyond the balance sheet

Library Technology and User Services

Strategic Business Development for Information Centres and Libraries

Planning, integration, and usability engineering Anthony Chow and Tim Bucknall, University of North Carolina, USA

Margareta Nelke, I.C. at Once, Sweden

Written as a technology guide for students, practitioners, and administrators, the focus of this book is on introducing current and future trends in library technology and automation within the larger context of strategic and systems planning, implementation, and continuous improvement. Technology is an essential resource for attaining both organizational and patron goals, and planning needs to emphasize the alignment between the clearly defined goals of each. For this alignment to occur on a consistent basis goals must be designed, or engineered, in a systematic fashion where technology fulfils the need to deliver the desired outcomes in an efficient, cost-effective manner. The concept of usability engineering is also examined, where the technology is planned, designed, and implemented in such a way as to maximize utility and ease-of-use for users and employees. Readers of this book will understand both the why and the how of library technology, planning, and implementation articulated in simple, easy-to-understand fashion. CONTENTS

Stone tablets, paper and the Internet: The same old library? Strategic planning, organizational goals and technology: What and for whom? Customized fashion: Finding the right fit; Technology and budgeting; Evaluation: Is technology meeting the needs of the organization’s users? Emerging technology trends in libraries.

170 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 638 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 290 2 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346388

Petros Kostagiolas, Ionian University, Greece Aimed at library practitioners and academics of all levels, Managing Intellectual Capital in Libraries explores the exciting area of intellectual capital management in libraries. The presence of intellectual capital in libraries is largely intangible; however, in the economy of knowledge we must constantly make informed decisions regarding non-tangible, non-monetary, invisible resources in order to better understand their possible usages, structure, production and value. Intellectual capital-based library management is a key issue, fostering innovation that improves a library’s operations and services. Intellectual capital has become the buzzword of knowledge-based economies, and is the ultimate source of competitive advantage. This book provides guidelines, methods and techniques for managing intellectual capital in a library environment. Analysis is accompanied by examples and case studies for intellectual capital utilization in libraries. CONTENTS

Libraries in the knowledge economy: Introducing intellectual capital concepts; Libraries’ Worlds of Production and intellectual capital utilization; Identifying and categorizing intellectual capital in libraries; Measuring libraries’ intellectual capital; Financial valuation and reporting of intellectual capital in libraries; Survival analysis for libraries’ intellectual capital resources; Putting it all together: Summary and final thoughts for further research.

240 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 678 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 315 2 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346784

Library Classification Trends in the 21st Century

This book is aimed at guiding managers towards systematic approaches to improve and facilitate necessary strategic business development and planning. Conditions in the work place for the Library and Information Services (LIS) are rapidly changing: many organizations are experiencing budget restrictions as well as stakeholders questioning the value of the services. Strategic Business Development for Information Centres and Libraries offers methods and tools for LIS departments to ensure value and benefits are delivered to the parent organization. It argues that LIS must be prepared to change according to the parent organization’s needs, to develop strategies for important activities and to seek alliances among key stakeholders. It also offers information on the best practice from five topperforming international LIS units. CONTENTS

The necessary business development and planning; Leadership and change management; Competitive intelligence; Business concept and information strategies; The Business plan; Strategic goals, measurement and evaluation; Implementation of strategic decisions; Tools; Changes and challenges.

170 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 661 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 297 1 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346616

Academic Branch Libraries in Changing Times Nevenka Zdravkovska, University of Maryland, USA

Rajendra Kumbhar, University of Pune, India Library Classification Trends in the 21st Century traces development in and around library classification as reported in literature published in the first decade of the 21st century. It reviews literature published on various aspects of library classification, including modern applications of classification such as internet resource discovery, automatic book classification, text categorization, modern manifestations of classification such as taxonomies, folksonomies and ontologies and interoperable systems enabling crosswalk. The book also features classification education and an exploration of relevant topics. CONTENTS

Knowledge organisation and knowledge organisation systems; Classification and its uses; Construction of classification schemes; General classification schemes; Special classification schemes and classification of nonbibliographic entities; Automatic book classification, reclassification and non-classificatory approaches to knowledge organisation; Classification education; Modern knowledge organisation systems and interoperability; Text categorisation; Classification: Theories, research trends and personalities.

Are academic branch libraries going to be extinct in the near future? In these difficult economic times, when collections are digitized rapidly, is there still a need for a separate unit within proximity to the department, school, or college with a subject-based or subjectspecific collection? Academic Branch Libraries in Changing Times gives a brief historical overview of the role of a branch academic library. It reviews the current situation from a practitioner’s point of view and suggests solutions for the future. CONTENTS

Historical overview of academic branch libraries; Types of branch libraries; Most common subject branch libraries; Assessment/review of viability of branch libraries; Future of academic branch libraries.

230 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 630 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 270 4 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346302

186 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 660 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 298 8 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346609

To order, tel: +44 (0) 1223 499140 / fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

Available / will be available on Chandos Publishing Online

Library management Convergence of Libraries and Technology Organizations New information support models

Making a Collection Count

Visionary Leaders for Information

A holistic approach to library collection management

Arthur Winzenried, Charles Sturt University, Australia

Holly Hibner, Plymouth District Library and Mary Kelly, Salem-South Lyon District Library, USA

Christopher Barth, Luther College, USA This book describes and discusses the convergence of library and technology support in higher education. Over the past 15 years, a number of institutions have pursued merging library and technology services into a single information support organization. Convergence of Libraries and Technology Organizations provides useful and practical guidance on converged information organizations as an effective response to change in the information profession. CONTENTS

Context for convergence: Arriving at the delta; Assessing possibilities for convergence: Reading the river; Professional culture and politics: Conflict at the helm; Staffing for convergence: Crew selection; Specialization versus generalization: Crew assignments; Organizational design in converged organizations: Streamlining the vessel; The process of converging: Riding the river; Future evolutions of information service organizations: Around the bend in the river.

194 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 616 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 262 9 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346166

Libraries for Users

Making a Collection Count connects the various pieces of library collection management, such as selection, cataloguing, shelving, circulation and weeding, and teaches readers how to gather and analyze data from each point in a collection’s life cycle. Relationships between collections and other library services, such as reference, programming, and technology, are also explored. The result is a quality collection that is clean, current, relevant, and useful, and which connects and highlights various library services. CONTENTS

Life cycle of a collection; Collection audit and using statistics; Physical inventory; Creating collection objectives and benchmarks; Collection organization; Making the most of a library collection budget; Everything is connected.

190 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 606 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 039 7 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346067

Transforming Research Libraries for the Global Knowledge Society Edited by Barbara Dewey, University of Tennessee Libraries, USA

Services in academic libraries

CONTENTS

Luisa Alvite and Leticia Barrionuevo, University of León, Spain CONTENTS

Academic library services: quality and leadership; Users: learning and researching in the digital age; Academic libraries over the last few years; The challenge of enhancing traditional services; User-centred libraries.

218 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 595 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 051 9 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345954

An Overview of the Changing Role of the Systems Librarian Systemic shifts Edited by Edward Iglesias, Central Connecticut State University, USA CONTENTS

Digital culture: The shifting paradigm of systems librarians and systems departments; Patchwork redux: How today’s systems librarians enrich the weave of library culture; Library automation and open source software in Italy: An overview; Geeks and Luddites: Library culture and communication. The current environment: The status of the field; Building winning partnerships with vendors; Enterprise computing and the library: Managing the transition; Enterprise computing and the library: Managing the transition; Doing more with more: Systems, services and emerging technologies.

138 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 598 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 041 0 £45.00/US$75.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345985

Transforming research libraries: An introduction. Part 1 Framing the twenty-first century research library: Advancing from Kumbaya to radical collaboration: Redefining the future research library; Will universities still need libraries (or librarians) in 2020? Transforming research libraries: Piano, piano, siva lontano; The transformation of academic libraries in China. Part 2 Organization and the university context: Organizational and strategic alignment for academic libraries; Building key relationships with senior campus administrators. Part 3 Partners and collaborative environments: Partnerships and connections; Common spaces, common ground: Shaping intercultural experiences in the learning commons. Part 4 Creating accessible and enduring scholarship: New modes of scholarly communication: Implications of Web 2.0 in the context of research dissemination; New modes of scholarly communication: Implications of Web 2.0 in the context of research dissemination; Confronting challenges of documentation in the digital world: The Human Rights Documentation Initiative at the University of Texas.

208 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 594 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 038 0 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345947

Libraries and Identity The role of institutional self-image and identity in the emergence of new types of libraries Joacim Hansson, Växjö University, Sweden CONTENTS

The institutional identity of libraries – a theoretical framework; Traditional libraries and traditional librarians; New libraries and new librarians? Libraries (and society) go digital; Libraries, identity and change; Coda.

126 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 541 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 033 5 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345411

This book examines the theory, behaviour, connections and issues of modern information organizations. Asking leading professionals where we may be in the near future, it challenges both our perceptions and preconceptions. Posing perhaps the most vital question of all… Are we prepared? Do we have a vision? CONTENTS

Towards an organisational theory for information professionals; Manager or leader? The scenarios; Identifying the issues; Conclusions.

254 pages 250 x 174mm (7 x 10) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 876938 85 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 410 4 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781876938857

Imagine Your Library’s Future Scenario planning for libraries and information organisations Steve O’Connor, Hong Kong Polytechnic University and Peter Sidorko, The University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong Drawing on extensive experience in libraries in different parts of the globe, the authors provide a rich analysis of planning, managing and implementing change in information organisations through scenario planning. Through extensive practical applications, both actual and theoretical, the authors provide a strong background understanding and direct the reader through a planning process that is both readily applicable and innovative for all information organisations, irrespective of their size or client base. CONTENTS

What are scenarios? The complexities of our informational environment; The future and the past: models are changing; Understanding choices; Toward a new way of thinking; Designing your process; Scenarios and implementation; Choice, chance and (less than) certainty; Case studies; Implementation and the impact of change.

240 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 600 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 046 5 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346005

Practical and Effective Management of Libraries Integrating case studies, general management theory and selfunderstanding Richard Moniz, Jr., Johnson & Wales University, USA This title is an essential reference for library science students and librarians who are taking on new management roles. CONTENTS

History of managerial thought: A brief overview; Psychology and knowing oneself: How do these affect management and decision-making? Motivating employees and fostering diversity; Organizational culture and socialization processes; Communication; Decision-making and leadership.

158 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 578 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 023 6 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345787

E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com / Order online @ www.chandospublishing.com

Library management Gatekeepers of Knowledge

Scientific Libraries

A consideration of the library, the book and the scholar in the Western world Margaret Zeegers, University of Ballarat and Deirdre Barron, Swinburne University of Technology, Australia ‘Descriptively titled, thought provoking and easily read, this book is a gem.’

The Academic Research Library in a Decade of Change

Past developments and future changes Tomas Lidman, Ministry of Culture, Sweden

Reg Carr, former head of Bodleian Library, University of Oxford, UK

‘The reader could not have a safer pair of hands to lead libraries on that particular journey.’

LCR

‘…a timely and incisive book that should inform practitioners, students and policy-makers.’

Australian Academic & Research Libraries

CONTENTS

‘…I found the book enlightening. …it touches on so many issues that are of vital interest to librarians in UK academic research.’

140 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 268 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 121 9 £20.95/US$35.00/€25.00

256 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 245 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 099 1 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00

hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 269 4 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342687

hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 246 5 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342458

The citizen, the state and models of openness

Improving Library Services to People with Disabilities

Colin Darch and Peter G Underwood, University of Cape Town, South Africa

Edited by Courtney DeinesJones, Consultant, USA

The Human Side of Reference and Information Services in Academic Libraries

The Australian Library Journal CONTENTS

From the agora to the scriptoria; From the scriptoria to the printery; From the printery to the bookshelves; From the bookshelves to the study; Scholars of the second millennium.

146 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 505 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 207 0 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345053

Freedom of Information and the Developing World

Rather than simply summarising the state of play in African countries and elsewhere, Freedom of Information and the Developing World identifies and makes explicit the assumptions about the citizen’s relationship to the state that lie beneath Freedom of Information (FoI) discourse. The book goes on to test them against the reality of the pervasive politics of patronage that characterise much of African practice. CONTENTS

Developing countries and freedom of information; The diffusion problem and the semantic shift; Compliance and the impulse to secrecy; Freedom of information as a human right; Struggles for freedom of information in countries in transition; Struggles for freedom of information in Africa; From adversarialism to FoI 2.0.

Not like the old days – the dawning of a new era: The 1970s; From cards to computers: The 1980s; A decade of optimism: 1990–2000; Harvest time: 2000–2007; The challenges for libraries in the future.

Adding value in the digital world CONTENTS

Improving library services to people with print disabilities: The role of technology in public libraries; Library services to people with special needs: A discussion of blind and visually impaired people as an exemplar; Library services to people who are deaf; Adaptive technology for people with physical disabilities using information and communications technology; Reaching people with disabilities in developing countries through academic libraries; Finding the means to improve services; Low-cost/no-cost ways to improve service right now; Further reading and resources.

196 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 286 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 105 9 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00

336 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 147 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 020 5 £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341475

hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 287 8 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342861

Learning Commons

Acquisitions Go Global

Evolution and collaborative essentials Edited by Barbara Schader, Consultant ‘…highly recommended for all academic libraries. Each article is well written, edited and represented with figures and tables.’

The Electronic Library This book examines successfully planned and implemented learning commons at several different academic institutions around the world. Practical information is provided on how to collaborate with campus stakeholders, estimate budgeting and staffing and determining the equipment, hardware and software needs. 468 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 312 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 124 0 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 313 4 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343127

Lesley Dingle, Squire Law Library, UK

An introduction to library collection management in the 21st century Jim Agee, University of Northern Colorado, USA ‘…a great resource. …recommend it to librarians.’

Library Matters

CONTENTS

Technology impact on information needs and behaviours of the academic community; Technology impact on reference and information services staffing; Technology impact on reference resources; Technology impact on packaging reference and information; Technology impact on physical access to reference and information services; Technology impact on intellectual access for reference and information services; Technology impact on evaluating reference and information services.

160 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 257 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 100 4 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 258 8 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342571

Building Bridges Collaboration within and beyond the academic library Anne Langley, Edward Gray, Duke University and K T L Vaughan, University of North Carolina, USA CONTENTS

CONTENTS

Campus and community; Collection evaluation; Selection of materials; Collection management; Financial considerations; Book chain development; Vendor assessment; Speculations about the future.

152 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 326 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 104 2 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 327 1 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343264

To order, tel: +44 (0) 1223 499140 / fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

Edited by Lesley Farmer, California State University Long Beach, USA

Why collaborate?; Building foundations for collaboration; Technology tools for collaborations; Getting started; Evaluation: Why and how; Peer collaboration; Librarian and faculty collaboration; Internal collaboration; External collaboration.

164 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84334 151 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 082 3 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 200 7 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341512

Available / will be available on Chandos Publishing Online

Library management Libraries in the Twenty-First Century

ETHICAL AND FUNDING ISSUES FOR LIBRARIANS

NEW Private Philanthropic Trends in Academic Libraries

NEW Library Scholarly Communication Programs

Luis Gonzalez, City University of New York, USA

Charting directions in information services Stuart Ferguson Topics in Australasian Library and Information Studies No. 27 CONTENTS

Part 1 Library and information agencies in the twentyfirst century: Case studies. Part 2 Library and information services in the twenty-first century. Part 3 The information environment in the twenty-first century.

404 pages 275 x 216mm (8 x 11) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 876938 43 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 281 0 £77.50/US$130.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781876938437 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Faculty-Librarian Relationships Paul Jenkins, The College of Mount St. Joseph, USA ‘…a very accessable read for anyone new to academic librarianship.’

The Higher Eduction Academy 196 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 84334 116 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 079 3 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 117 8 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341161

Law, Libraries and Technology Mark Van Hoorebeek, Sheffield University, UK 164 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 84334 071 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 076 2 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 072 0 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843340713

The Role of the Academic Librarian Anne Langley, Edward Gray, Duke University, USA and K T L Vaughan, University of North Carolina, USA ‘…an excellent, highly readable guide.’

Scottish Health Information Network 176 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2003 ISBN: 978 1 84334 057 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 060 1 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 058 4 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843340577

Setting Up a New Library and Information Service Kirby Porter, Northern Ireland Civil Service, Northern Ireland 176 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2003 ISBN: 978 1 84334 053 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 062 5 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 054 6 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843340539

Libraries must negotiate a range of legal issues, policies and ethical guidelines when developing scholarly communication initiatives. Library Scholarly Communication Programs is a practical primer, covering these issues for institutional repository managers, library administrators, and other staff involved in library-based repository and publishing services. The title is composed of three parts. Part one explores institutional repositories and part two covers library publishing services. Part three concludes with strategies for creating an internal infrastructure, comprised of policy, best practices and education initiatives, which will support the legal and ethical practices discussed in the book.

Private Philanthropic Trends in Academic Libraries is written with the senior library administrator and the development officers of academic institutions in mind. Chapters provide a historical perspective of the funding trends of the private philanthropic foundations and corporate giving programs towards academic libraries during the first decade of the 21st century. Library fundraisers and library administrators are presented with the information needed to start the process of selecting which grant maker agencies to approach. Chapters discuss which grant-making philanthropic foundations and corporate-giving programs will be more receptive to grant monies to library projects, which types of library projects they will be more likely to fund, and how to approach these agencies in order to increase the possibilities of receiving grant awards from them.

CONTENTS

Legal and ethical considerations Isaac Gilman, Pacific University, USA

Introduction: Library scholarly communication programs and services. Part 1 Institutional repositories: Overview of repository-based services; Published versus unpublished works; Intellectual property; Research ethics; Privacy; Additional considerations for student work; Repository policies. Part 2 Library publishing services: Overview: legal and ethical issues for publishers; Editorial guidelines; Publication ethics; Contracts and licenses; Supplementary material, data and multimedia; Policy development. Part 3 The road forward: Institutional/departmental policy development; Workflow and compliance issues; Faculty, student and staff education/training.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 717 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 383 1 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347170

Diversity Programming and Outreach for Academic Libraries Kathleen Hanna, Mindy Cooper and Robin Crumrin, Indiana University – Purdue University Indianapolis, USA Diversity Programming and Outreach for Academic Libraries outlines issues surrounding diversity among students, faculty, and staff and how one urban university library is working to embrace and celebrate the diversity found in its building, on campus, and in the local community. This book illustrates how universities are uniquely situated to engage students in discussions about diversity and how academic libraries in particular can facilitate and ease these discussions. A Diversity Council and the projects and programs it has developed have been instrumental in this work and may serve as an inspiration and launch pad for other libraries. CONTENTS

Introduction to diversity in academic libraries; Creating a diversity council; Institutionalizing student involvement in library initiatives; Examples of diversity programming and outreach; Building bridges: Developing the International Newsroom; Sharing the wealth: Other library departments and diversity initiatives; Assessing programming and outreach; Challenges and opportunities to continued diversity initiatives.

194 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 635 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 273 5 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346357

Academic libraries in the 21st Century: How the new developments in information technology and economic models of publishers are affecting academic libraries and their struggle to maintain the relevance and role as the centre of information and knowledge; Fund raising for academic libraries: Basic principles of fundraising and how to create library fundraising program; Trends in private funding for academic libraries in the later part of the 20th Century: Grant-award funding trends by type of project; By region and by state; Private funding trends for academic libraries in the 1st Decade of the 21st century: Funding trends by type of project funded, trends by region and state, including grant-maker trends by region and state; Future of academic libraries and their fundraising efforts: How academic libraries can create their own development programs in order to survive the current economic environment of academia and continue to provide traditional and new services.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q4 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 618 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 334 3 Approx. £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346180

More Than a Thank You Note Academic library fundraising for the dean or director Kimberly Thompson, University of California and Karlene Jennings, College of William and Mary, USA ‘an accomplished overview of fundraising...offers much food for thought’

Biblioteche oggi CONTENTS

You as the fundraiser; Your fundraiser; Your library staff; Your special collections (and other unique features); Your Friends of the Library; Your advisory council; Your library patrons; Your central development team and other development officers; Your campus community; Your administration; Your community; Your donors are unique; You and crisis management; What your fundraiser wants you to know; Conclusion: Putting it all together.

220 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 443 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 006 9 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344438

E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com / Order online @ www.chandospublishing.com

Library management Libraries and Society Role, responsibility and future in an age of change Edited by David Baker and Wendy Evans, University College Plymouth St Mark & St John, UK ‘It is a must read for thinking librarians, library scholars and policy makers.’

The Library Herald CONTENTS

Libraries, society and social responsibility; I wouldn’t start from here … provision and use of UK libraries; From people flows to knowledge flows; Scholarly communication and access to research outputs; Free and equal access: A conundrum for the information society; The more they change, the more they stay the same: Public libraries and social inclusion; Widening access to information: The haves and the have-nots? Tackling inequalities around the globe: The challenge for libraries; Islands in the cloud: Libraries and the social life of information; From the passive library to the learning library – it’s an emotional journey; The modern academic library; Libraries and distance education; Syllabus independence and the library; Libraries in the information society: Cooperation and identity; Children’s reading habits and attitudes; The user of tomorrow: Young people and the future of library provision; Redefining the librarian; Redefining librarianship; The future of librarians in the workforce: a US perspective; The value of libraries: The relationship between change, evaluation and role; The future of and for library and information services: A public library view; The future of public libraries and their services: a Danish perspective; Library landscapes: digital developments; Towards Library 2.0: building the library of the future; Library 2050.

472 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 131 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 263 6 £57.75/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341314

Global Information Inequalities Bridging the information gap Edited by Deborah Charbonneau, Wayne State University, USA CONTENTS

Freedom of Information and the Developing World

Improving Library Services to People with Disabilities

The citizen, the state and models of openness

Edited by Courtney DeinesJones, Consultant, USA

Colin Darch and Peter G Underwood, University of Cape Town, South Africa

CONTENTS

336 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 147 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 020 5 £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341475

The Politics of Libraries and Librarianship Challenges and realities Edited by Kerry Smith, Curtin University of Technology, Australia ‘…very good examples of demonstrating how copyright can hinder a productive use of information assets in developing countries.’

Journal of Librarianship and Information Science CONTENTS

Part 1 An international political framework for libraries: An international political framework for libraries; Intellectual property – benefit or burden for Africa? The CI study on copyright and access to knowledge. Part 2 Politics and funding for libraries: Some international examples: Political realities and the English public library service; Public library development in New South Wales; Libraries in the South Pacific; Staying alive in a political world: The case of libraries and information centres in Nigeria; Libraries and politics – Danish reflections and examples; The political framework for public libraries in the Netherlands. Part 3 Library education: A unified approach to the teaching of library studies; Is library course accreditation a political necessity?

220 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 343 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 139 4 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00

Part 1 Information mobilisation: Social and economic development: Sustainable access: An international perspective; Developing a model for library resource sharing in China’s rural communities; Braving rapids and winding timber-tracks: Towards equitable access to information for libraries in Sarawak; Community resource centres in Mtwara, Lindi and Ruvuma regions in Tanzania: An evaluation of their development needs, usefulness, and the way forward. Part 2 Information empowerment: Equitable access and civic engagement: Is there a moon in the United States? Information reception, flow and use in rural villages on the Amazon river basin of Peru; Libraries and citizen participation in Chile: I have the right to know; Equity and access: is countrywide access to databases an option? Part 3 Social inclusion: Inclusive library services for those with sensory and learning disabilities: Working together to provide an inclusive library service: A Canadian model; Copyright: Are people with sensory disabilities getting a fair deal? Part 4 Information divides: Challenges and opportunities for a global information society: Bookmobiles: Providing equitable service to all; When the knowledge ditch is dug by our own hands: Libraries, indigenous peoples, and strategic information; MedlinePlus Go Local: Connecting at-risk populations with health care services; Barriers to free and equal access to information: Implications for being informed in sub-Saharan Africa.

hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 344 8 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343431

232 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 361 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 133 2 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00

234 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 380 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 129 5 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00

hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 362 2 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343615

hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 381 3 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343806

196 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 286 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 105 9 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 287 8 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342861

A Handbook of Ethical Practice A practical guide to dealing with ethical issues in information and library work David McMenemy, Alan Poulter and Paul Burton, Strathclyde University, UK ‘…a comprehensive book, with an innovative approach to practical decision making.’

Scottish Health Information Network CONTENTS

A taxonomy of the ethics of information use; The librarian and ethics; Ethical codes: An international overview; The ethics of information supply: From selection to provision; Intellectual property questions; Freedom of access, privacy and acceptable use; Ethical management of the self, the individual and the organisation; Conclusion: Ethical futures; References; Suggested readings on ethics in librarianship.

172 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 230 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 102 8 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 231 1 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342304

Librarianship and Human Rights A twenty-first century guide

Library Project Funding A guide to planning and writing proposals Julie Carpenter, Consultant

Toni Samek, University of Alberta, Canada ‘…a necessary, important and long-overdue book.’

SHINE Journal

‘…an excellent contribution to the bookshelves of practicing LIS professionals, academics and researchers.’

Online Information Review CONTENTS

Defining and testing the project idea; Matching project ideas to funding opportunities; Building partnerships; Assembling evidence in support of your proposal; Setting project aims, objectives and outcomes; Project planning; Project planning techniques and tools; Monitoring, evaluation and impact assessment; Writing effective project proposals.

To order, tel: +44 (0) 1223 499140 / fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

CONTENTS

Part 1 The Rhetoric: An urgent context for twenty-first century librarianship; Human rights, contestations and moral responsibilities of library and information workers. Part 2 The Reality: Practical strategies for social action; Prevalent manifestations of social action applied to library and information work; Specific forms of social action used in library and information work for social change.

232 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 146 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 103 5 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 198 7 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341468

Available / will be available on Chandos Publishing Online

Library management Ethical Decision Making for Digital Libraries

LIBRARY LEADERSHIP AND GENERAL MANAGEMENT

Cokie G Anderson, Oklahoma State University, USA

NEW Managing Academic Libraries

NEW Disaster Planning for Libraries Process and guidelines

Principles and practice CONTENTS

An introduction to ethical theory and applied ethics; Professional codes of ethics in the information professions; Ethics and digitisation policies; Ethics in selection of materials to digitise; Ethics and funding; Ethics and digital collaborations; Ethics and digitisation standards; Ethics in the digitisation process; Ethics and digital preservation; Ethics and access; Ethics and digital library management; Ethics for twenty-first century librarians.

152 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84334 149 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 093 9 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 195 6 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341499

Globalisation, Information and Libraries The implications of the World Trade Organisation’s GATS and TRIPS agreements Ruth Rikowski, London South Bank University and the University of Greenwich, UK ‘…provides an in-depth and yet accessible treatise on the implications of globalisation as represented by the impact of the World Trade Organisation (WTO) on public services.’

New Library World

Susan Higgins, University of Southern Mississippi, USA Aimed at professionals within the Library and Information Services (LIS) interested in learning more about the management of academic libraries and written against a backdrop made up of the changes that digital technology has brought to academic libraries, this book uncovers how the library has changed its meaning from a physical icon to a virtual icon and its effect on culture. CONTENTS

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q2 2014 ISBN: 978 1 84334 621 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 311 4 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346210

CONTENTS

Part 1 Globalisation and the World Trade Organisation: Globalisation and an overview of the WTO. Part 2 The general agreement on trade in the services: An overview of the GATS; The GATS, libraries, information and cultural services within an international perspective; Real-life examples of how the GATS is impacting on libraries in the UK; Positions taken by various library and cultural bodies on the GATS. Part 3 Agreement on trade-related aspects of intellectual property rights: TRIPS, copyright, libraries and information; TRIPS, patents, traditional knowledge, information and libraries in the developing world; Implications of TRIPS for information and libraries internationally. Part 4 An open Marxist theoretical perspective on global capitalism and the World Trade Organisation: Implications of GATS and TRIPS: an Open Marxist approach; The furtherance of global capitalism through the WTO; Conclusions.

424 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 84334 084 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 077 9 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 092 8 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843340843

Freedom of Information Working towards compliance Liz Taylor, Highlands and Islands Enterprise, UK CONTENTS

Introduction to Freedom of Information legislation; Where to start; Preparing your information; Procedures for dealing with requests; Exemptions; Audit trails, proving compliance and other considerations; Training; Evaluating success and organisational benefits.

136 pages 280 x 210mm paperback 2004 ISBN: 978 1 84334 103 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 069 4 £27.50/US$45.00/€35.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341031

NEW The Ecosystem of Digital Assets Crowds and clouds Tobias Blanke, King’s College London, United Kingdom Digital asset management is undergoing a fundamental transformation. Near universal availability of high-quality web-based assets makes it important to pay attention to the new world of digital ecosystems, and what it means for managing, using and publishing digital assets. The Ecosystem of Digital Assets reflects on these developments and what the emerging ‘web of things’ could mean for digital assets. The book is structured into three parts, each covering an important aspect of digital assets. Part one introduces the emerging ecosystems of digital assets. Part two examines digital asset management in a networked environment. The third part covers media ecosystems. CONTENTS

Introduction to the emerging Ecosystems of Digital Assets: Web APIs; Web of Things, linked media data; Commercial environment; Emerging services: location services a case study; Digital asset management in a networked environment; Federations and linked data; Collective intelligence (crowds); Service infrastructure (clouds); Networked value; Media ecosystems: Digital media; Infrastructures; Content in mobile ecosystems.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q1 2014 ISBN: 978 1 84334 716 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 382 4 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347163

Guy Robertson, Justice Institute of British Columbia, Canada Libraries are constantly at risk. Every day, many libraries and their collections are damaged by fire, flooding, high winds, power outages, and criminal behaviour. Every library needs a plan to protect its staff, sites and collections, including yours. Disaster Planning for Libraries provides a practical guide to developing a comprehensive plan for any library. Twelve chapters cover essential areas of plan development; these include an overview of the risks faced by libraries, disaster preparedness and responding to disasters, resuming operations after a disaster and assessing damage, declaring disaster and managing a crisis, cleaning up and management after a disaster and normalizing relations, staff training, testing disaster plans, and the in-house planning champion. CONTENTS

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 730 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 396 1 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347309

NEW Achieving Transformational Change in Academic Libraries Stephen Mossop, University of Exeter, UK Academic libraries undergo episodes of strategic change. Transformational change may be seen as fundamentally different from other kinds of change. Deep level cultural change is often part of the process. At the individual level this may be traumatic, but at the strategic level, such change can prove essential. Drawing on experiences at the University of Exeter and elsewhere, Achieving Transformational Change in Academic Libraries explores the purpose and nature of ‘Transformational Change’ and its exponents, and discusses the benefits and limitations of its place in an academic library setting. The title is divided into five chapters, covering: a definition of transformational change; drivers of transformational change and its place in a strategic change agenda; selling the vision of cultural change; human resource issues and cultural change; and the nature of change as a constant. CONTENTS

What is transformational change; I wouldn’t start from here; That’s not how we do things here; It’s all about people; When does it End?

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 724 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 390 9 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347248

E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com / Order online @ www.chandospublishing.com

NEW NEW SERIES Building Communities

NEW Managing the one-person library

Social networking for academic libraries

Larry Cooperman, University of Central Florida, USA

Denise Garofalo, Mount Saint Mary College, USA Chandos Publishing Social Media Series No. 13 Social media is here to stay. A robust social media campaign can provide academic libraries with a means to showcase library resources, highlight content and events, and attract students to sample what the library has to offer. Building Communities is a handbook to implement social media technologies for academic libraries. It is a guide to planning and implementing a successful social media campaign and evaluating its impact. This title covers: the beginning of social networking in the academic context; how to implement use of social media technologies; and evaluating their use. The final section considers the future and asks: ‘What’s next?’ CONTENTS

In the beginning; Starting construction; Step back and review; Looking ahead.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q4 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 735 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 401 2 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347354

CONTENTS

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 701 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 367 1 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347019

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q1 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 665 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 326 8 Approx. £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346654

NEW Private Philanthropic Trends in Academic Libraries Luis Gonzalez, City University of New York, USA Private Philanthropic Trends in Academic Libraries is written with the senior library administrator and the development officers of academic institutions in mind. Chapters provide a historical perspective of the funding trends of the private philanthropic foundations and corporate giving programs towards academic libraries during the first decade of the 21st century. Library fundraisers and library administrators are presented with the information needed to start the process of selecting which grant maker agencies to approach. Chapters discuss which grant-making philanthropic foundations and corporate-giving programs will be more receptive to grant monies to library projects, which types of library projects they will be more likely to fund, and how to approach these agencies in order to increase the possibilities of receiving grant awards from them. CONTENTS

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q4 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 618 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 334 3 Approx. £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346180

To order, tel: +44 (0) 1223 499140 / fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

Managing the one-person library provides a useful and needed resource for solo librarians confronted with the challenges of running a small library. The author uniquely focuses on topics encountered by solo librarians, such as IT troubleshooting and library security. Chapters on library management, collection development, serials management, and library marketing are included to enable solo librarians to easily manage day-to-day operations in these areas, and advise on how to respond to any challenges that should (and will) arise. This book will provide a much-needed resource manual that will allow solo librarians of all backgrounds, and paraprofessionals, to manage their collections as effectively as their larger librarian counterparts. CONTENTS

Management: Time management for solo librarians; Change management for solo librarians; Enhancing productivity; Paraprofessional management. Marketing the One-Person Library: Strategies to successfully market one-person libraries; Resources to successfully market one-person libraries; Case studies and examples of marketing oneperson libraries. Collection Development: Best practices for solo librarians; Creating collection development policies for one-person libraries; Implementing and maintaining collection development policies for one-person libraries.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 671 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 357 2 Approx. £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346715

NEW The Librarian’s Guide to Academic Research in the Cloud Steven Ovadia, City University of New York (CUNY), USA The cloud can be a powerful tool for conducting and managing research. The Librarian’s Guide to Academic Research in the Cloud is a practical guide to using cloud services from a librarian’s point of view. As well as discussing how to use various cloud-based services, the title considers the various privacy and data portability issues associated with web-based services. The book helps readers make the most of cloud computing, including how to fold mobile devices into the cloud-based research management equation. This book is divided into several chapters, each considering a key aspect of academic research in the cloud, including: defining the cloud; capturing information; capturing and managing scholarly information; storing files; staying organized, communicating; and sharing. The book ends by considering the future of the cloud, examining what readers can expect from cloud services in the next few years, and how research might be changed as a result. CONTENTS

What is the cloud? Capturing information; Capturing and managing scholarly information; Storing files; Writing; Staying organized; Communicating; Sharing; The future of the cloud.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 715 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 381 7 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347156

Available / will be available on Chandos Publishing Online

Library management NEW Managing Integrated First-Line Support in Academic Libraries

NEW Workplace Culture in Academic Libraries

Mike Berrington and Julie Partridge, Nottingham Trent University, UK

The early 21st Century

The academic library service environment is changing, higher education is becoming increasingly consumer-oriented and libraries are part of the institutional response to that trend. In particular the experience of day to day interaction with library services is affected by this – student expectations have rightly increased and libraries in the U.K. and elsewhere are looking for ways of presenting their services in a joined-up student centric way. Managing Integrated First-Line Support in Academic Libraries offers answers to these challenges. The book begins by tracing the development of the student as customer, before defining support from a customer perspective. Next, it looks at the basis of an integrated first-line support service, the challenges and opportunities of staff recruitment and training, before looking at how to monitor service quality, and the use of technology in first-line support. Managing Integrated First-Line Support concludes with an eye to the future of integrated support. CONTENTS

The development of the student as customer; Defining support from the perspective of the customer – surveys, feedback, customer journey mapping etc; The basis of an integrated first-line support service - library, IT, eLearning, study skills; Staff recruitment, development and training - challenges and opportunities; Monitoring service quality service standards and KPIs; The use of technology - roving support, enquiry tracking and escalation; Liaison and relationship management with second-line support teams; Case studies from the U.K. and Australia; The future of integrated support.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 704 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 370 1 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347040

NEW Leadership in Academic and Public Libraries A time of change Petra Düren, Hamburg University of Applied Sciences, Germany In a time when libraries have to face constant change, this book provides examples and advises on how to lead when change is needed (for example, when quality management is implemented or when libraries have to merge or to relocate). Engaging with how constant change affects leadership in libraries and how leaders in libraries act in times of change, this book is aimed at practitioners and students of LIS alike, and is based on both theory and expert interviews from leaders in academic and public libraries that are in the midst, or are now coming out of a process of change.

Edited by Kelly Blessinger and Paul Hrycaj, Louisiana State University, USA

NEW Law Firm Librarianship Issues, practice, and directions John Azzolini, Clifford Chance LLP, USA

Workplace culture refers to conditions that collectively influence the work atmosphere. These can include policies, norms, and unwritten standards for behavior. Workplace Culture in Academic Libraries focuses on various aspects of workplace culture in academic libraries from the practitioners’ viewpoint, as opposed to that of the theoretician. This book asks the following questions: What conditions contribute to an excellent academic library work environment? What helps to make a particular academic library a great place to work? Articles focus on actual programs while placing the discussion in a scholarly context. The book is structured into 14 chapters, covering various aspects of workplace culture in academic libraries, including: Overview of workplace culture; Assessment; Recruitment; Acclimation for new librarians; Workforce diversity; Physical environment; Staff morale; Interaction between departments; Tenure track/Academic culture; Mentoring/ coaching; Generational differences; Motivation/ incentives; Complaints/Conflict management; and Organizational transparency.

The legal information environment is deep, wide, and dynamic with many participants, including courts, parliaments, legislatures, and administrative bodies. None exemplifies the agile, knowledge-engaging legal player better than the law firm. Current, authoritative information is essential for the successful representation of clients. The firm’s most dependable resource for retrieving information is its library staff. Law Firm Librarianship introduces the reader to the challenges, qualifications, and work conditions of this distinct type of research librarian. The book begins by asking what law firm librarianship is, whilst the second chapter focuses on the law firm and its culture. The third chapter covers the law firm library itself, including the practical aspects of the firm librarian’s interaction with his or her professional environments. The next chapter considers the effects of legal publishing practices, and the penultimate section surveys the various research tools the firm librarian relies on for sound knowledge. The book concludes by looking at the dynamic qualities of law firm librarianship.

CONTENTS

Organizational culture and leadership: Exploring perceptions and relations; Building on our strengths: Working towards a preferred workplace culture; Organizational culture and administrative change: A case study at a metropolitan academic library; Organizational climate assessment and improvement planning; Helping new librarians find success and satisfaction in the academic library; Beyond diversity; Moving towards inclusive work environments; Cultural competences in authentic leadership; Diversity and sensitivity in the workplace: Understanding Asian Pacific American staff; Challenges of redesigning staff work space; All integration is local: Merging cultures in an academic library; Promoting and enabling civility in the academic library; Building staff morale and creating a positive workspace; Interdepartmental communication in academic libraries; Interaction between departments; Strategies for improving interdepartmental collaboration through communication; No middle ground? Perceptions and realities of the distinctions between tenured librarians and their professional colleagues; Mentoring in academic libraries; How transformational leadership translates into recognized excellence in academic libraries; Generations at work: What we can learn from each other; Staff motivation and incentives in libraries; Managing conflict and incivility in academic libraries; The transparent organization: Keeping staff in the loop.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 702 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 368 8 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347026

Introduction: What is law firm librarianship? Tasks, skills, and attributes: Law firm librarianship distinguished from other types of librarianship; Skills and traits; Education and qualifications; Job market and compensation; New roles; Labels and name variations: Library vs. Information Center - Librarian vs. Information Professional; Professional organizations. The law firm: The law firm as professional service firm; Law firm structure and culture; Globalization and multinational offices; The legal and regulatory environment; The centrality of practice groups; Outsourcing; Professional support lawyers; Growth and challenge of knowledge management. The law firm library: The expanding definition of the “collection”; Budgetary constraints; The library as a system: Relationship with technical services; The fluid reference desk: Physical and virtual; Marketing efforts and challenges; Copyright issues; Library hierarchies - managers and directors. The legal publishing world: The legal publishing market: Consolidation and competition; Electronic information sources: Free vs. fee; Vendor relationships; License agreements; ebooks; Billing; Demos; Training. Research sources and systems: Primary sources; Secondary sources; Systems and databases: Where the content is; Leading subscription databases; Niche content; Free but valuable sites; Internal know-how: Firm intranets and enterprise systems; Document delivery services; Social media: Blogs, wikis, networking sites. Conclusion: Law firm librarianship: A dynamic calling.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 708 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 374 9 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347088

CONTENTS

Change management; When does change need change management? Change – What can go wrong and how to do it right? Leaders as change managers; What kind of leadership does change management need? Useful tips for leadership in times of change.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 690 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 339 8 Approx. £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346906

E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com / Order online @ www.chandospublishing.com

Library management NEW Library 3.0

NEW Google This!

Intelligent libraries and apomediation

Putting Google and other social media sites to work for your library

Tom Kwanya, Christine Stilwell and Peter Underwood, University of KwaZulu-Natal, South Africa

NEW Leadership in Libraries A focus on ethnicminority librarians

Terry Ballard, New York Law School, USA

Maha Kumaran, University of Saskatchewan, Canada

The emerging generation of research and academic library users expect the delivery of user-centered information services. ‘Apomediation’ refers to the supporting role librarians can give users by stepping in when users need help. Library 3.0 explores the ongoing debates on the “point oh” phenomenon and its impact on service delivery in libraries. This title analyses library 3.0 and its potential in creating intelligent libraries capable of meeting contemporary needs, and the growing role of librarians as apomediators. Library 3.0 is divided into four chapters. The first chapter introduces and places the topic in context. The second chapter considers “point oh” libraries. The third chapter covers library 3.0 librarianship, while the final chapter explores ways libraries can move towards ‘3.0.’

‘This book is your next step in continuing your education and retooling to prepare for the ensuing and unabating information tsunami.’

Aimed at librarians interested in leadership, this book focuses on ethnic minority librarians living in predominantly Caucasian cultures and their efforts to become a leader. It also provides non-minority librarians with an understanding of cross-cultural leadership. This books discusses leadership in various fields, provides examples of successful minority leaders in different fields and statistical data on minorities and librarians in various countries, and probes a variety of library school programs and their efforts to develop leadership skills in librarians in general and in minority librarians.

CONTENTS

What does the Internet have to do with my library? Google Custom Search; Facebook and Twitter; Flickr: If it’s good enough for the Library of Congress it’s good enough for your library; iGoogle and other useful products; YouTube: Much more than videos of cats playing piano; Google Scholar: Just walked down the aisle with Worldcat; Blogger: Get your message out where patrons are; Google Maps and Google Earth; Electronic books; Discovery platforms; Mobile applications for libraries; Where is this all going?

Introduction: Current issues and emerging trends in librarianship; Drivers and barriers of change in libraries and librarianship; Characterisation of the modern research and academic library user; The future of research and academic librarianship; “Point Oh” libraries: Advances in Web technology – Web 2.0 and Web 3.0; “Point Oh” libraries – Library 0.0, Library 1.0; Library 2.0; Library 3.0; Library 4.0; Change in libraries – evolution or revolution? Reality check; “Point Oh” situation in research and academic libraries; Library 3.0: Principles; Comparison with the other library service models; Unique potential for research and academic libraries; Library 3.0 librarianship: Core competencies of librarian 3.0; Core competencies of patron 3.0; Apomediation; Research and academic librarians as apomediators; Becoming 3.0: Examples of existing 3.0 libraries; Library 3.0 tools; Library 3.0 resources; Role of professional associations; Role of training institutions; Role of researchers and academic library users.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 718 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 384 8 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347187

Loriene Roy, ALA President, 2007-2008 Many libraries and museums nowadays have adapted to the current information climate and work with Google, Facebook, Twitter and iTunes to deliver information to their users, however most have not. Google This! describes the variety of free (or nearly free) options for social media and shows how libraries from the Library of Congress down to small public libraries are adapting them. The author has conducted more than two dozen interviews with professionals who have created exemplary work using social media, and shows how their experiences can create success for your institution’s library. CONTENTS

218 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 677 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 317 6 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346777

NEW Management of Information Organizations

CONTENTS

Leadership as defined by culture, profession and gender; Managers and leaders; Leadership styles; Leadership skills; Leadership in school, public and academic libraries in the US, the UK, Canada and Australia; Conclusion.

212 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 658 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 308 4 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346586

NEW Universal Design A practical guide to creating and re-creating interiors of academic libraries for teaching, learning, and research Gail Staines, Saint Louis University, USA

Waseem Afzal, Charles Sturt University, Australia This book is a significant step towards developing a body of management knowledge pertinent to the context of Library Information Science (LIS) and provides a succinct but deep account of management and information organizations. Management of Information Organizations presents a broad view of the information organizations and the nature of management in these organizations, and how information professionals are affected by such management systems. The book equips the reader with the knowledge that will enable them to develop a strong intellectual foundation relating to management and its manifestation in an information organization and provides a significant step towards developing a body of management knowledge pertinent to the context of LIS.

Universal Design provides practitioners, graduate students and other professionals interested in obtaining practical advice on how to effectively create and re-create interiors of academic libraries for teaching, learning and research. The book fills the need for current information about how to effectively design and re-design academic library spaces to meet the everchanging needs for today’s and tomorrow’s students, faculties and researchers. CONTENTS

Why interior design matters; The importance of interior design; Creating user-centered spaces in academic libraries; Universally-friendly spaces; Universal design of learning spaces; Potential collaborations.

176 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 633 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 307 7 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346333

CONTENTS

Information; Organizations; Management; Information organizations; Role of information managers and information professionals in organizations.

180 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 624 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 303 9 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346241

To order, tel: +44 (0) 1223 499140 / fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

Available / will be available on Chandos Publishing Online

Library management Academic Branch Libraries in Changing Times

Managing Your Library and its Quality

Nevenka Zdravkovska, University of Maryland, USA

The ISO 9001 way

230 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 630 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 270 4 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346302

Information Consulting

Núria Balagué, Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, Spain and Jarmo Saarti, University of Eastern Finland, Finland This book, divided into two parts, provides an introduction to quality management issues and gives a general overview to the use on ISO 9001 in the library environment. The second part presents the main features of ISO 9001:2008 with practical comments and examples on how to implement its clauses in libraries. Whether in the public or in the private sector, libraries can be seen as service organisations: they act in very dynamic environments where users are increasingly demanding new types of services. Thus the adoption of a quality management system helps each library in meeting the needs of the customers. This book covers some key ideas about how to approach the ISO 9001 standard in library terms, or any other information service unit. Managing Your Library and its Quality offers not only a useful approach to quality but it is also an excellent guide on how to manage knowledge within organisations and, a priori, thus should be utilised by the information professional. CONTENTS

Part 1 Quality management issues and the use of ISO 9001 in the library environment: Quality approaches; The ISO standards; Origin and evolution of the ISO 9000 standard; Which libraries use the ISO 9001 and why. Part 2 Building your library’s quality management system according to the ISO 9001 standard: Introduction; Quality management systems – requirements; Normative reference; Terms and definitions; Quality management system; Management responsibility; Resource management; Product realisation; Measurement, analysis and improvement; The certification process; Further ideas for improving the quality management system.

Guide to good practice Irene Wormell, Independent Consultant, Sweden, Annie Olesen, Ability Europe Ltd and A9 Consulting ApS, Denmark and Gábor Mikulás, GM Consulting, Hungary Information Consulting presents a closer look at what makes information consultants successful and how they develop a productive relationship with their clients. While most of the books on this subject area are providing the experiences of information consulting veterans on ‘how do you really do it?’, the aim of this book is focused on exploring the nature of information management consulting. This includes the task of the advice-and-guidance variety, such as helping clients to analyze and solve problems or to meet opportunities with the element of ‘What should I do?’. The authors have used their extensive international and professional networks to take the challenge of letting the clients speak about their experiences and expectations in hiring information consultants. CONTENTS

What is information consulting? Advantages: Why information consulting might appeal to you; Challenges: Realities to consider; The starting point: Make a business plan; The legal environment; Building trust and marketing your services; Client relations: The key to success; Advice from other information consultants; Take a leap from being a librarian to becoming an information consultant; The clients speak: From a client’s perspective; Ahead.

216 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 662 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 285 8 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346623

230 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 654 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 279 7 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346548

Organisational Culture for Information Managers

Understanding Librarians Communication is the issue Barbara Hull, Teesside University, UK

Aimed at professionals and trainee professionals within the library and information service (LIS) fields, this book reminds the reader of the frequently ignored communication-gulf between the professional and the layman, and in particular the lack of true communication between LIS professional and the user. It focuses especially on ‘non-standard’ users, such as nonnative speakers or those with some disability. The author provides accessible examples of good practice, assesses their degree of success and suggests further ways to improve performance in information provision. CONTENTS

Defining the problem; What are libraries for? Images of librarians; Psychological barriers; Social class and lack of education as barriers; Language as a barrier; Lack of literacy and numeracy skills as a barrier; Information and communication technology as a barrier; Disability as a barrier; Clarity of purpose; Evaluation and the value of systematic research; Librarians as reflective practitioners; Staff development; Self publicise; Breaking down the library walls: Responding to the needs of the Google generation; Communication within partnerships at Deakin University Library: The liaison link; Where are we now?

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 615 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 269 8 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346159

The ART of People Management in Libraries Tips for managing your most vital resource James McKinlay, Haines Centre for Strategic Management and Vicki Williamson, University of Saskatchewan Library, Canada

Gillian Oliver, Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand

‘The authors have produced a practical book that is current and aspiring library leaders from a variety of sectors will find useful.’

‘…informative and well-reasoned and is highly recommended.’

‘A readable and useful book.’

The Australian Library Journal In today’s digital environment the workplace is characterised by individuals creating information perhaps independently of formal systems, or establishing new systems without knowledge of information management requirements. This book explains and explores the concept of organisational culture, specifically within the domain of information management. It draws on the author’s wide-ranging practical experience in different workplaces and uses research findings from cross-cultural studies of information management. CONTENTS

The significance of organisational culture; National culture; The structural environment; Occupational culture; Corporate culture; Assessing information culture; Scenarios.

The Australian Library Journal The Australian Library Journal CONTENTS

The library business is changing – please excuse our dust during renovations! Human resources: Your most vital resource – don’t leave it to chance! The rules of the game have changed; The systems thinking approach: The framework for developing a human resource management system; Systems thinking simplified – four primary concepts; Developing your people plan – a Systems Thinking approach; Leadership in HR management practices – the people edge competencies; Ten critical HR issues within libraries; Epilogue: ‘Just when we thought things were running smoothly …’.

312 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 423 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 024 3 £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344230

192 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 650 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 275 9 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346500

E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com / Order online @ www.chandospublishing.com

Library management Project Management in Libraries, Archives and Museums

New Approaches to E-Reserve

Librarians of Babel

Working with government and other external partners

Linking, sharing and streaming

Paola de Castro, Istituto Superiore di Sanità, Italy

Julie Carpenter, Education for Change Ltd, UK

Ophelia Cheung, Dana Thomas and Susan Patrick, Ryerson University, Canada

CONTENTS

What does project management mean? Project planning and review; Working in project partnerships; Risk management; Managing human resources within a project; Managing other project resources; Evaluation and review; Quality management in projects; Sustainability of projects; Using information and communication technology in project management.

226 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 566 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 052 6 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345664

Practical and Effective Management of Libraries Integrating case studies, general management theory and selfunderstanding Richard Moniz, Jr., Johnson & Wales University, USA CONTENTS

158 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 578 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 023 6 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345787

Customer Care A training manual for library staff Pat Gannon-Leary and Michael McCarthy, Bede Research & Consultancy, UK ‘This title is recommended for library administrators and courses in library and information science programs on public services management and improvement.’

Reference and User Services Quarterly CONTENTS

Preparation; The introduction; What is customer service? Who are our customers? The customer service chain; Communication; Questioning and active listening; Handling complaints; Dealing with challenging situations; Life positions and the OK Corral: being more confident and assertive; Suggestions for improvement; Teambuilding; What are we good at, and what is our future? Action planning; Wrapping it up; Conclusion.

262 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 570 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 031 1 £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345701

A toolkit for effective communication

CONTENTS

Introduction: How e-reserve responds to a changing user culture and copes with issues and challenges; Overview of e-reserve: history and scope; Access and delivery of e-reserve (1): Blackboard – how resources are integrated within a course management system; Access and delivery of e-reserve (2): Creative approaches – how software designed for other purposes can be adapted or utilized; New digital media formats: Streamed video; Challenges and issues; Possible strategies: Collaboration, integration and interaction are the keystones for survival or expansion of e-reserve service.

224 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 509 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 044 1 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345091

Managing Change and People in Libraries Tinker Massey, Embry-Riddle Aeronautical University, USA ‘The strength of the work is in the practical examples and hands-on application of theory… recommend as a practical guide for managing change in libraries’

The Australian Library Journal Managing Change and People in Libraries is designed to help library staff find options and compromises to personnel and management problems associated with the constant changes faced in libraries today. This text looks at theories of management, how people and processes change the stresses faced, how to analyze problems, find directions for change to be used and learn how to change negatives into positives in the workplace. The book is designed to help readers find direction and purpose in working practice. CONTENTS

Basic theories; Management gone wrong; Reconstruction; Pushing the positive; Changing negatives to positives; Ebbing stress; Changing change to make a change; Revving up enthusiasm; Design for longevity; Production – not luck; Conclusion.

108 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 427 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 016 8 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344278

Don’t Just Do Something, Sit There

How to get more done in less time Samantha Hines, University of MontanaMissoula, USA CONTENTS

What is productivity? Motivation; Procrastination; Time Management; Systems of productivity; Managing for productivity; Sticking with productivity; Resource guide; Wrapping up.

176 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 567 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 030 4 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345671

156 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 378 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 001 4 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343783

Journal of Librarianship and Information Science CONTENTS

220 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 343 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 139 4 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 344 8 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343431

A Leadership Primer for New Librarians Tools for helping today’s early-career librarians become tomorrow’s library leaders

Bob Thomson, University of Warwick, UK

Suzanne Byke, Florida State University and Dawn Lowe-Wincentsen, Oregon Institute of Technology, USA

CONTENTS

An introduction to non-directive coaching

Productivity for Librarians

The communication process; What you should know before writing a paper; The writing process: technical considerations; Writing a journal article; Writing a book, a report or a chapter therein; Writing conference papers and issuing proceedings; Using illustrations; Citing the work of others: How and why; Editorial revision; Producing leaflets; How to organize a conference; How to produce effective presentations; How to produce effective posters; Addressing the media.

What is non-directive coaching? Listening; Questioning; Playing back; Becoming a capable coach; Directive and non-directive coaching; Ethical and other issues in coaching; Tools you might use in coaching; Coaching as a line manager; Metaphor and clean language; Psychological bases of coaching; The foundations of a non-directive approach; The inner game of coaching; Becoming an even more capable coach.

About this book; What you didn’t learn in your LIS program; Becoming a leader even if you aren’t in a leadership position; Why follower isn’t a dirty word; Setting yourself apart; Self-promotion; The next steps; The toolkit.

212 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 429 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 206 3 £29.95/US$50.00/€35.00

hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 420 9 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344193

182 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 419 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 143 1 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00

hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 430 8 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344292

To order, tel: +44 (0) 1223 499140 / fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

Available / will be available on Chandos Publishing Online

Library management Strategic Information Management A practitioner’s guide Jela Webb, Consultant, UK

The Academic Research Library in a Decade of Change

Collection Management

Reg Carr, former head of Bodleian Library, University of Oxford, UK

A concise Introduction

‘…a timely and incisive book that should inform practitioners, students and policy-makers.’

Topics in Australasian Library and Information Studies No. 26

Australian Academic & Research Libraries

John Kennedy

CONTENTS

Strategic awareness; Defining information management; Information as an asset; Information auditing; Information management in the organisation; Formulating information management policy and strategy; Information literacy; Information management compliance; The role of the chief information officer; Concluding remarks.

The strategic issues: An overview; Towards the academic digital library: The role of the Joint Information Systems Committee; What users want; Case study: Modernising Oxford’s libraries for the new millennium; Innovation, cooperation, integration: The defining influence of the eLib programme; Working together for strategic advantage: Research library consortia in the digital age; The past, present and future of the book; Case study: Library fundraising in Oxford; Scholarly communications and the research library in the digital world; The digital data deluge: The challenge of e-Science; Overcoming transience: Digital preservation for the long-term future; Case study: The Bodleian Library from Gutenberg to Google.

244 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 376 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 135 6 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00

256 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 245 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 099 1 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00

hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 377 6 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343769

hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 246 5 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342458

Joint-Use Libraries

Library Management

Edited by Jean Bradford and Jenny Brine, University of Bristol, UK

A case study approach

CONTENTS

‘…after finishing the book and absorbing its contents, my ever expanding knowledge information history was much richer.’

Legal Information Management

Libraries for the future Sarah McNicol, University of Central England, UK

Ravonne Green, Valdosta State University, USA

‘It has a good practical feel for professional issues and practice and is readable and succinct. …well produced, clearly laid out book.’

CONTENTS

NLW CONTENTS

What are joint-use libraries? Why a joint-use library? Jointuse library design; How does a joint-use library operate? Joint-use libraries and partnerships; Joint-use libraries and communities; Expanding horizons; How good are joint-use libraries? (And how do we know?); The future.

254 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 384 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 130 1 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 385 1 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343844

Acquisitions Go Global An introduction to library collection management in the 21st century Jim Agee, University of Northern Colorado, USA ‘…a great resource. ...recommend it to librarians.’

Library Matters CONTENTS

Campus and community; Collection evaluation; Selection of materials; Collection management; Financial considerations; Book chain development; Vendor assessment; Speculations about the future.

Part 1 The case study as a research tool: Why use the case study method? Case study basics; Utilizing the case study approach for program evaluation. Part 2 Valdosta State University student case studies: Special funding: use it or lose it; Employee training; Censorship issues; Hiring decisions; To terminate or not to terminate, that is the question; Privacy issues; A question of service: a case study of a bookmobile incident; Here’s the new library, where are the staff? Can you teach an old dog new tricks? Conclusion.

176 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 349 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 115 8 £27.50/US$45.00/€35.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 350 9 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343493

A Comprehensive Library Staff Training Programme in the Information Age Aileen Wood, Consultant, UK ‘The book is well researched and draws on the author’s wide experience.’

Karen Gray, Lawrence Graham LLP CONTENTS

LIS competencies and skills; Training needs analysis; Performance appraisal; Curriculum vitae and interviewing tips; Learning styles; Developing courses; Selected course examples; Informal non-conventional training techniques; Facilitation; Academic, professional and vocational learning; Conclusion.

376 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 118 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 106 6 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 119 2 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341185

‘...will be valued both as a textbook and as a work of ready reference.’

Australian Academic and Research Libraries CONTENTS

The changing collection management environment; Formulating policy - the written collection development policy and alternative approaches; Selection of hardcopy and digital materials; Acquisitions and licensing; Evaluating the hardcopy and digital collection; Preservation and deselection; Cooperation in collection management; The future of collection management.

192 pages 250 x 174mm (7 x 10) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 876938 13 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 414 2 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781876938130

Interlending and Document Supply in Britain Today

The history of interlending and document supply in the UK; The British Library and document supply services; Cooperation in interlending and document supply; Professional networking; Interlending and document supply in Different settings; Interlending and document supply: different sorts of materials; Management systems for interlending and document supply; Delivery in interlending and document supply; The interlending and document supply department; Copyright; International borrowing and lending; A look at the future.

192 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84334 140 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 086 1 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 188 8 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341406

The Culture of Evaluation in Library and Information Services John Crawford, Glasgow Caledonian University, UK ‘…a useful resource in all library and information management programes. I recommend it to libraries with any interest in evaluation.’

Electronic Journal CONTENTS

Overviewing the history of evaluation in library and information services; Reasons for and factors in evaluation; How survey and evaluation work is done; General satisfaction survey instruments; Parallel cultures of evaluation in higher education; Current and recent research in evaluation of library and information services; The evaluation of electronic information services; The challenge of information literacy and an afterword.

204 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84334 101 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 084 7 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 102 4 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341017

E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com / Order online @ www.chandospublishing.com

Library management Solving Management Problems in Information Services Christine Urquhart, University of Wales Aberystwyth, UK 144 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84334 136 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 085 4 £29.95/US$50.00/€35.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 184 0 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341369

Characteristics of the Successful 21st Century Information Professional Dennie Heye, Shell Exploration and Production, The Netherlands ‘…an approachable introduction to and for the next generation of information professionals.’

Australian Academic and Research Libraries 180 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84334 145 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 087 8 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 197 0 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341451

The Strategic Management of Technology A guide for library and information services David Baker, University College Plymouth St Mark & St John, UK ‘…provides a useful overview of the topic for library and information managers.’

Australian Library and Information Association 330 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2004 ISBN: 978 1 84334 041 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 065 6 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 042 3 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843340416

Australian Library Supervision and Management 2nd edition Roy Sanders 266 pages 250 x 174mm (7 x 10) paperback 2004 ISBN: 978 1 876938 30 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 418 0 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781876938307

The Role of the Legal Information Officer Trevor Harvey, Clifford Chance, UK 204 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2003 ISBN: 978 1 84334 047 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 057 1 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 048 5 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843340478

QUALITY MANAGEMENT, MARKETING AND DESIGN

NEW Service Science and the Information Professional

NEW A New Paradigm of Library and Information Services Marketing

Yvonne de Grandbois, Geneva School of Management, Switzerland

Dinesh Gupta, Vardhaman Mahaveer Open University, India This book reviews marketing library and information services with a new perspective, and is written against the backdrop of the changing approaches to the marketing of library and information services over the last four decades. It will provide LIS managers, teachers and students at all levels with the necessary principles, approaches for understanding customers and their needs, information about the available resources and services and motivational techniques to use these resources and services to satisfy their customers’ needs. This book looks at marketing not from the traditional hard sell approach, but with a soft approach, signifying the potentials of marketing in library and information services. CONTENTS

Marketing concepts in library and information centres; Marketing strategies in library and information services; Customer centred marketing; Developing library professionals; Future of LIS marketing.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q1 2014 ISBN: 978 1 84334 663 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 314 5 Approx. £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346630

NEW Meeting the Needs of Student Users in Academic Libraries Reaching across the great divide Michele Crump and LeiLani Freund, University of Florida, USA Meeting the Needs of Student Users in Academic Libraries surveys and evaluates the current practice of learning commons and research services within the academic library community in order to determine if these learning spaces are functioning as intended. To evaluate their findings, the authors examine the measurement tools that libraries have used to evaluate usage and satisfaction, including contemporary anthropological studies that provide a more detailed view of the student’s approach to research. The book takes a candid look at these redesigns and asks if improvements have lived up to expectations of increased service and user satisfaction. Are librarians using these findings to inform the evolution and implementation of new service models, or have they simply put a new shade of lipstick on the pig?

Service science is a new trans-disciplinary field that touches on subjects such as computer science, engineering, management, business, and the social and cognitive sciences. This book demonstrates to information professionals in all sectors that this new discipline exists and why it is relevant to them. It has emerged as we transition to a service and information-based economy, and libraries will deal with both information and services. CONTENTS

Service, systems and science; The shift to a knowledge economy; Synergies between service science and the information sector; Service science for a smarter planet; Interview with Jim Spohrer.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 649 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 313 8 Approx. £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346494

An Evaluation of the Benefits and Value of Libraries Viveca Nyström, Consultant and Linnéa Sjögren, Chalmers University of Technology, Sweden An Evaluation of the Benefits and Value of Libraries provides guidance on how to evaluate libraries and contains many useful examples of methods that can be used throughout this process. There is substantial focus on the importance of goals and objectives, along with advice on strategies that can be used in the case of libraries that may not be well resourced for conducting surveys. The text will be useful as a handbook, and does not assume prior knowledge of finance or economics. A guide on how to conduct a cost-benefit analysis on library services and a discussion on how to use scenario analysis and the persona method is provided, as are examples of customer surveys, for users and non-users alike. CONTENTS

What is benefit assessment? Libraries and the surrounding world; Goals, mission statements and methods; Financial benefit assessment; Cost-benefit analysis of one-time investments; Customer surveys; Persona method; The balanced scorecard.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 686 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 293 3 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346869

CONTENTS

Introduction: The divide as we see it; Services in the information commons; A post-occupancy look at library building renovations: Meeting the needs of the 21st century users; Assess to cultivate your own library; Millennials and technology: Putting suppositions to the test in an academic library; We asked and they told us: Survey x 2; Conclusion: Reaching across the divide.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 684 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 323 7 Approx. £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346845

To order, tel: +44 (0) 1223 499140 / fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

Available / will be available on Chandos Publishing Online

Library management NEW Universal Design A practical guide to creating and re-creating interiors of academic libraries for teaching, learning, and research

Knowledge Management for Sales and Marketing

Facelifts for Special Libraries

A practitioner’s guide

A practical guide to revitalizing diverse physical and digital spaces

Tom Young and Nick Milton, Knoco Ltd, UK

While this book is primarily aimed at those who are involved in Knowledge Management (KM) or have recently been appointed to deliver KM in sales and marketing environments, it is also highly relevant to those engaged in the management or delivery of sales and marketing activities. Knowledge Management for Sales and Marketing presents models to assist the reader to understand how knowledge can be applied and reused within sales and marketing processes, leading to an enhanced win rate. Topics covered provide managers and practitioners with the necessary principles, approaches and tools to be able to design their approach from scratch or to be able to compare their existing practices against world class examples.

CONTENTS

Gail Staines, Saint Louis University, USA

176 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 633 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 307 7 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346333

Managing Your Library and its Quality The ISO 9001 way Núria Balagué, Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, Spain and Jarmo Saarti, University of Eastern Finland, Finland This book, divided into two parts, provides an introduction to the quality management issues and gives a general overview to the use on ISO 9001 in the library environment. The second part presents the main features of ISO 9001:2008 with practical comments and examples on how to implement its clauses in libraries. Whether in the public or in the private sector, libraries can be seen as service organisations: they act in very dynamic environments where users are increasingly demanding new types of services. Thus the adoption of a quality management system helps each library in meeting the needs of the customers. This book covers some key ideas about how to approach the ISO 9001 standard in library terms, or any other information service unit. Managing Your Library and its Quality offers not only a useful approach to quality but it is also an excellent guide on how to manage knowledge within organisations and, a priori, thus should be utilised by the information professional. CONTENTS

230 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 654 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 279 7 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346548

Principles of knowledge management; The sales and marketing context; Knowledge management processes in sales, bidding and marketing; Communities in sales and marketing; Technology; Knowledge management roles; Culture and governance; Case study from British Telecom: Supporting a distributed sales force; Case study from Mars, Inc.: knowledge management in sales and marketing; Case study from Ordnance Survey: Social networking and the transfer of knowledge within supply chain management; Setting up a knowledge management framework for sales, marketing and bidding.

196 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 604 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 264 3 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346043

Qualitative Research and the Modern Library Valeda Dent Goodman, Long Island University, USA Qualitative Research and the Modern Library examines the present-day role and provides suggestions for areas that might be suited to this type of research for the purposes of evaluation. The author discusses how the results from such research might be applied, and the overall impact of using this type of research to inform development of a more user-centred organisation. The book provides a thoughtful look at the implications of using qualitative research to inform decision-making processes within libraries and is written by an author and library researcher with international experience in various types of libraries, implementing/ improving programs and services, and supporting user needs. CONTENTS

Dawn Bassett, Canadian Grain Commission, Jenny Fry, Surrey Public Library and Brooke Ballantyne-Scott, British Columbia Mental Health and Addiction Services, Canada ‘With this book to hand, a novice in space renovation can tackle any library renovation project with confidence’

Australian Library Journal CONTENTS

Prepare; Build a great project team; Plan your project; Develop a layout; Interior design basics; Revitalising your digital environment; Project completion and final thoughts.

180 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 591 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 042 7 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345916

Leadership and Management of Quality in Higher Education Edited by Chenicheri Sid Nair, University of Western Australia, Len Webster, Monash University, Australia and Patricie Mertova, University of Oxford, UK CONTENTS

Part 1 Overview: Growth of the quality movement in higher education. Part 2 Leadership of quality in higher education: Initiative-based quality development and the role of distributed leadership; A leadership model for higher education quality; A framework for engaging leadership in higher education quality systems. Part 3 Approaches of managers to quality in higher education: Quality management in higher education: A comparative study of the United Kingdom, The Netherlands and Finland; Towards a culture of quality in South African higher education. Part 4 Auditing quality in higher education: Auditors’ perspectives on quality in higher education. Part 5 Academic development and quality in higher education: Academic development as change leadership in higher education; Quality in the transitional process of establishing political science as a new discipline in Czech higher education (post 1989); Academic development and quality in Oman: mapping the terrain. Part 6 resources and trends in higher education quality: New directions in quality management; Dubai’s Free Zone model for leadership in the external quality assurance of higher education; Trends in quality development.

246 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 576 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 037 3 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345763

Marketing the Best Deal in Town

A brief overview of qualitative research; Examples of qualitative research in non-library settings; Ethnographic research practices in library settings; Eyes wide open: using trends, professional literature, and users to create a research canvas in libraries; Inside the mind of the user: qualitative approaches to understanding user experience in library settings; Narrowing the field: using qualitative approaches to explore specific areas of interest; What about us? Using qualitative methods to explore the library as workplace; A place in the world: qualitative research as a way to study global libraries; Learning more about qualitative research; Qualitative research as a way to explore change in the modern world.

Your library

208 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 644 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 268 1 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346449

236 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 305 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 127 1 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00

Nancy Rossiter, Jacksonville University, USA ‘…a logical structure and additions such as case studies, exercises and suggestions for further reading.’

The Electronic Library CONTENTS

Why market libraries? The language of marketing; Innovation 101; Trends; Purple cows, free prizes, and Moogle, oh my! Finding the $$$; Market research; Branding; Buzz; Marketing to women; Marketing to millenials; Marketing yourself.

hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 306 6 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343059

E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com / Order online @ www.chandospublishing.com

Library management Surviving the Future Academic libraries, quality and assessment Gail Munde, East Carolina University and Kenneth Marks, Consultant, Retired Dean of Libraries, University of Nevada, USA ‘An invaluable and thought provoking text for managers and librarians seeking solutions for survival’

The Australian Library Journal CONTENTS

Quality, assessment and evaluation; Creating a culture of assessment; Frameworks for quality improvement; Strategic planning, the Balanced Scorecard and benchmarking; Performance indicators; The library’s role in successful faculty research and teaching; The library’s role in successful postgraduate and professional education; The library’s role in the success of undergraduate students; User satisfaction as a quality indicator; Using group norms and peer comparisons as contexts for quality; Toward surviving the future.

218 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 477 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 003 8 £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344773

Library Performance and Service Competition Developing strategic responses Larry Nash White, East Carolina University Department of Library Science and Instructional Technology, USA CONTENTS

How long have we been counting things? An overview of library service performance assessment; Aligning the performance assessment process; A concise overview of current library service competition; Know things first: Identifying strategic information needs; ‘Knowns’ are really verbs: using innovation to transform the ‘knowns’ into potential strategic responses; Improving potential strategic responses through access, accountability and alignment; Wash. Rinse. Repeat. Strategic responses are an on going process.

152 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 314 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 126 4 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 315 8 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343141

Evidence-Based Librarianship Case studies and active learning exercises Edited by Elizabeth Connor, The Citadel, the military college of South Carolina, USA ‘…for anyone wishing to extend their understanding of EBL.’

Barbara Frame, Dunedin Public Libraries CONTENTS

Designing a curriculum in evidence-based practice for master’s students in library and information science; Action research and information literacy: A case study at the University of Parma; Harnessing the power of information; What, so what, now what; Evidence-based librarianship Down Under: Improving a nation’s resource-sharing; A new paradigm for morning report: A collaborative effort between the Department of Internal Medicine and the Medical Library; Reaching out to research students: Information literacy in context; The Cal Poly digital learning initiative.

208 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 299 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 108 0 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00

A Short-cut to Marketing The Library

PERSONAL AND STAFF DEVELOPMENT

Zuzana Helinsky, Consultant

NEW Workplace Culture in Academic Libraries

CONTENTS

Why is marketing so important? Marketing tools; Marketing in practice; Who else can help us? Publishers’ marketing suggestions; Conclusion.

108 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 425 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 132 5 £27.50/US$45.00/€35.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 426 1 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344254

Interlending and Document Supply in Britain Today Edited by Jean Bradford and Jenny Brine, University of Bristol, UK CONTENTS

The Other 51 Weeks A marketing handbook for librarians Lee Welch Topics in Australasian Library and Information Studies No. 25 CONTENTS

Making sense of marketing; Marketing 101: How it all began; Groundwork: The situation analysis; Developing a strategy; Market research and marketing information systems; Managing the marketing effort.

120 pages 250 x 174mm (7 x 10) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 876938 90 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 413 5 £27.50/US$45.00/€35.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781876938901

The Culture of Evaluation in Library and Information Services John Crawford, Glasgow Caledonian University, UK ‘…a useful resource in all library and information management programes.’

The early 21st Century Edited by Kelly Blessinger and Paul Hrycaj, Louisiana State University, USA Workplace culture refers to conditions that collectively influence the work atmosphere. These can include policies, norms, and unwritten standards for behavior. Workplace Culture in Academic Libraries focuses on various aspects of workplace culture in academic libraries from the practitioners’ viewpoint, as opposed to that of the theoretician. This book asks the following questions: What conditions contribute to an excellent academic library work environment? What helps to make a particular academic library a great place to work? Articles focus on actual programs while placing the discussion in a scholarly context. The book is structured into 14 chapters, covering various aspects of workplace culture in academic libraries, including: Overview of workplace culture; Assessment; Recruitment; Acclimation for new librarians; Workforce diversity; Physical environment; Staff morale; Interaction between departments; Tenure track/Academic culture; Mentoring/ coaching; Generational differences; Motivation/ incentives; Complaints/Conflict management; and Organizational transparency. CONTENTS

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q1 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 702 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 368 8 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347026

Electronic Journal 204 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84334 101 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 084 7 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 102 4 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341017

hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 300 4 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342991

To order, tel: +44 (0) 1223 499140 / fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

Available / will be available on Chandos Publishing Online

Library management NEW Managing Burnout in the Workplace A guide for information professionals Nancy McCormack, Queen’s University and Catherine Cotter, University of New Brunswick, Canada Information professionals are under constant stress. Libraries are ushering in sweeping changes that involve the closing of branches and reference desks, wholesale dumping of print, disappearing space, and employment of non-professional staff to fill what have traditionally been the roles of librarians. Increasing workloads, constant interruptions, ceaseless change, continual downsizing, budget cuts, repetitive work, and the pressures of public services have caused burnout in many information professionals. Managing Burnout in the Workplace concentrates on the problem of burnout, what it is and how it differs from chronic stress, low morale, and depression. The book addresses burnout from psychological, legal, and human resources perspectives. The chapters also cover how burnout is defined, symptom recognition, managing and overcoming burnout and how to avoid career derailment while coping with burnout. CONTENTS

What is burnout? Burnout and information professionals: How we got this way; Burnout, information professionals and other helping professions; Burnout: The psychological perspective; Burnout: The organizational perspective; Burnout: The legal perspective; Gender and burnout; Preventing burnout; Managing and overcoming burnout.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 734 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 400 5 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347347

NEW Exploring Education For Digital Librarians Meaning, modes and models Sue Myburgh, University of South Australia, Australia and Anna Maria Tammaro, University of Parma, Italy Exploring Education For Digital Librarians provides a fresh and new perspective on the discipline and profession of LIS, with focus on preparing students for their careers as digital librarians who will deal with the present and future virtual information environments. An exploration of the knowledge base and possible theoretical construction for the academic discipline, as well as a delineation of the competencies for praxis of the profession, suggest a model that could be used internationally to prepare digital librarians for their future professional information careers. This text offers an overview of the library and i-School situation which is informative and forward thinking. CONTENTS

NEW Academic Librarianship, Publishing, and the Tenure Track Creative strategies for scholarly success Karl Madden, City University of New York, USA Academic Librarianship, Publishing, and the Tenure Track provides a strategy for academic librarian faculty productivity in conferences, journal articles, and book chapters, in support of reappointment and promotion, including the personal experiences of the author. It presents the author’s systematic approach, built upon the development of passionate creativity and social networking. The creative process is examined and applied to productivity, following a proven chronology. Divided into nine chapters, Academic Librarianship, Publishing, and the Tenure Track begins by looking at academic writing as a creative art, before moving on to the tenure track, and notions of ‘publish or perish’ in the second chapter. Chapters three, four and five deal with: academic librarians, including the MLS and PhD; LIS research, including subject specific research and; an empirical and general review of quantification and qualification. Chapter six engages with the process of publishing itself. Chapter seven looks at the application portfolio for tenure itself, and the penultimate chapter considers the international context. Finally, the book wraps it all up in a summing up section. CONTENTS

Academic writing as a creative art; The tenure track: Publish or perish; Academic librarians, the MLS and PhD; LIS research: Subject-specific, LIS-related; Quantification/ qualification: Empirical and general-review; The process: Abstract, paper, presentation, journal proposal, submission, peer-review, editing; Application for tenure: The portfolio; International contexts.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 706 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 372 5 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347064

The role of the information professional in the digital future; Issues and challenges of the changing social and technological environment; Embedding information professionals in the virtual information environment; Rejuvenation and reframing; Professional social responsibility and the political role of librarians; A model for curriculum design.

CONTENTS

320 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 659 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 300 8 £52.50/US$90.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346593

176 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 569 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 304 6 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345695

NEW Not Your Ordinary Librarian Debunking the popular perceptions of librarians Ashanti White, University of North Carolina at Greensboro, USA When you picture a librarian, what do you imagine? An old white woman with glasses and a prudish disposition? That is the image that many people conjure up when asked to picture a librarian; with 82 per cent of the professional force being female and the average age of a librarian at 45, coupled with popular stereotypical images, it is difficult to dispute the perceptions. But there is more to librarians than meets the eye. This book will explore the origin of the image and popular media images of the librarian, in addition to the effects of the stereotype, and the challenges to the perception of librarians today. CONTENTS

In the beginning: The origin of librarian stereotypes; Hollywood love affair: The librarian in American film; Heroes, vigilantes, and rock stars: The librarian on television; Not your ordinary library: The librarian in literature; How true are the perceptions?: Examining the common librarian; Diverging images: The sexy, author, and friendly librarian; The end of stereotypes: A new beginning.

228 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 670 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 296 4 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346708

NEW Managing Intellectual Capital in Libraries Beyond the balance sheet Petros Kostagiolas, Ionian University, Greece Aimed at library practitioners and academics of all levels, Managing Intellectual Capital in Libraries explores the exciting area of intellectual capital management in libraries. The presence of intellectual capital in libraries is largely intangible; however, in the economy of knowledge we must constantly make informed decisions regarding non-tangible, non-monetary, invisible resources in order to better understand their possible usages, structure, production and value. Intellectual capital-based library management is a key issue, fostering innovation that improves a library’s operations and services. Intellectual capital has become the buzzword of knowledge-based economies, and is the ultimate source of competitive advantage. This book provides guidelines, methods and techniques for managing intellectual capital in a library environment. Analysis is accompanied by examples and case studies for intellectual capital utilization in libraries. CONTENTS

240 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 678 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 315 2 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346784

E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com / Order online @ www.chandospublishing.com

Library management NEW Leadership in Libraries A focus on ethnicminority librarians Maha Kumaran, University of Saskatchewan, Canada

Understanding Librarians

Diversity Programming and Outreach for Academic Libraries

Communication is the issue Barbara Hull, Teesside University, UK

Kathleen Hanna, Mindy Cooper and Robin Crumrin, Indiana University – Purdue University Indianapolis, USA

CONTENTS

212 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 658 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 308 4 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346586

The Information and Knowledge Professional’s Career Handbook Define and create your success Ulla de Stricker, de Stricker Associates, Canada and Jill Hurst-Wahl, School of Information Studies, Syracuse University, USA ‘The information they provide is practical, actionable, and from this professional’s experience, spot on. A recommended addition to the literature of LIS career development.’

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 615 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 269 8 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346159

Recovery, Reframing, and Renewal Surviving an information science career crisis in a time of change Oliver Cutshaw, Chicago School of Professional Psychology, USA ‘Every librarian should read this optimistic, practical, honest and insightful, easy-to-read, and highly relevant guide.’

Australian Library Journal

Customer review on Amazon.com ‘An excellent resource and is applicable to other professions.’

Journal of Academic Librarianship The definitive guide to developing and managing a successful career in the information profession. The book gives the reader a set of tools and techniques to secure a stronger career, build an effective brand and succeed as professionals. CONTENTS

Introduction: An invitation; An opaque profession: Special challenges; Knowing who you are: Your ‘work personality’ and your ‘best fit’; Developing your brand: The professional image; Looking for a job: Tips and tricks; Creating your story: Crafting a compelling resume; Knowing where you want to go: Plan… but let chance have a chance!; Navigating organizational culture: Understanding politics; Winning support: ‘selling’ proposals with the business case approach; Making the leap to a managerial role: Being the boss; Resilience at work: Coping when things get tough; About the money; Passing it on: Collegial support or mentoring; Our colleagues speak: Career snapshots; Jill and Ulla speak: Our professional journeys; Epilogue; Resources.

294 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 608 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 055 7 £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346081

This book examines the difficulties confronting information professionals who, due to financial downturns, technological change, or personal crises, are forced to re-evaluate their career options. This book presents an overall positive outlook on personal growth and the opportunities our new information environment holds. CONTENTS

Introduction to the parameters of career renewal; Career recovery: A case study of my personal job search; No job, no way: Librarians are often unprepared for voluntary and involuntary career changes; First you grieve: Job loss, job stagnation, and job burnout in an age of transition; Re-envisioning your career: A new look at yourself and your skills; Reframing your skills and search strategies: preparing for the job search and looking at your professional goals with a fresh and realistic approach; New résumé, new interview skills, but the road can still be bumpy: Preparing for the job search and practicing the survival skills needed for success; You got your job! Hurray! But now what? How can our professional organizations and graduate schools build a better professional support system? Conclusions: recovery, reframing, and renewal are a matter of interpretation.

168 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 632 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 272 8 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346326

To order, tel: +44 (0) 1223 499140 / fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

Diversity Programming and Outreach for Academic Libraries outlines issues surrounding diversity among students, faculty, and staff and how one urban university library is working to embrace and celebrate the diversity found in its building, on campus, and in the local community. This book illustrates how universities are uniquely situated to engage students in discussions about diversity and how academic libraries in particular can facilitate and ease these discussions. A Diversity Council and the projects and programs it has developed have been instrumental in this work and may serve as an inspiration and launch pad for other libraries. Diversity Programming and Outreach for Academic Libraries details anecdotal experiences, and provides practical suggestions for developing diversity programs and forming collaborations with other campus units, regardless of size, staff, or focus of the academic library. CONTENTS

194 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 635 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 273 5 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346357

Building Your Library Career with Web 2.0 Julia Gross, Edith Cowan University, Australia

This readable guide builds on the solid foundation of previous library career books. The social networking tools described will supplement the traditional methods of career development. Chapters provide advice and practical examples, showing how to use Web 2.0 technologies in our careers including: ways to enhance your skills; building professional networks; developing a positive online presence. CONTENTS

Web 2.0 and your library career; Social networking sites and your library career; Using Facebook, LinkedIn and Twitter for your career; Personal marketing for your career; Privacy, social networking and your career; Lifelong learning and your career; Web 2.0 professional development for your library career; Networking for your LIS career; E-mentoring for career development; Keeping up to date and being competent.

236 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 651 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 289 6 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346517

Available / will be available on Chandos Publishing Online

Library management Becoming Confident Teachers

Mid-Career Library and Information Professionals

A guide for academic librarians

A leadership primer

Claire McGuinness, University College Dublin, Ireland ‘…a sound and satisfying work on teaching librarianship.’ ‘McGuinness’s work has many strengths.’

College and Research Libraries Becoming Confident Teachers examines the teaching role of information professionals at a time of transition and change in higher education. While instruction is now generally accepted as a core library function in the 21st century, librarians often lack sufficient training in pedagogy and instructional design; consequently finding their teaching responsibilities to be stressful and challenging. By exploring the requirements and responsibilities of the role, this book guides teaching librarians to a position where they feel confident that they have acquired the basic body of knowledge and procedures to handle any kind of instructional requests that come their way, and to be proactive in developing and promoting teaching and learning initiatives. In addition, this book suggests strategies and methods for self-development and fostering a “teacher identity,” giving teaching librarians a greater sense of purpose and direction, and the ability to clearly communicate their role to non-library colleagues and within the public sphere. CONTENTS

The evolving role of the teaching librarian; Teaching librarians: 10 concepts shaping the role; Preparing teaching librarians for practice: Focusing on the basics; Confidencezappers and how to handle them; Personal and professional development as a teaching librarian; What librarians think: Teaching and learning in the real world.

246 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 629 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 271 1 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346296

Edited by Dawn LoweWincentsen, Oregon Institute of Technology and Linda Crook, Washington State University, USA ‘...a very current, topical and easy-to-read book that is perfect for the busy librarian. ...a valuable addition to a professional library for a librarian seeking career advancement or looking for new work challenges’

Australian Library Journal CONTENTS

Saying yes, again: An introduction to leadership for midcareer librarians; What to do when you can’t do it all; Empowering the reluctant new library manager; Stuck in the middle and loving it! Why middle managers have the ability to lead from the heart and the power to persuade; Making it work: Leading without a pedestal; Leading without authority: Maintaining balance and relationships; Career progression: Mentoring to the rescue; When life and leadership collide; Avoiding the Peter Principle: ‘Every employee tends to rise to his level of incompetence’; Work envy, workhorses and the mid-career librarian; Don’t get stuck in a rut!; Out of bounds: Developing a library outreach program using the ‘Five Practices of Exemplary Leadership’ model; Technologically indispensable: Leading when you’re technically competent but seen merely as a useful tool to get other folks’ ideas implemented; Same song, different verse: critical followership as an act of resilience for second-career librarians; New in town: Leadership betwixt and between; Making your mark: Scholarship, ‘nichebuilding,’ and other ways of defining and marketing your expertise; Exercise your leadership potential.

260 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 609 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 053 3 £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346098

A Practical Writing Guide for Academic Librarians Keeping it short and sweet Anne Langley, Princeton University and Jonathan Wallace, Nation and World Editor at the News and Observer, USA

From Fear to Flow Personality and information interaction

CONTENTS

Jannica Heinstrom, Abo Akademi University, Finland

‘…can be used to develop individual informationseeking skills as information professional, as a self-reflective tool to examine one’s characteristics and how these influence the way one interacts with information’

Australian Library Journal CONTENTS

Personality; Openness to experience – the exploration dimension; Conscientiousness – the persistence dimension; Extroversion – the social dimension; Agreeableness – the trust dimension; Negative affectivity – the emotional dimension; Need for cognition; Positive emotionality; Selfefficacy and self-confidence; Locus of control; Monitoring and blunting; Uncertainty orientation; Broad scanning, fast surfing and deep diving; Discussion.

240 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 513 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 036 6 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345138

Style: Short and sweet; Audience; Getting and keeping a job: Letters of recommendation, cover letters, résumés, self-assessments, thank-you notes; Meetings and reports: minutes, formal reports, progress reports, annual reports, project proposals; Managing: Performance reviews, employee documentation, job descriptions, search committee reports, budget requests; Public services and collections: Subject guides (pathfinders), collection assessments and other documents related to collection development, memos or letters to faculty about the library collection, external reviews, marketing tools (bookmarks, brochures and posters); Online and presenting data: Writing for the website, blogging, e-mail, tables, graphs, charts; Scholarly work and teaching: articles, abstracts, case studies, syllabi, handouts; More resources for writing.

172 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 532 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 034 2 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345329

Customer Care A training manual for library staff Pat Gannon-Leary and Michael McCarthy, Bede Research & Consultancy, UK

‘This title is recommended for library administrators and courses in library and information science programs on public services management and improvement.’

Reference and User Services Quarterly CONTENTS

262 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 570 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 031 1 £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345701

Productivity for Librarians How to get more done in less time Samantha Hines, University of MontanaMissoula, USA Productivity for Librarians provides tips and tools for organizing, prioritizing and managing time along with reducing stress. The book presents a resources guide for continued learning about and exploration of productivity in relation to individual circumstances featuring motivation, procrastination and time management guidelines. Addressing the unique challenges faced by librarians, the author supplies a balanced view of a variety of tools and techniques for dealing with overwork and stress. CONTENTS

What is productivity? Motivation; Procrastination; Time Management; Systems of productivity; Managing for productivity; Sticking with productivity; Resource guide; Wrapping up.

176 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 567 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 030 4 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345671

An Overview of the Changing Role of the Systems Librarian Systemic shifts Edited by Edward Iglesias, Central Connecticut State University, USA CONTENTS

138 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 598 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 041 0 £45.00/US$75.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345985

E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com / Order online @ www.chandospublishing.com

Library management The ART of People Management in Libraries Tips for managing your most vital resource James McKinlay, Haines Centre for Strategic Management and Vicki Williamson, University of Saskatchewan Library, Canada ‘A readable and useful book.’

The Australian Library Journal This book explores recent trends in human resource management practices and presents options for their application within the special context of libraries, especially academic and research libraries. It lays out a set of the most pressing HR management issues facing senior library leaders in the context of continuous organisational change in the 21st century and offers library practitioners effective tips for people management. CONTENTS

312 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 423 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 024 3 £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344230

Electronic Portfolios Personal information, personal development and personal values Simon Grant, Consultant

‘Good information analysis. Useful in process development and implementation.’

Wijnand Aalderink and Marij Veugelers – SURF NL Portfolio, Dutch portfolio expert group CONTENTS

Part 1 Principles of e-portfolio systems: Some scenarios of e-portfolio use; Who wants personal information? The rationale behind recording and storing personal information; Portfolio purposes outlined; Portfolio information; Issues with portfolio information; The need for common terms in portfolio information; Portfolio functionality; Applying e-portfolio principles. Part 2 How to do things with e-portfolio and related tools: How to use tools for assessment; How to use tools for recording significant personal information; How to use tools for self-presentation; How to use tools provided for your own development; How to motivate and help others to use tools; How to develop e-portfolio tools; How to coordinate e-portfolio and administrative tools; How to develop interoperability in tools; How to publish terms for common use by tools. Part 3 Future vision: Notes on portfolio environments and values; Matching information for people; Personal values, identity and personality; Developing personality and personal values; Ethical development and values in society; The culture of information and choice: an analogy with the development of agriculture; In conclusion?

Taking Charge of Your Career

A toolkit for effective communication

A guide for library and information professionals

Paola de Castro, Istituto Superiore di Sanità, Italy

Joanna Ptolomey, Consultant, UK CONTENTS

Part 1 The backbone - Skip this at your peril: Your LIS career I presume? It’s all about you; Check out the view – the LIS landscape. Part 2 Everyday tools for taking charge of your career: Tips for keeping up with business as usual and managing change; Making the time for managing your career; Taking charge using project management as a tool. Part 3 Different stages of your career: Career breaks; Starting out, making it count; Managing and leading; Going it alone – being an independent information professional. Part 4 Complete framework for personal strategic planning: Personal strategic planning.

266 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 465 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 010 6 £52.50/US$90.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344650

156 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 378 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 001 4 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343783

Tinker Massey, Embry-Riddle Aeronautical University, USA ‘The strength of the work is in the practical examples and hands-on application of theory… recommend as a practical guide for managing change in libraries’

An introduction to nondirective coaching Bob Thomson, University of Warwick, UK

The Australian Library Journal

CONTENTS

212 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 429 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 206 3 £29.95/US$50.00/€35.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 430 8 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344292

108 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 427 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 016 8 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344278

Presentations for Librarians A complete guide to creating effective, learner-centred presentations Lee Hilyer, University of Houston, USA ‘Individual chapters are well written and contain easily digestible amounts of information. …a useful contribution to ridding the world of poor presentations.’

Library Management 216 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 303 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 122 6 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00

Cruise to Success How to steer your way through the murky waters of marketing your library

hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 304 2 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343035

Loreen Phillips, McDermott Library, USA

A Leadership Primer for New Librarians

CONTENTS

Why should libraries market themselves? The library as a corporation; Creating a SWOT analysis; Areas to consider in a marketing campaign; Merchandising and branding; Marketing strategy; Poster guidelines; Other tools of communication: News announcements, public relations, newsletters and annual reports; References, further reading and resources.

134 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 482 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 002 1 £17.50/US$30.00/€20.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 483 4 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344827

To order, tel: +44 (0) 1223 499140 / fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

CONTENTS

Managing Change and People in Libraries

Don’t Just Do Something, Sit There

260 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 401 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 007 6 £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344018

Librarians of Babel

Tools for helping today’s early-career librarians become tomorrow’s library leaders Suzanne Byke, Florida State University and Dawn Lowe-Wincentsen, Oregon Institute of Technology, USA ‘…an interesting book which is easy to read’

The Australian Library Journal 182 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 419 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 143 1 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 420 9 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344193

Available / will be available on Chandos Publishing Online

Library management A Comprehensive Library Staff Training Programme in the Information Age

The New Information Professional

PUBLIC AND OTHER NON-ACADEMIC LIBRARIES

Aileen Wood, Consultant, UK

How to thrive in the information age doing what you love

NEW Law Firm Librarianship

CONTENTS

How LIS Professionals Can Use Alerting Services Ina Fourie, University of Pretoria, South Africa CONTENTS

‘Current awareness’ or ‘alerting’ services: where do we come from and where are we heading? A dynamic LIS environment and the need to be a benchmark; Available alerting services; Learning from studies on information seeking behaviour; Surviving the negative side of alerting services; Time to reflect on creative use of information – seizing opportunities and surviving;

196 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84334 128 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 096 0 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 129 1 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341284

Sue Myburgh, University of South Australia, Australia ‘…a densely written book with much to digest.’

The Australian Library Journal 260 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 84334 087 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 080 9 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 097 3 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843340874

Faculty-Librarian Relationships Paul Jenkins, The College of Mount St. Joseph, USA ‘…a very accessable read for anyone new to academic librarianship.’

Continuing Professional Development

Training Library Patrons the ADDIE Way Debby Wegener, Temasek Polytechnic Library, Singapore

‘…a very practical guide to professional development activities, with emphasis upon self development. … practical throughout, with many tables and diagrams. …this text is a good book to read.’

Analysis: think about the trainees; Design: consider the objectives; Development: Create the course; Implementation: deliver the goods; Evaluation: Decide if it really worked; Conclusion.

176 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84334 157 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 091 5 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 168 0 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341574

Characteristics of the Successful 21st Century Information Professional

Alan Brine, De Montfort University, UK

LTSN-ICS 192 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2004 ISBN: 978 1 84334 081 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 072 4 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 082 9 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843340812

The Role of the Academic Librarian Anne Langley, Edward Gray, Duke University, USA and K T L Vaughan, University of North Carolina, USA

Dennie Heye, Shell Exploration and Production, The Netherlands

‘…an excellent, highly readable guide.’

‘…an approachable introduction to and for the next generation of information professionals.’

176 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2003 ISBN: 978 1 84334 057 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 060 1 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00

John Azzolini, Clifford Chance LLP, USA The legal information environment is deep, wide, and dynamic with many participants, including courts, parliaments, legislatures, and administrative bodies. None exemplifies the agile, knowledge-engaging legal player better than the law firm. Current, authoritative information is essential for the successful representation of clients. The firm’s most dependable resource for retrieving information is its library staff. Law Firm Librarianship introduces the reader to the challenges, qualifications, and work conditions of this distinct type of research librarian. The book begins by asking what law firm librarianship is, whilst the second chapter focuses on the law firm and its culture. The third chapter covers the law firm library itself, including the practical aspects of the firm librarian’s interaction with his or her professional environments. The next chapter considers the effects of legal publishing practices, and the penultimate section surveys the various research tools the firm librarian relies on for sound knowledge. The book concludes by looking at the dynamic qualities of law firm librarianship. CONTENTS

A guide for information professionals

CONTENTS

Issues, practice, and directions

Scottish Health Information Network

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 708 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 374 9 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347088

hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 058 4 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843340577

E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com / Order online @ www.chandospublishing.com

Library management NEW Information Literacy and Lifelong Learning The workplace, health and public libraries John C Crawford and Christine Irving This book reviews the role of information literacy (IL) in developing employability skills, personal health management and informal learning from a variety of areas including: information policy issues, information usage and training needs and skills development. Early years education and the role of IL in relevant organisations, including government departments, skills agencies, and professional bodies (such as the Confederation of British Industry (CBI)) will also be considered. With a UK focus, this book also considers the leading role of the US in the development of information literacy policy. Examples of good practise will be presented and analysed and are drawn primarily from North America and Australasia, however, issues drawn from Europe will also be discussed. CONTENTS

Background to policy; Information policy since World War Two; The debate about information literacy within the information profession; Recognising information literacy as an early years issue; The challenge of the work environment; Case study: The Scottish Government information Service (Contributed by Scottish Government information Service staff); Information literacy in health management; Employability, informal learning and the role of the public library; Value and impact; Issues for the future.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q4 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 682 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 348 0 Approx. £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346821

NEW Libraries and Archives A comparative study Tomas Lidman, Consultant, Sweden Libraries and Archives analyses the facts and arguments behind an increasing debate as to what extent libraries and archives are fulfilling the same missions. Despite the fact that they have different legal statuses, legal frameworks, and the work-flow looks very different, some politicians and bureaucrats think that there is much to gain if the two institutions work closely together or even merge. To understand the present situation it is important to have an understanding of the role of libraries and archives and their shared history. Therefore the development up to the present day is analysed in the first chapters of the book. The book stimulates debate and brings forth valuable facts about the topic. The main focus is on national libraries and national and regional archives from an international point of view. CONTENTS

Pre-historic times; National libraries and archives from early modern times to 1900; Twentieth-century libraries; Twentieth-century archives; What’s in store?

An introduction Charlotte Brunskill, Paul Mellon Centre for Studies in British Art and Sarah Demb, Museum of London, UK

A handbook for regulation, innovation and transformation Stephen Harries, Critical Information, UK

This book offers a comprehensive overview of records management work in museum and gallery settings by records managers. It draws on over a decade of experience in applying fundamental records management principles and practices to the specific circumstances of museums. Records Management for Museums and Galleries introduces the reader to the institutional cultures, functions and records specific to museums, and to issues of particular bearing on museum records, including the legislative environments created by the Freedom of Information and Data Protection Acts. Footnotes, case study sidebars and a resource guide the reader to a range of additional information and assistance.

Records Management and Knowledge Mobilisation argues that records management can contribute to public sector reform and transformation in the new climate of austerity without losing its essential characteristics. The public sector environment is now changing rapidly, with more emphasis on efficiency, flexibility and innovation, devolving control, loosening regulation and cutting budgets. By linking practical ideas about the use and management of knowledge, the author draws on insights from the study of policymaking and programme delivery to show how managing the relationship between records and knowledge, and their creation and use, can make an important contribution to public sector innovation in itself.

CONTENTS

The history of record keeping in the UK museum and gallery sector; Records management basics; Making a business case for records management; Legislation and records management requirements; The records survey; Strategy and action planning; Developing a file plan, retention schedule and records management programme; Resources; Appendices: Policies, forms and checklists.

278 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 637 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 291 9 £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346371

Special Libraries as Knowledge Management Centres

International case studies John Helling, BloomfieldEastern Greene County Public Library, USA Public Libraries and their National Policies is aimed at practicing librarians and scholars with an interest in public libraries. It will examine the various models for providing public library services around the world and will discuss differences in such areas as funding sources, standards, regulations and use. At a time when public libraries are facing shrinking budgets and increasing pressure to consolidate or otherwise modify their governance structure, this book will provide a timely glimpse into international best practices. CONTENTS

United States; Canada; South Africa; Senegal; Finland; Sweden; United Kingdom; France; India; Turkmenistan; China; Australia.

188 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 679 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 310 7 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346791

To order, tel: +44 (0) 1223 499140 / fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

Managing records and growing knowledge: An interactive strategy. Part 1 Principles: The changing role of government: Transformation; Concepts, codes and meanings: Bridging knowledge and records; Records, knowledge and action: An interacting design model; Regulation and institutions: Rules, roles and frames; Innovation and change: Ideas, networks and communities. Part 2 Practices: Bridging policy and delivery with knowledge: The case for intervention; Achieving added value: Efficiency, effectiveness and public value; Planning a knowledge-based intervention: Strategy, tools, analysis; Fomenting knowledge development; Reframing records management: Towards knowledge governance.

290 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 653 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 286 5 £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346531

NEW Public Libraries and their National Policies

136 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 642 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 312 1 £40.00/US$70.00/€50.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346425

Records Management and Knowledge Mobilisation

NEW Records Management for Museums and Galleries

Eva Semertzaki, Bank of Greece

‘If your library is not yet a knowledge centre it is an essential purchase.’

Managing Information This book focuses on the role of special libraries as knowledge management centres in their organisations. It describes the work of a special library and draws on the characteristics that make the nucleus of collecting and organising knowledge which is used for the benefit of the institution. By acquiring and sharing knowledge, staff will enhance the intellectual capital of the institution. CONTENTS

Special libraries; Knowledge management; Components of a knowledge management system at a special library; Implementation of a knowledge management centre at a special library; Lessons learned, evaluation, marketing, and the way forward: Case studies.

336 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 613 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 266 7 £57.75/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346135

Available / will be available on Chandos Publishing Online

Library management From Lending to Learning

Project Management in Libraries, Archives and Museums

A Short-cut to Marketing The Library

The development and extension of public libraries

Working with government and other external partners

Zuzana Helinsky, Consultant

Julie Carpenter, Education for Change Ltd, UK

Rónán O’Beirne, Bradford College, UK ‘worth the investment and thorough reading by at least all public library managers as a catalyst for local, state and national debate’

Australasian Public Libraries and Information Services From Lending to Learning provides a theoretical overview and practical guide to the functional area of delivering learning services within public libraries. It traces the development of public library service delivery and critically appraises the inherent tension between offering an educational focused or leisure focused library. The current and future policy directions are explored against the backdrop of the emerging learning society. A general overview of recent developments in learning theory is followed by an insight into the learning landscape. The issues and practicalities of setting up a learning environment within a public library are dealt with in a clear and straightforward fashion. The book concludes with an assessment of the emerging web 2.0 technologies and gives an insight into how the whole area of social networking might shape the future.

Aimed at practitioners and managers, this practical handbook provides a source of guidance on project management techniques for the academic and cultural heritage sectors, focusing on managing projects involving public sector and other external partners. Issues under consideration and illustration include: different approaches to managing projects and how to select appropriate methods; using project management tools and other applications in project development and implementation; ensuring the sustainability of project outcomes and transferability into practice; realistic monitoring methodologies and specification and commissioning evaluation work that has real value. CONTENTS

226 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 566 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 052 6 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345664

216 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 388 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 049 6 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343882

240 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 600 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 046 5 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346005

CONTENTS

Why is marketing so important? Marketing tools; Marketing in practice; Who else can help us? Publishers’ marketing suggestions; Conclusion.

Marketing the Best Deal in Town Your library Nancy Rossiter, Jacksonville University, USA ‘…a logical structure and additions such as case studies, exercises and suggestions for further reading.’

The Electronic Library

CONTENTS

For what are libraries if not for learning? Understanding today’s public libraries; Public libraries lost in the learning landscape; Developing learning services in public libraries; Digital citizenship in a learning community; Information and knowledge in the learning society; Technology for learning and citizenship; Looking to the future.

Technological changes mean that the role of libraries is now not as obvious or assured as in the past. This means that to survive, libraries must actively market their products and services to their users and to their funding sources. A concise handbook which spells out the critical need for marketing for libraries, A Short-cut to Marketing The Library provides a series of practical and accessible tools to achieve success and includes publishers marketing suggestions.

User-Generated Content and its Impact on Web-Based Library Services Questioning authority Kay Cahill, Vancouver Public Library, Canada

CONTENTS

236 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 305 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 127 1 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00

User-Generated Content and its Impact on Web-Based Library Services examines the impact of user-generated content on web-based library services. It begins with an overview of Web 2.0 tools and technologies and a brief look at the emerging semantic tools of Web 3.0 and their implications for libraries. The book investigates the changing role of the end user as both a creator and consumer of web content and what this means for society’s perception and understanding of information. The author addresses the advantages and challenges of using these tools to bring community expertise and opinion into the library, from reinvention of the library website as a community rather than a collection to the issues of moderating usergenerated content. The book also explores the notion of ‘low-fidelity authority’, understanding that by acknowledging the value in content that does not necessarily meet traditional definition of authority, it creates the potential to achieve a much greater level of relevance and engagement with users. Throughout the book, conceptual discussion is illustrated with realworld examples and practical suggestions for library practitioners.

hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 306 6 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343059

CONTENTS

hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 385 1 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343844

The information environment; A dialogue, not a lecture: Libraries as online communities; A changing world; Drinking from the firehose; Controlling the fire hose; Conclusion.

Joint-Use Libraries Libraries for the future Sarah McNicol, University of Central England, UK ‘It has a good practical feel for professional issues and practice and is readable and succinct. …well produced, clearly laid out book. …a well organized and useful work suitable for practitioners and students who want to clear and up-to-date introduction to jointuse libraries.’

NLW CONTENTS

254 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 384 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 130 1 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00

214 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 534 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 008 3 £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345343

E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com / Order online @ www.chandospublishing.com

Library management Library Project Funding A guide to planning and writing proposals Julie Carpenter, Consultant

‘…an excellent contribution to the bookshelves of practicing LIS professionals, academics and researchers. …highly recommended as essential reading for all LIS profesionals facing any need to apply for funding. I believe it also shold be brought to the attention of LIS students.’

The Information Literate School Community 2

Providing more with less Collection management for Australian school libraries 2nd edition

Issues of Leadership

Ken Dillon, James Henri and Joy McGregor

James Henri and Marlene Asselin

Topics in Australian Teacher Librarianship 4 CONTENTS

Topics in Australian Teacher Librarianship 5 CONTENTS

234 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 380 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 129 5 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00

Introduction and context; Understanding the information literate school community; Whose community? Which Knowledge? A critical (hyperliteracies) take on the information literate school communities; Informing information literacy education through empirical research; Curriculum integration and information literacy: developing independent learners; Reading and the information literate school community; The leadership role of the principal in the information literate school community; Policy, social justice and the information literate school community; Scaffolding and the information literate school community: Knowledge building; Teacher librarians: Mirror images of teachers and pioneering voyagers; The teacher librarian toolkit for an information literate school community; Generating change: A North American perspective; Generating change through professional development: A New Zealand perspective; Systems issues and the information literate school community; Preparing preservice teachers as members of information literate school.

hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 381 3 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343806

254 pages 250 x 174mm (7 x 10) paperback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 876938 72 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 417 3 £53.50/US$90.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781876938727

Youth Services and Public Libraries

The Role of the Legal Information Officer

Online Information Review CONTENTS

Susan E Higgins, University of Southern Mississippi, USA CONTENTS

hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 167 3 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341567

Bush, City, Cyberspace The development of Australian children’s literature into the 21st Century John Foster, Ern Finnis and Maureen Nimon

Tamara Kowarsky - Parkwood Secondary College, North Ringwood CONTENTS

The origins of Australian children’s literature; On being Australian: The Gallipolli legend; Migration and national identity; White voices/black voices: Indigenous children’s literature; The role and significance of the natural environment; Negotiating the maze of life 1: Focus on the family; Negotiating the maze of life 2: Additional dilemmas for today’s children and adolescents; Future histories of Australia; The hero and the quest from Dot and the Kangaroo to Dragonkeeper; Popular fiction for the cybergeneration; Australian children’s poetry; Australian picture books.

200 pages 250 x 174mm (7 x 10) paperback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 876938 78 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 415 9 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781876938789

A Most Delicate Monster The one-professional special library Jean Dartnall Topics in Australasian Library and Information Studies No. 13

Access

Trevor Harvey, Clifford Chance, UK

CONTENTS

Information roles and information sources; Managing and recruiting; Marketing and promoting your service; Research and enquiries; The Internet: threat or opportunity? You say taxonomy, I say classification – you say thesaurus, I say classification; Know-how and knowledge management; Copyright; You’re on your own now; The future for the legal information professional.

204 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2003 ISBN: 978 1 84334 047 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 057 1 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 048 5 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843340478

Literature and Literacy for Young People 6 ‘This book would be of interest to anyone who is involved with children’s and adolescent fiction, or in changes in how Australian society is portrayed through literature.’

392 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2001 ISBN: 978 0949060 99 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 421 0 £27.50/US$45.00/€35.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780949060990

‘Although this book is written about special libraries, it contains a great deal of down-to-earth practical advice and common sense for teacher librarians, especially as the one professional in the school library.’

Part 1 Principles of library service. Part 2 Practices. Part 3 Professionalism.

168 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 156 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 109 7 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00

The information landscape; Introduction to collection management; The historical context: An evolution toward knowledge management; Knowledge management: The human dimension of collection management; Analyzing the environment; Policies for collection management; Selection and acquisition; Information and communication technologies meet collection management; Collection management dilemmas in the digital age; Maintaining collection viability; Collection evaluation; Collection program funding management; Issues in collection management.

Popular Literature for Children and Adolescents John Foster Literature and Literacy for Young People 5 CONTENTS

Popular literature: The arguments; The nature and appeal of popular literature; Criteria for analysing popular literature; Supernatural, horror and science fiction; Detective, mystery and adventure fiction; School stories, pony stories, romance and ‘subromances’, Slice of life problem fiction and sports stories; Humour, animal stories and miscellaneous fiction for younger readers; Popular fiction: An overview; Picture books; Magazines and other formats; Conclusion and the future.

A Most Delicate Monster will be particularly useful for practitioners. The focus is on the running of small special libraries and particularly the one-person library. A professional outlook is maintained without neglecting the full range of tasks required in a one-person library. The practical orientation is supported by the use of checklists. Although the book is written with special librarians in mind, others will find it useful, especially solo librarians. CONTENTS

What’s so special? The focus; Being part of the whole; The collection; Getting physical; Getting organised; Service; Getting help; Refocusing.

176 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 1998 ISBN: 978 0949060 40 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 422 7 £18.95/US$30.00/€25.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780949060402

The Adolescent Novel Australian perspectives Maureen Nimon and John Foster Literature and Literacy for Young People 2 ‘The writing is forceful, backed up by an impressive knowledge of the body of literature and provides a basis for further research and reference that is to be applauded.’

Viewpoint 248 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 1997 ISBN: 978 0949060 41 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 423 4 £18.95/US$30.00/€25.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780949060419

180 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2003 ISBN: 978 1 876938 48 2 £18.95/US$30.00/€25.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781876938482

To order, tel: +44 (0) 1223 499140 / fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

Available / will be available on Chandos Publishing Online

Information management INFORMATION LITERACY AND STUDY SKILLS

NEW Information Literacy and Lifelong Learning The workplace, health and public libraries John C Crawford and Christine Irving This book reviews the role of information literacy (IL) in developing employability skills, personal health management and informal learning from a variety of areas including: information policy issues, information usage and training needs and skills development. Early years education and the role of IL in relevant organisations, including government departments, skills agencies, and professional bodies (such as the Confederation of British Industry (CBI)) will also be considered. With a UK focus, this book also considers the leading role of the US in the development of information literacy policy. CONTENTS

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q4 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 682 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 348 0 Approx. £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346821

NEW Utilizing Technology in the Academic Research Process Quality output in a fraction of the time John Dumay, University of Sydney Business School, Australia This book is aimed at anyone involved in an academic research project from high school majors to PhD students and experienced researchers with a strong publication record. The author is acutely aware of the amount of time it takes to bring an idea from inception through to publication. The aim of this book is to introduce the tools and techniques the author used to establish his research career in a relatively short time, whilst keeping an eye on the quality of output. The tools and techniques presented are not intended as a substitute for academic acumen, but help concentrate on the aspects of research that add value to a project and help avoid tasks which are time consuming and contribute nothing to the academic quality of a research project. CONTENTS

Investigation: Setting up basic technology for research; Tools for developing your research question; Collecting quantitative data; Collecting qualitative data; Analysis: Tools for analysing qualitative data; Tools for analysing quantitative data; Writing: Structuring your document with a word processor; Searching documents and secondary sources; Effective referencing; Writing for clear communication; Presentation & publication: Developing effective presentations; Getting ready for publication; Dealing with editors and publishers.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q4 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 675 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 345 9 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346753

NEW Creating and Maintaining an Information Literacy Instruction Program in the 21st Century An ever-changing landscape Nancy Noe, Auburn University, USA The Association of College and Research Libraries (ACRL) set forth Characteristics of Programs of Information Literacy that Illustrate Best Practices: A Guideline. Creating and Maintaining an Information Literacy Instruction Program in the 21st Century provides readers with a real-world, practical guide for creating an instruction program step-by-step, as well as a framework for reviewing, assessing, and updating existing programs. Each chapter focuses on one of the main aspects of the ACRL guidelines. Current research, anecdotal evidence and tools provide the reader with the support and instruments needed to either begin, or reinvigorate, an instruction program. The book begins by outlining the history of library instruction programmes. It then covers how to survey your current program, and how to develop and implementing a program plan. CONTENTS

Introduction: The historical landscape (A history of library instruction programs, definitions of information literacy, characteristics of information literacy instruction programs, and the ACRL Best Practice Program Guidelines. Chapter One: Where are you now? Surveying your current program; Why are we here? Program mission, goals and outcomes; Plan for a plan: Developing and implementing a program plan; Administrative and institutional support (aka HELP!); We’re in this together: Curriculum integration and campus collaboration; Today’s (and tomorrow’s) student; Pedagogy for the information professional; I’m a librarian, not a teacher; A multitude of voices: Program marketing and outreach; Where do we go now? Assessment; Looking beyond the horizon (future trends); Conclusion: Re-survey your landscape.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 705 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 371 8 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347057

NEW Information Literacy and Cultural Heritage Developing a model for lifelong learning Kim Baker, University of Cape Town, South Africa Information Literacy and Cultural Heritage explores cultural heritage, from museums, archives and libraries perspectives, highlighting the role of memory and contested history in the collection, description and presentation of cultural heritage. The book argues that the convergence of libraries, archives and museums in digital preservation should be extended to include the development of combined lifelong learning programmes, teaching both information literacy skills and awareness of cultural heritage.

NEW Supporting Research Writing Roles and challenges in multilingual settings Edited by Valerie Matarese, Editorial Consultant, Italy Supporting Research Writing explores the range of services designed to facilitate academic writing and publication in English by non-native English-speaking (NNES) authors. It analyses the realities of offering services such as education, translation, editing and writing, and then considers the challenges and benefits that result when these boundaries are consciously blurred. It thus provides an opportunity for readers to reflect on their professional roles and the services that will best serve their clients’ needs. A recurring theme is, therefore, the interaction between language professional and client-author. The book offers insights into the opportunities and challenges presented by considering ourselves first and foremost as writing support professionals, differing in our primary approach (through teaching, translating, editing, writing, or a combination of those) but with a common goal. This view has major consequences for the training of professionals who support English-language publication by NNES academics and scientists. Supporting Research Writing will therefore be a stimulus to professional development for those who support English-language publication in real-life contexts and an important resource for those entering the profession. CONTENTS

The contribution of language professionals to academic publication: Multiple roles to achieve common goals; Teaching academic writing in Europe: Multilingual and multicultural contexts; Writing process research: Implications for manuscript support for academic authors; Using genre analysis and corpus linguistics to teach research article writing; Using strategic, critical reading of research papers to teach scientific writing: The readingresearch-writing continuum; The translator as cultural mediator in research publication; Giving authors a voice in another language through translation; Bilingual publication of academic journals: Motivations and practicalities; Defining and describing editing; The authors’ editor: Working with authors to make drafts fit for purpose; The writer’s approach to facilitating research communication: a very different way of engaging with authors; Didactic editing: Bringing novice writers into the arena of scholarly publishing; Collaborative research writing: Developmental editing with an underlying educational vein; Putting ‘wordface’ work in the centre of academic text production: Working with an international journal to develop an authors’ mentoring programme.

320 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q1 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 666 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 350 3 Approx. £52.50/US$90.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346661

CONTENTS

Exploring cultural heritage in the context of museums, archives and libraries; Cultural heritage within digital information contexts; Overview of information literacy models in the library context; Critical thinking and lifelong learning; Information literacy and cultural heritage: A proposed generic model for lifelong learning; Guidelines for adapting the generic information literacy and cultural heritage model for lifelong learning to local contexts.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 720 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 386 2 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347200

E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com / Order online @ www.chandospublishing.com

Information management NEW Managing and Supporting Student Diversity in Higher Education A casebook Robyn Benson, Margaret Heagney, Lesley Hewitt, Glenda Crosling and Anita Devos, Monash University, Australia Managing and Supporting Student Diversity in Higher Education focuses on how students succeed amidst a culture of widening participation. The book is divided into seven chapters. The first introduces current literature and policies to present an international perspective on widening participation in higher education. The following five chapters present students’ stories on topics including getting into higher education, the international experience, coping with education later in life, and identity. Stories are followed by implications for management and support, and discussion topics for practitioners. The book concludes by looking at how students succeed in higher education and the implications for managing and supporting student diversity. CONTENTS

Setting the context; Finding the way to higher education - Miranda and Rochelle; “This time it’s different” - Sesh and Shannon; The international experience – Lam and Zelin; Coping with education later in life – Alex Carole and Virginia; “Finding my identity at last” – Lillian, Marie and Harriet.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 719 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 385 5 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347194

NEW Providing Research Support A practical guide for academic and research libraries Janet Fletcher and Robyn Drummond, University of New South Wales, Australia Aimed at library and information professionals working in research-intensive institutions, Providing Research Support is a practical guide on how to assist academic and research staff in assessing and demonstrating research impact. It also addresses making strategic publishing choices. Providing Research Support presents each problem as a scenario and describes not only the steps to reaching a solution but also how to prepare, write and present final reports. The first section of the book introduces the methods academic libraries are employing to support research, and the second part goes on to consider both quantitative and qualitative methods for measuring research impact. Next, the discussion moves on to planning and managing research impact services. The final section provides templates for reporting findings. CONTENTS

Quantitative and qualitative methods for measuring research impact; Planning and managing research impact services; Templates for reporting findings.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 710 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 376 3 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347101

NEW NEW SERIES Social Reading Platforms, applications, clouds and tags José-Antonio Cordón-García, Julio AlonsoArévalo, Raquel Gómez-Díaz and Daniel Linder, University of Salamanca, Spain Chandos Publishing Social Media Series No. 10 Contemporary developments in the book publishing industry are changing the system as we know it. Changes in established understandings of authorship and readership are leading to new business models in line with the postulates of Web 2.0. Socially networked authorship, book production and reading are among the social and discursive practices starting to define this emerging system. Websites offering socially networked, collaborative and shared reading are increasingly important. Social Reading maps socially networked reading within the larger framework of a changing conception of books and reading. CONTENTS

New readings, new readers: Social reading-a new conception of books; Social reading platforms: Diagnosis and evaluation; Social reading applications: An analysis; Personalization of system contents; New business models: Reading in the cloud; Open access e-books.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 726 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 392 3 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347262

In search of the boundaries of knowing Isto Huvila, Uppsala University, Sweden Despite new technologies, people do not always find information readily. This book is about the role of information services and digital literacies in the age of the social web. Do people still need help in finding the information they need, and if so, why? What can new tools and techniques make easier? Who needs help, and with what? The author provides an alternative perspective for understanding the context of information services and digital literacy and argues that a central problem in the age of the social web and the culture of participation is that we do not know the premises of how we know, and how ways of interacting with information affect our actions and their outcomes. Information seeking and finding is always a question of crossing and expanding boundaries; between our earlier experiences and the unknown. CONTENTS

Knowing what we know; Information service and digital literacy; Technologies of abundance; Culture of participation; The new user; Information; Information service and digital literacy as boundary objects.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 683 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 349 7 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346838

NEW Meeting the Needs of Student Users in Academic Libraries

NEW Teaching Research Processes

Reaching across the great divide

The faculty role in the development of skilled student researchers

Michele Crump and LeiLani Freund, University of Florida, USA

William Badke, Trinity Western University, Canada

Meeting the Needs of Student Users in Academic Libraries surveys and evaluates the current practice of learning commons and research services within the academic library community in order to determine if these learning spaces are functioning as intended. To evaluate their findings, the authors examine the measurement tools that libraries have used to evaluate usage and satisfaction, including contemporary anthropological studies that provide a more detailed view of the student’s approach to research. The book takes a candid look at these redesigns and asks if improvements have lived up to expectations of increased service and user satisfaction. Are librarians using these findings to inform the evolution and implementation of new service models, or have they simply put a new shade of lipstick on the pig? CONTENTS

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 684 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 323 7 Approx. £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346845

To order, tel: +44 (0) 1223 499140 / fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

NEW Information Services and Digital Literacy

Information literacy is defined as the ability to identify a research problem, determine the kinds of information needed to answer it, acquire needed information efficiently and effectively, evaluate the acquired information well and apply it skilfully to the problem at hand. This book proposes a new vision in which information literacy, reconceived as “Research Processes,” becomes the domain of teaching faculty, with the assistance of librarians. The goal is to transform education from a primarily oneway knowledge communication practice to an interactive practice involving the core research tasks of the subject disciplines. Over the past four decades, the discipline of Information Literacy has risen within the field of academic librarianship in response to the constantly observed minimal information handling and research skills of most students in higher education. CONTENTS

Defining research processes; Research ability inadequacies in higher education; Research processes and faculty understanding; Current initiatives in research processes; The role of disciplinary thinking in research processes; Research processes in the classroom; Tentative case studies in disciplinary research process instruction; Research processes transforming education; Resourcing the enterprise; Conclusion.

240 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 674 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 305 3 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346746

Available / will be available on Chandos Publishing Online

Information management Information Literacy

NEW Ways of Experiencing Information Literacy

Infiltrating the agenda, challenging minds Geoff Walton and Alison Pope, Staffordshire University, UK

Making the case for a relational approach Susie Andretta, London Metropolitan University, UK This book has two aims: firstly to present an investigation into information literacy by looking at how people engage with information to accomplish tasks or solve problems in personal, academic and professional contexts (also known as the relational approach). This view of information literacy illustrates a learnercentred perspective that will be of interest to educators who wish to go beyond the teaching of information skills. The second aim of this book is to illustrate how the relational approach can be used as an investigative framework. CONTENTS

Introduction: Who this book is for and how to use it; The relational approach explained; How the relational approach was employed in this research; The multiple-context relational approach generated by the empirical research; Individual stories; Conclusion.

234 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 680 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 324 4 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346807

Engaging FirstYear Students in Meaningful Library Research

Focusing on important information literacy debates, this new book with contributions from many of the main experts in the field highlights important ideas and practical considerations. Information Literacy takes the reader on a journey across the contemporary information landscape guided by academics and practitioners who are experts in navigating this ever changing terrain. CONTENTS

Part 1 Collaboration, curriculum and courses: Information literate pedagogy: Developing a levels framework for the Open University; Information literacy in the workplace and the employability agenda; Information literacy in the context of contemporary teaching methods in higher education. Part 2 Development, Dialogue and design; ‘Enquiring Minds’ and the role of information literacy in the design, management and assessment of student research tasks; Are we sharing our toys in the sandpit? Issues surrounding the design, creation, reuse and re-purposing of learning objects to support information skills teaching; Spielberg your way to information literacy: Producing educational movies and videos. Part 3 Obesity, overload and opportunity: Information literacy and noöpolitics; Contemporary technologies’ influence on learning as a social practice; Understanding the information literacy competencies of UK Higher Education students.

322 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 610 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 265 0 £52.50/US$90.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346104

A practical guide for teaching faculty

Engaging Students with Archival and Digital Resources

Molly Flaspohler, Concordia College, USA Aimed at teaching professionals working with first-year students at institutions of higher learning, this book provides practical advice and specific strategies for integrating contemporary information literacy competencies into courses intended for novice researchers. The book has two main goals - to discuss the necessity and value of incorporating information literacy into first-year curricula; and to provide a variety of practical, targeted strategies for doing so. The author will introduce and encourage teaching that follows a process-driven, constructivist framework as a way of engaging first-year students in library work that is interesting, meaningful and disciplinarily relevant. CONTENTS

The Millennials go to the library: Or do they? Information literacy in the context of the first year; Pragmatic pedagogical approaches.

198 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 640 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 294 0 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346401

Justine Cotton and David Sharron, Brock University, Canada

‘This book fills a very important need for any University or College archive.’

Managing Information Aimed at professional librarians and archivists, this book explores connecting students and faculty with the archival and digital collections of the university’s library and archives. Academic research has been forever changed by the digitization of books, journals, and archival collections. As university libraries and archives move forward in the digital era, it is essential to assess the research needs of users and develop innovative methods to demonstrate the value of collections and services. This book provides librarians and archivists with the tools to develop a robust workshop program aimed at connecting students with archival and digital collections. CONTENTS

Building the foundation: Connections between archivists and library staff; Faculty outreach; Introducing students to library and archival resources; Resources; Delivering the workshops; Developing relevant assignments; Assessment and ongoing learning.

146 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 568 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 257 5 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345688

Information Literacy Instruction Selecting an effective model John Walsh, University of Arizona, USA

An invaluable guide for MLS professionals and students, this new book explains how librarians can select an effective method of library instruction based on their users, the objectives of the instruction and the delivery environment. The content describes the different methods available and in what circumstances the methods are most effective. It includes descriptions of curriculums for the methods currently available and describes a range of objectives the curriculums meet and the common environments librarians use for instruction. CONTENTS

Methods of instruction; Objectives of instruction; Participant populations, library environments, and learning environments; Effective ILI methods; The future of information literacy instruction.

218 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 627 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 284 1 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346272

Active Learning Techniques for Librarians Practical examples Andrew Walsh, University of Huddersfield and Padma Inala, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK CONTENTS

What is active learning? Active learning tips: Starting and finishing the session; In the middle; Mobile phones and other gadgets; Web 2.0; Inductions. Lesson plans: Blank lesson plan templates.

160 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 592 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 040 3 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345923

Information Literacy in the Digital Age An evidence-based approach Teresa Welsh and Melissa Wright, University of Southern Mississippi, USA ‘A useful guide to anyone wishing to enhance their understanding of particular literacies.’

Australian Academic and Research Libraries CONTENTS

What is information literacy? Cultural literacy; Library literacy: History, types, and roles; Library literacy: Information sources, classification systems; Ethical literacy: Scholarly communication and the academic code of conduct; Network literacy: database searching; Computer literacy: Computer hardware and software; Network literacy: The Internet and the World Wide Web; Media literacy and visual literacy; Government literacy; Financial literacy; Writing a research paper; Conclusion.

236 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 515 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 035 9 £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345152

E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com / Order online @ www.chandospublishing.com

Information management Libraries for Users

Pursuing Information Literacy

Services in academic libraries

Roles and relationships Emmett Lombard, Gannon University, USA

Luisa Alvite and Leticia Barrionuevo, University of León, Spain CONTENTS

218 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 595 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 051 9 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345954

The primary purpose of Pursuing Information Literacy is to inspire individual thinking and application. The book reviews important information literacy and its social significance and the application of information literacy in a number of different sectors. The future of information literacy is explored in concluding chapters. CONTENTS

Business; Health care; Media; Government; Justice; Defence; Education; Conclusion.

182 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 590 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 028 1 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345909

Information Literacy Landscapes Information literacy in education, workplace and everyday contexts Annemaree Lloyd, Charles Sturt University, Australia ‘An impressive work that challenges many of the popular ideas of IL and how it needs to be approached…a truly special work that reminds us that our information landscape is very much one of wide skies and broad vistas’

A Practical Writing Guide for Academic Librarians Keeping it short and sweet Anne Langley, Princeton University and Jonathan Wallace, Nation and World Editor at the News and Observer, USA CONTENTS

208 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 507 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 029 8 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345077

Practising Information Literacy

172 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 532 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 034 2 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345329

Library Review CONTENTS

Conceptual orientation; Information literacy practice in academic libraries and the higher education landscape; Information literacy in the workplace landscape; Information literacy advocacy and the public library landscape; Landscapes of information literacy; A conceptual architecture for information literacy practice; Concluding comments.

Bringing theories of learning, practice and information literacy together Edited by Annemaree Lloyd and Sanna Talja CONTENTS

Teaching Information Literacy for Inquiry-Based Learning

Part 1 Theoretical perspectives: Window on information literacy worlds: Generic, situated and transformative perspectives; Lessons from the workplace: Understanding information literacy as practice; Information literacy as situated and distributed activity. Part 2 Practising information literacy in formal learning contexts: Problembased learning and collaborative information literacy in an educational digital video course; The challenges of the first research paper - observing students and the teacher in the secondary school classroom; Digital literacies as school practices; Year 12 students’ use of information literacy skills: A constructivist grounded analysis. Part 3 Challenges of information literacy teaching: Generic versus discipline specific skills; Teacher trainees of the internet agechanging conceptions of information literacy instruction? Dialogic literacy - a sociocultural learning approach. Part 4 Varying contexts and conceptions of information use: On the connections between information use and learning process; Knowledge building by Australian online investors: the role of information literacy; Evidence based practice: Information professionals’ experience of information literacy in the workplace. Part 5 Multicultural and gendered aspects of information literacies: Becoming a citizen becoming information literate? Immigrants experiences about IL learning situations in Finland; Feminist perspectives of information literacy: Conceptualising a new sphere of IL research.

Mark Hepworth, Loughborough University and Geoff Walton, Staffordshire University, UK

400 pages 250 x 174mm (7 x 10) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 876938 79 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 280 3 £70.00/US$120.00/€85.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781876938796

274 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 441 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 017 5 £52.50/US$90.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344414

‘The authors have meticulously and successfully laid a solid, theoretical foundation for readers... This is an excellent book.’

Journal of Academic Librarianship CONTENTS

Part 1 Four faces of learning and their implications for teaching information literacy: Introduction; Learning and information literacy; The learner as a physical being – a sensory approach; The learner as a thinker – a cognitive approach; The learner as a sense maker – a constructivist approach; The learner as a social being – a social constructivist approach. Part 2 Teaching interventions: Introduction; Learning intervention 1 Understanding learners’ information needs and identifying the knowledge base that the learner wants to develop; Learning intervention 2 Understanding the information landscape; Learning intervention 3 Using information retrieval tools and techniques to locate information; Learning intervention 4 Interaction with and use of information; Learning intervention 5 Enhancing information literacy in the workplace – a holistic approach. Part 3 Conclusion: Concluding comments.

To order, tel: +44 (0) 1223 499140 / fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

Keeping the User in Mind Instructional design and the modern library Valeda Dent Goodman, Long Island University, USA CONTENTS

A brief history of instructional design; How we learn: Fundamental learning theory and the connection to instructional design; The many faces of instructional design: Highlighting the diversity of instructional design models; Instructional design and higher education; In the mix: Instructional design and the instructional mashup; Closing the gap between instructional strategies and instructional design; The instructional design process in action: Highlights from Kognito Interactive; Administrative and professional challenges to the use of instructional design in the academic library; Keeping the user in mind: Using design thinking connect libraries and instructional design; A glimpse of the future: The semantic web and library instructional design.

214 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 486 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 005 2 £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344865

Information Obesity Andrew Whitworth, Manchester University, UK

‘This is a very good title…the book is recommended and it is, as a matter of fact, a good read that will challenge one’s opinions and reflections’

Journal of Librarianship and Information Science CONTENTS

Part 1 Information and technology in the world: Information as a resource; Valuing information; The shaping of information and technology. Part 2 The impact of information technology: A brief history of ICT; Literacy and counter knowledge; Computer and information literacy. Part 3 Critical theory: Critical social science; The colonisation of the life world; How organisations affect the way we think. Part 4 Combating information obesity: Information obesity and romantic understanding; From problem-based learning to transformative learning; Connecting learners and teachers to the community; Three examples.

252 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 449 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 004 5 £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344490

Virtual Research Environments From portals to science gateways Robert Allan, STFC Daresbury Laboratory, UK ‘A useful addition to the stock of many libraries in universities and other research institutions’

Refer CONTENTS

Motivation and requirements; Creating and using research data; Managing and using digital information; Collaboration, trust and security; Domain differences and usability; VRE architecture: The technology; E-infrastructure and grid resources; Desktop environments and the web; Desktop environments and the web; Example 1: E-infrastructure for social science research; Example 2: E-infrastructure for experimental facilities; Conclusions: Lessons learned and limitations.

284 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 562 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 014 4 £52.50/US$90.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345626

Available / will be available on Chandos Publishing Online

Information management Scholarly Communication for Librarians

Information History - An Introduction

The Information Literacy Cookbook

Heather Morrison, University of British Columbia, Canada

Exploring an emergent field

Ingredients, recipes and tips for success

Toni Weller, City University, UK

Edited by Jane Secker, London School of Economics, Debbi Boden, Imperial College London and Gwyneth Price, University of London, UK

‘One of the book’s strongest chapters examines the economics of scholarly journals using the concept of the cost per article of producing articles in various types of journals.’

Digital Library Archives CONTENTS

Scholarship and scholarly communication; Scholarly journals; Publishing: The scholarly mission, and the multi-billion-dollar industry; Libraries and librarians; Authors’ rights and intellectual property; Open access; The economics of scholarly communications in transition; Emerging trends and formats; Summary and conclusions.

264 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 488 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 219 3 £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344889

A Sense of Control Virtual communities for people with mobility impairments Christine Tilley, Queensland University of Technology (QUT), Australia ‘...an exciting piece of research’

Online Information Review CONTENTS

Communication, information and well-being for people with disabilities; Virtual communities’ research – the perspective; Governments’ policies, legislative and telecommunications regulatory frameworks and information policy; Information needs research for people with disabilities; Deconstructing the narratives of people with physical disabilities – towards a well-being model for a successful virtual community; Findings from the narratives of the allied health/ information/policy professionals – confirming the relevance of the emerging well-being model; Model construction; Future directions for virtual communities for people with physical disabilities.

308 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 521 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 144 8 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 522 0 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345213

Information Literacy Education: A Process Approach

‘...an accessible overview of information history.’

Journal of Documentation CONTENTS

Introducing information history; The relevance of information history; Key schools of thought in information; Information history in practice; Looking forward.

150 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 394 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 131 8 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 395 0 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343943

Learning Commons Evolution and collaborative essentials Edited by Barbara Schader, Consultant ‘…highly recommended for all academic libraries. Each article is well written, edited and represented with figures and tables.’

The Electronic Library CONTENTS

From Information Commons to Learning Commons and learning spaces: An evolutionary context; Circle of service: a collaborative Information Commons planning model; The Information Commons at the University of Calgary: Building on collaboration: A case study; Building for learning: synergy of space, technology and collaboration; The Saltire Centre and the Learning Commons concept; Transforming library space for student learning: The Learning Commons at Ohio University’s Alden Library; Supporting the Learning Commons concept in ‘real life’; Putting learners at the centre: The Learning Commons journey at Victoria University; Improving student life, learning and support through collaboration, integration and innovation; The Information Commons at the University of Auckland; improving student life, learning and support through colocation, collaboration, integration and innovation; Beyond Facebook: Thinking of the Learning Commons as a social network.

468 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 312 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 124 0 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00

‘…a good source of practical tips and hints that can assist information professionals engaged with information literacy in their planning and in their fulfilment of their plans.’

Webology 176 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 225 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 114 1 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 226 7 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342250

Exploring Methods in Information Literacy Research Suzanne Lipu, Kirsty Williamson and Annemaree Lloyd, Charles Sturt University, Australia Topics in Australasian Library and Information Studies No. 28 CONTENTS

The broad methodological contexts of information literacy research; Introduction to the chapters; Survey research; Critical incident technique; Understanding information literacy in the workplace: using a constructivist grounded theory approach; Phenomenography: Follow the yellow brick road; Action research; Using focus groups in a mixed method approach to evaluate student learning in an information literacy embedding project; Evidence-based practice and information literacy; The evidence based model of information literacy research: A critique; Alternative methods in information literacy research in Australasia.

214 pages 250 x 174mm (7 x 10) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 876938 61 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 412 8 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781876938611

Professionalising the pedagogical role of academic libraries

hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 313 4 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343127

Teaching with Technology

Maria-Carme Torras, University of Bergen Library and Tove Saetre, Bergen University College, Norway

Combating Student Plagiarism

CONTENTS

‘I found the scenarios particular highlights because they bought the theories alive…made me question my own practice’

Journal of Information Literacy CONTENTS

An educational platform for information literacy; Designing process-oriented information literacy education: The library practitioner as a professional and autonomous educator; Facilitating the student’s research process: The academic librarian as a supervisor; Conclusions.

126 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 386 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 142 4 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 387 5 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343868

An academic librarian’s guide Lynn Lampert, California State University, USA ‘To faculty and university administrators, this book demostrates the way that librarians can collaborate with them to combat plagiarism on campus.’

The Journal of Academic Librarianship 206 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 282 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 134 9 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 283 0 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342823

An academic librarian’s guide Edited by Joe Williams and Susan Goodwin, Texas A&M University Libraries, USA Screen casting 101: Online video tutorials for library instruction; Blogs, wikis, RSS and podcasting: Web 2.0 tools for academic librarians and educators; Virtual reference and instruction; Mobile computing; Beyond the keyboard: optimising technology spaces for collaborative learning, instruction and service; Libraries in the course management systems learning environment; Academic librarians in the age of videoconferencing: Tools for teaching, collaboration and professional development; Conclusion.

176 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 172 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 113 4 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 173 4 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341727

E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com / Order online @ www.chandospublishing.com

Information management Information Literacy

E-LEARNING AND RESEARCH

NEW The Teaching Librarian

NEW Engineering Education

Web 2.0, technology, and legal aspects

Recognising the need Geoff Walton and Alison Pope, Staffordshire University, UK 64 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84334 243 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 094 6 £20.95/US$35.00/€25.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342434

Enabling End-Users Information skills training Ann Poyner, Consultant, UK ‘…this book is recommended for all those libraries with an interest in preparing end user programs, especially when preparing guidelines for online materials.’

Education Libraries 160 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 84334 108 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 078 6 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 109 3 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341086

Curriculum, pedagogy and didactic aspects Edited by J Paulo Davim, University of Aveiro, Portugal Information about engineering education is highly relevant for improving communication between professors, researchers and students in engineering schools, institutions, laboratories and industry. Technological change is fundamental to the development of education systems. Engineering Education emphasises curriculum development, pedagogy and didactic aspects of engineering education, covering relevant aspects from more classical engineering courses such as mechanical, manufacturing, industrial, chemical, environmental, civil and systems courses, to more contemporary courses including nano-engineering and bioengineering along with information on sustainable development in the context of engineering education. CONTENTS

Information Literacy A practitioner’s guide Susie Andretta, London Metropolitan University, UK ‘…this book is crammed with useful information and thought-provoking discussion.’

LTSN-ICS 232 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 84334 065 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 075 5 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 066 9 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843340652

Finding Legal Information A guide to print and electronic sources

Bolonha process; Case studies from universities/schools in different countries; Continuing education; Curriculum development; Educational multimedia in recent developments; Erasmus programme; Ethics in teaching and research; Globalization and education; Human resources in education; Impact of educational research; Information and computer technologies; Innovation in education through university/industry collaboration; Innovative teaching and learning technology; Pedagogical aspects of engineering teachers; Pedagogical resources of universities /schools; Performance indicators; Quality assurance and accreditation; Strategies of innovation in education; Sustainable development; Teaching competencies and qualification; Teaching developments in new subjects.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q3 2015 ISBN: 978 1 84334 687 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 358 9 Approx. £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346876

NEW The Ecosystem of Digital Assets Crowds and clouds

David Pester, London Metropolitan University library, UK

Tobias Blanke, King’s College London, United Kingdom

308 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2003 ISBN: 978 1 84334 045 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 058 8 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00

Digital asset management is undergoing a fundamental transformation. Near universal availability of high-quality web-based assets makes it important to pay attention to the new world of digital ecosystems, and what it means for managing, using and publishing digital assets. The Ecosystem of Digital Assets reflects on these developments and what the emerging ‘web of things’ could mean for digital assets. The book is structured into three parts, each covering an important aspect of digital assets. Part one introduces the emerging ecosystems of digital assets. Part two examines digital asset management in a networked environment. The third part covers media ecosystems.

hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 046 1 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843340454

Research Methods for Students, Academics and Professionals Information management and systems 2nd edition Kirsty Williamson Topics in Australasian Library and Information Studies No. 20 ‘The strengths of this work include its coverage of a very wide range of methods, clear and straightforward explanations of often quite complex issues, and simple, useful diagrams.’

Australian Academic and Research Libraries 350 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2002 ISBN: 978 1 876938 42 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 420 3 £27.50/US$45.00/€35.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781876938420

CONTENTS

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q1 2014 ISBN: 978 1 84334 716 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 382 4 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347163

To order, tel: +44 (0) 1223 499140 / fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

Kris Helge and Laura McKinnon, Texas Wesleyan University School of Law, USA Librarians need to utilize web 2.0 tools to generate rich-text learning environments, creating enriching, challenging, and supportive learning platforms for students. The Teaching Librarian shows how to utilize wikis, mindmaps, and Second Life to improve pedagogy for librarians. This title covers how to obtain administration approval to implement web 2.0 tools, how to deal with and prevent technological glitches, and remain aware of relevant legal issues in the United Kingdom and the USA. The book also outlines how to create learning interfaces that meet the needs of non-traditional students. The six chapters cover key areas of pedagogy and web 2.0, including: the relevance of LibGuides and its uses for pedagogy; using cloud computing and mobile apps in teaching; teaching with Wikis, Second Life, and Mind Maps; practical issues with web 2.0 technology; and a chapter on the legal issues surrounding the use of web 2.0 for pedagogy. CONTENTS

LibGuides relevance; Cloud computing: Using the cloud, dropbox, and Google documents in pedagogy; Mobile Apps; Pedagogy with Wikis, Second life, and Mind maps; Technology issues; Legal issues.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 733 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 399 2 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347330

NEW Managing and Supporting Student Diversity in Higher Education A casebook Robyn Benson, Margaret Heagney, Lesley Hewitt, Glenda Crosling and Anita Devos, Monash University, Australia Managing and Supporting Student Diversity in Higher Education focuses on how students succeed amidst a culture of widening participation. The book is divided into seven chapters. The first introduces current literature and policies to present an international perspective on widening participation in higher education. The following five chapters present students’ stories on topics including getting into higher education, the international experience, coping with education later in life, and identity. Stories are followed by implications for management and support, and discussion topics for practitioners. The book concludes by looking at how students succeed in higher education and the implications for managing and supporting student diversity. CONTENTS

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 719 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 385 5 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347194

Available / will be available on Chandos Publishing Online

Information management NEW External Quality Audits

NEW Using Network and Mobile Technology to Bridge Formal and Informal Learning

Has it improved quality assurance in universities? Edited by Mahsood Shah, RMIT University, Australia and Chenicheri Nair, University of Western Australia, Australia Whilst external quality audits have been in place for more than a decade in some countries, there is limited research on the extent to which such audits have been effective in improving systems and processes for quality assurance in core and support areas of higher education institutions. More importantly the extent to which such audits have improved academic standards, outcomes and student experience is not well documented. This edited book looks at the experience of many countries where external quality audits have been established by the government and provides an analysis of the effectiveness of such audits in improving quality assurance in universities and other examples of higher education institutions. CONTENTS

Private higher education providers; External auditing agencies and student group; Australia, New Zealand, Fiji Islands, Malaysia, Hong Kong, India, Middle East, South Africa, United Kingdom, United States of America, Italy, Finland, Norway and Chile.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 676 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 315 2 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346760

NEW Providing Research Support A practical guide for academic and research libraries Janet Fletcher and Robyn Drummond, University of New South Wales, Australia Research Impact Measurement is a pressing issue for academic and research libraries. Aimed at library and information professionals working in research-intensive institutions, Providing Research Support is a practical guide on how to assist academic and research staff in assessing and demonstrating research impact. It also addresses making strategic publishing choices. It will equip library and information professionals with strategies, resourcing requirements, tools and tips by providing solutions to reallife problems in demonstrating the impact of research. Providing Research Support presents each problem as a scenario and describes not only the steps to reaching a solution but also how to prepare, write and present final reports. The first section of the book introduces the methods academic libraries are employing to support research, and the second part goes on to consider both quantitative and qualitative methods for measuring research impact. Next, the discussion moves on to planning and managing research impact services. The final section provides templates for reporting findings. CONTENTS

Quantitative and qualitative methods for measuring research impact; Planning and managing research impact services; Templates for reporting findings.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 710 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 376 3 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347101

Edited by Guglielmo Trentin and Manuela Repetto, Institute for Educational Technology, National Research Council, Italy Using Network and Mobile Technology to Bridge Formal and Informal Learning introduces new methods (inspired by ‘pedagogy 2.0’) of harnessing the potential of communication technologies for teaching and learning. This book considers how attitudes towards network and mobile technology (NMT) gained outside the school can be shunted into new educational paradigms combining formal and informal learning processes. It begins with an overview of these paradigms, and their sustainability. It then considers the pedagogical dimension of formal/ informal integration through NMT, moving on to teachers’ professional development. Next, the organizational development of schools in the context of formal and informal learning is detailed. Finally, the book covers the role of technologies supporting formal/informal integration into subject-oriented education. CONTENTS

New educational paradigms combining formal and informal learning processes centred on Web 2.0 and mobile technology; A framework for the sustainability of the mentioned new educational paradigms; The pedagogicaleducational dimension of F/I integration through NT; The role and professional development of teachers: between formal and informal; An organizational development of school functional to F/I integration into education; The role of technologies supporting F/I integration into subjectoriented education, in the professional development of teachers and in the organizational development of school.

NEW NEW SERIES The Plugged-In Professor Tips and techniques for teaching with social media Sharmila Ferris and Hilary Wilder, William Paterson University of New Jersey, USA Chandos Publishing Social Media Series No. 6 This edited book provides a timely and exceptional resource for using social media and other new technologies to help college students meet both discipline-specific and general education learning objectives. Techniques and activities built around well-known social networking technologies, including YouTube, Facebook and MySpace, Delicious, Flickr, Tumblr and Twitter as well as other emerging technologies such as mobile phone and tablet apps, GPS/GIS applications, E-Readers/E-Books, and more, are included. With a practical focus and an easy to use format, this book shows educators how to apply techniques in each of these technologies, and includes clear student learning objectives, step-by-step directions, observations and advice, and supplemental readings and resources. CONTENTS

Introduction: Developing discipline-specific and lifelong learning skills; Social linking sites: Facebook, MySpace, LinkedIn; Multimedia sharing sites: YouTube, Flickr; File sharing sites: Google docs, DropBox; Website sharing sites: Delicious; blogging and microblogging: Blogger, Twitter, Tumblr; Anywhere/anytime technologies: Mobile phone and tablet apps, GPS/GIS applications; Personal libraries: E-readers/E-book.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 699 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 362 6 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346999

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 694 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 342 8 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346944

NEW Knowledge Management in Higher Education

NEW Optimizing Academic Library Services in the Digital Milieu

A practical approach

Digital devices and their emerging trends

Sebastian Diaz, West Virginia University and Phillip Ice, American Public University System (APUS), USA

Brendan Ryan, Rhode Island College, USA

Technological developments are fundamentally changing how we gather, analyze, and disseminate data. Knowledge Management in Higher Education provides higher education professionals with a new paradigm for conducting assessment and program evaluation by exploiting technology effectively. This book is divided into four main sections, covering: the evolution of program evaluation and decision making; changing paradigms for program evaluation in knowledge management; and case studies of knowledge management implementation in higher education. CONTENTS

The evolution of program evaluation and decision making; Knowledge Management: Changing paradigms for program evaluation; Case studies of Knowledge Management implementation in higher education.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 721 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 387 9 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347217

Optimizing Academic Library Services in the Digital Milieu identifies best practices and strategies for using digital devices (such as tablets, e-readers, and smartphones) and copyrighted materials in academic libraries. This title describes how academic libraries can remain current, nimbly addressing user needs. An introduction gives an overview of technology in academic libraries, including the foundations of copyright law and user behavior in relation to digital content. Three parts then cover: digital rights management (DRM); practical approaches to e-content for librarians; and emerging pedagogy and technology. Finally, the book concludes by telling libraries how to remain agile and adaptable as they navigate the digital milieu. CONTENTS

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 732 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 398 5 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347323

E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com / Order online @ www.chandospublishing.com

Information management NEW The Librarian’s Guide to Academic Research in the Cloud Steven Ovadia, City University of New York (CUNY), USA The cloud can be a powerful tool for conducting and managing research. The Librarian’s Guide to Academic Research in the Cloud is a practical guide to using cloud services from a librarian’s point of view. As well as discussing how to use various cloud-based services, the title considers the various privacy and data portability issues associated with web-based services. The book helps readers make the most of cloud computing, including how to fold mobile devices into the cloud-based research management equation. This book is divided into several chapters, each considering a key aspect of academic research in the cloud, including: defining the cloud; capturing information; capturing and managing scholarly information; storing files; staying organized, communicating; and sharing. The book ends by considering the future of the cloud, examining what readers can expect from cloud services in the next few years, and how research might be changed as a result. CONTENTS

What is the cloud? Capturing information; Capturing and managing scholarly information; Storing files; Writing; Staying organized; Communicating; Sharing; The future of the cloud.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 715 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 381 7 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347156

NEW Utilizing Technology in the Academic Research Process Quality output in a fraction of the time John Dumay, University of Sydney Business School, Australia The author is acutely aware of the amount of time it takes to bring an idea from inception through to publication. The aim of this book is to introduce the tools and techniques the author used to establish his research career in a relatively short time, whilst keeping an eye on the quality of output. The tools and techniques presented are not intended as a substitute for academic acumen, but help concentrate on the aspects of research that add value to a project and help avoid tasks which are time consuming and contribute nothing to the academic quality of a research project. CONTENTS

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q4 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 675 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 345 9 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346753

NEW Enhancing Learning and Teaching through Student Feedback in Social Sciences

NEW Designing Effective Library Tutorials A guide for accommodating multiple learning styles

Edited by Chenicheri Nair, University of Western Australia, Australia and Patricie Mertova, University of Oxford, UK

Lori Mestre, University of Illinois at UrbanaChampaign, USA

This book is the second volume in the Chandos Series on Enhancing Learning and Teaching through Student Feedback. It expands on topics covered in the previous publication, and focuses on social science disciplines. In recent years, student feedback has appeared in the forefront of higher education quality, in particular the issues of effectiveness and the use of student feedback to affect improvement in higher education teaching and learning, and also other areas of student tertiary experience.

Designing Effective Library Tutorials presents studies, practical suggestions and examples to assist librarians and faculty as they develop online instruction, tutorials and learning objects, for students from diverse learning styles. Geared for the practitioner working in online learning, the book provides a summary of the current literature covering the relevance of learning styles for students in the online environment, and presents best practices for designing effective online tools for diverse learners, including suggestions for assessment of online learning.

CONTENTS

Playing broken telephone with student feedback: The possibilities and issues in transformation within a South African case of a collegial rationality model of evaluation; Listening to the student voice to enhance their experience of the University; Feedback cycles or evaluation systems? A critical analysis of the current trends in feedback in Austrian social sciences; Synchronous feedback: Receiving feedback from international students; Using programme-level student feedback: The Chinese University of Hong Kong; Usefulness of student feedback: The Singapore experience; Teacher perceptions of the introduction of student evaluation of teaching in Japanese tertiary education; Improvements to formative feedback: Views of staff and students; Emerging trends and approaches in the student voice in the social sciences.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 655 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 352 7 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346555

NEW Prometheus Assessed?

350 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 688 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 325 1 Approx. £52.50/US$90.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346883

NEW Ethical Behaviour in the E-Classroom What the online student needs to know

Research measurement, peer review, and citation analysis Shaun Goldfinch, University of Nottingham, UK and Kiyoshi Yamamoto, University of Tokyo, Japan This book examines the problems, pitfalls and opportunities of different models of assessing research quality, drawing on studies from around the world. Aimed at academics, education officials and public servants, key features include an overview of the argument of whether research should be assessed and how research quality should be determined. The book offers a survey of research assessment models in the US, UK, Japan and New Zealand and includes an examination of citation analysis and comparison between the different models. CONTENTS

Prometheus assessed? Publication, citation and bibliometric assessment of research; Peer review, refereeing and their discontents: A failed model or simply the least worst option? From the Research Assessment Exercise to the Research Excellence Framework: Changing assessment models in the United Kingdom? Perils of peer review in a small country? The Performance Based Research Fund in New Zealand; Research evaluation in Japan: The case of the National University Corporations; Conclusion: Prometheus assessed and lessons for research assessment.

384 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 589 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 301 5 £52.50/US$90.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345893

To order, tel: +44 (0) 1223 499140 / fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

Cassandra Smith, Ashford University, USA This book covers ethical behaviour in the online classroom. Written for distance education students in higher education worldwide, the book serves as a guide for students in the e-classroom in examining ethical theories and behaviour. A number of salient questions are addressed: What is ethical? What does ethical behaviour consist of in an e-classroom? What are violations of ethics in the e-classroom? Students will have the opportunity to review real-life ethical dilemmas in the online classroom, state their positions by engaging in discussion, and reflect on the repercussions of unethical behaviour. The way students define ethical behaviour can impact how they engage with other online learners: students who view and react differently to the world may learn and respond differently. The book also explores opportunities for applied ethics, definitions of a successful online learner, and critical thinking concepts. CONTENTS

Assessing behaviour; Ethical theories and e-learning; Processing thoughts: Critical thinking; Rules of conduct: Plagiarism; Moral dilemmas online; Transformative language: Communication in e-learning; Ethic boards: Discussion responses; Adhering to principles: Researching; Critical thinking; Ethical expectations: Students.

198 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 689 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 306 0 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346890

Available / will be available on Chandos Publishing Online

Information management NEW Instructional Strategies and Techniques for Information Professionals

NEW Exploring Education For Digital Librarians Meaning, modes and models

Nicole Cooke, Montclair State University and Jeffrey Teichmann, Rutgers University, USA Increasingly, library personnel are called upon to teach classes, deliver presentations and represent their organizations in an official capacity. This book is designed to assist those professionals with little to no experience designing and delivering training, instructional sessions, and presentations. Suitable for all librarians, library staff and library school students, this practical guide will get the library professional up and running as a trainer and presenter. CONTENTS

Part 1 General overview: To train or not to train? Whom should we train or instruct? How should we train or instruct? Part 2 Content: Developing the training plan and content; Evaluating your training plan and content. Part 3 The nuts and bolts: Who will conduct the training? The logistics of training; The trainer’s toolbox: Tips and tricks for making training successful. Part 4 Training completed! What next? Keeping current; Keeping connected.

144 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 643 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 295 7 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346432

Sue Myburgh, University of South Australia, Australia and Anna Maria Tammaro, University of Parma, Italy Exploring Education For Digital Librarians provides a fresh and new perspective on the discipline and profession of LIS, with focus on preparing students for their careers as digital librarians who will deal with the present and future virtual information environments. An exploration of the knowledge base and possible theoretical construction for the academic discipline, as well as a delineation of the competencies for praxis of the profession, suggest a model that could be used internationally to prepare digital librarians for their future professional information careers. This text offers an overview of the library and i-School situation which is informative and forward thinking. CONTENTS

320 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 659 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 300 8 £52.50/US$90.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346593

NEW Enhancing Learning and Teaching through Student Feedback in Engineering

NEW Teaching Research Processes

Edited by Chenicheri Nair, University of Western Australia, Arun Patil, Central Queensland University, Australia and Patricie Mertova, University of Oxford, UK Documenting the experiences of academics, higher education leaders and managers with expertise in these areas, this book is the first in a series on student feedback focusing on a specific discipline, in this case engineering. It expands on topics covered in the previous book by the same authors. Valuable contributions have been made by a variety of experts in the area of higher education quality and student feedback in the field of engineering. CONTENTS

Student feedback in engineering: A discipline-specific overview and background; Advances in engineering education in Chile using student feedback; Formative student feedback: Enhancing the quality of learning and teaching; Role of soft skills in engineering education: Students’ perceptions and feedback; Engineering programmes in Thailand: Enhancing the quality of student feedback; Summative quality assurance systems: Not good enough for quality enhancement; Engineering programmes in the UK: The student feedback experience; Trends, issues and the future of student feedback in engineering.

164 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 645 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 299 5 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346456

The faculty role in the development of skilled student researchers William Badke, Trinity Western University, Canada Information literacy is defined as the ability to identify a research problem, determine the kinds of information needed to answer it, acquire needed information efficiently and effectively, evaluate the acquired information well and apply it skillfully to the problem at hand. This book proposes a new vision in which information literacy, reconceived as “Research Processes,” becomes the domain of teaching faculty, with the assistance of librarians. The goal is to transform education from a primarily one-way knowledge communication practice to an interactive practice involving the core research tasks of the subject disciplines. Over the past four decades, the discipline of Information Literacy has risen within the field of academic librarianship in response to the constantly observed minimal information handling and research skills of most students in higher education. CONTENTS

240 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 674 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 305 3 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346746

Becoming Confident Teachers A guide for academic librarians Claire McGuinness, University College Dublin, Ireland Becoming Confident Teachers examines the teaching role of information professionals at a time of transition and change in higher education. While instruction is now generally accepted as a core library function in the 21st century, librarians often lack sufficient training in pedagogy and instructional design; consequently finding their teaching responsibilities to be stressful and challenging. By exploring the requirements and responsibilities of the role, this book guides teaching librarians to a position where they feel confident that they have acquired the basic body of knowledge and procedures to handle any kind of instructional requests that come their way, and to be proactive in developing and promoting teaching and learning initiatives. In addition, this book suggests strategies and methods for self-development and fostering a “teacher identity,” giving teaching librarians a greater sense of purpose and direction, and the ability to clearly communicate their role to non-library colleagues and within the public sphere. CONTENTS

246 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 629 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 271 1 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346296

Student Feedback The cornerstone to an effective quality assurance system in higher education Edited by Chenicheri Nair, University of Western Australia and Patricie Mertova, University of Oxford, UK In recent years, student feedback has appeared at the forefront of higher education quality. In particular, the issues of effectiveness and the use of student feedback to affect improvement in higher education teaching and learning, and also other areas of student tertiary experience. Despite this, there has been a relative lack of academic literature, especially in book format, focusing on the experiences of academics, higher education leaders and managers with expertise in this area. This comprehensive book addresses this gap. CONTENTS

Part 1 Overview: The nexus of feedback and improvement. Part 2 International perspectives: Student feedback in the US and global contexts; Student feedback in higher education: A Malaysian perspective; Improving university teaching through student feedback: A critical investigation; Student feedback in the Australian national and university context. Part 3 Tools and administration: Tools for effective student feedback; Web-based or paper-based surveys: A quandary? Inclusive practice in student feedback systems; Action and the feedback cycle.

182 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 573 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 258 2 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345732

E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com / Order online @ www.chandospublishing.com

Information management Plagiarism Education and Prevention A subject-driven casebased approach Cara Bradley, University of Regina, Canada

‘…has appeared at exactly the right time to remind us of the importance of information ethics in academic education and beyond.’

The Australian Library Journal Academic librarians and university instructors worldwide are grappling with an increasing incidence of student plagiarism. Recent publications urge educators to prevent plagiarism by teaching students about the issue, and some have advocated the value of a subject-specific approach to plagiarism prevention education. There is, however, a complete lack of resources and guidance for librarians and instructors who want to adopt this approach in their teaching. This book opens with a brief overview of plagiarism today, followed by arguments in favour of a subjectbased approach. The rest of the book is divided into academic subject areas and features an overview of the major issues in that subject area, followed by a high profile and engaging case within the discipline. CONTENTS

The need for a subject-specific case-driven approach to plagiarism education; Humanities and social sciences; Science; Professional studies; Fine arts; General examples for first year writing classes.

184 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 584 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 260 5 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345848

Online Learning and Assessment in Higher Education A planning guide Robyn Benson and Charlotte Brack, Monash University, Australia

The Critical Assessment of Research

Leadership and Management of Quality in Higher Education

Traditional and new methods of evaluation Alan Bailin and Ann Grafstein, Hofstra University, USA ‘This is an excellent introduction to assessing and evaluating research and unlike any book currently available.’

Journal of Academic Librarianship CONTENTS

The gold standards; Sponsorship and funding; Research paradigms; The dissemination of research; Moving beyond the gold standards: Tools and techniques.

132 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 543 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 027 4 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345435

The Evaluation of Research by Scientometric Indicators Peter Vinkler, Hungarian Academy of Sciences, Hungary

224 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 577 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 165 3 £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345770

The Lessons Learned Handbook Practical approaches to learning from experience Nick Milton, Knoco Ltd, UK

CONTENTS

Basic categories of scientometrics; Classification of the indicators of evaluative scientometrics; Publication growth in science; Scientific eminence of journals: The Garfield Factor and the Current Contribution Index; The ageing of scientific information; Scientometric indicators for the assessment of publications; Reference strategy: Model of manifested communication through publications; Frequency of and strength of motives in referencing: The Reference Threshold Model; Research contribution and share of credit of individual authors; Standards in scientometric assessments; Scientometric assessments: Application of scientometrics for the purposes of science policy; Institutionalisation of Scientific Information: A scientometric model (ISI-S model); Conclusions.

336 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 572 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 025 0 £52.50/US$90.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345725

Introduction: learning lessons; Elements of a lesson learning system; Lessons learned approaches; Principles of lesson identification; Processes of lessons identified; Writing down the lessons; Taking action; Process ownership and process update; Ensuring lessons and updated processes are re-applied; Technology to support lesson learning; Sharing and seeking the unwritten lessons; The governance of lesson learning; The principles and processes of safety investigations; Learning lessons in networks at Mars, Inc,; Wikis as part of a learning system: A conversation with Peter Kemper; How not to learn lessons; Conclusions.

Networked Collaborative Learning

Measuring Academic Research How to undertake a bibliometric study Ana Andres, University of Barcelona, Spain CONTENTS

Descriptive analyses; Author production; Journal productivity; Scientific collaborations; Author citation analysis; Journal citation analysis; Important considerations; Final considerations.

Social interaction and active learning

Virtual Research Environments

Guglielmo Trentin, CNR Institute for Educational Technology, Italy

Robert Allan, STFC Daresbury Laboratory, UK

From portals to science gateways ‘A useful addition to the stock of many libraries in universities and other research institutions’

Refer

‘This is an informative and well-researched text’

Australian Academic and Research Libraries Technology-enhanced learning and networked collaborative learning; The pedagogical dimension; The e-teacher professional dimension; The instructional design dimension; The evaluation and assessment dimension; Conclusions.

184 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 501 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 164 6 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345015

206 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 587 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 192 9 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345879

186 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 528 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 018 2 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345282

CONTENTS

246 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 576 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 037 3 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345763

CONTENTS

Where to start; Teaching with technology – considering your options; Online learning design and development; Online assessment; Evaluation; Conclusion.

Edited by Chenicheri Sid Nair, University of Western Australia, Len Webster, Monash University, Australia and Patricie Mertova, University of Oxford, UK

To order, tel: +44 (0) 1223 499140 / fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

CONTENTS

284 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 562 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 014 4 £52.50/US$90.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345626

Available / will be available on Chandos Publishing Online

Information management The Internet and Higher Education

Keeping the User in Mind

Teaching with Technology

Achieving global reach

Instructional design and the modern library

An academic librarian’s guide

Valeda Dent Goodman, Long Island University, USA

Edited by Joe Williams and Susan Goodwin, Texas A&M University Libraries, USA

Alfred Rovai, Regent University, USA

CONTENTS

Key concepts of global online higher education; Global distance education issues; Technology and the internet; Designing global online programmes and courses; Global online teaching and learning; Quality assurance and institutional effectiveness; Summary and conclusion.

266 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 524 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 162 2 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345244

Global Research Without Leaving Your Desk Travelling the world with your mouse as companion Jane Macoustra, Tai-Pan Research, UK ‘A very good addition to the expanding world of books guiding users to the enormous depth and breath of business related information the world wide web can provide.’

Refer CONTENTS

Tools and search engines, and their characteristics; Global business information; Do you know your customer? Terrorism, surveillance and corruption; Where next? What’s new? Next generation social networking tools to enhance research outcomes; Conclusion; Fun stuff.

228 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 366 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 021 2 £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343660

Electronic Portfolios Personal information, personal development and personal values Simon Grant, Consultant ‘Good information analysis. Useful in process development and implementation. Emphasis on ethical issues links up to personal ownership that needs first priority attention.’

Wijnand Aalderink and Marij Veugelers – SURF NL Portfolio, Dutch portfolio expert group CONTENTS

260 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 401 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 007 6 £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344018

CONTENTS

214 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 486 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 005 2 £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344865

Combating Student Plagiarism An academic librarian’s guide Lynn Lampert, California State University, USA ‘To faculty and university administrators, this book demostrates the way that librarians can collaborate with them to combat plagiarism on campus.’

A Sense of Control Virtual communities for people with mobility impairments

Online Databases and Other Internet Resources for Earth Science Venkat Ramana, Domex e-Data Pvt. Ltd, India 332 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 238 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 118 9 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 239 7 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342380

Delivering E-Learning for Information Services in Higher Education Paul Catherall, North East Wales Institute of Higher Education, UK 232 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2004 ISBN: 978 1 84334 088 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 073 1 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 095 9 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843340881

Christine Tilley, Queensland University of Technology (QUT), Australia

Electronic Resources in the Virtual Learning Environment

‘...an exciting piece of research’

A guide for librarians

Online Information Review 308 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 521 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 144 8 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 522 0 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345213

Principles of E-learning Systems Engineering Lester Gilbert, University of Southampton and Veronica Gale, Consultant, UK 350 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 290 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 119 6 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 291 5 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342908

Jane Secker, London School of Economics, UK ‘…an excellent and very welcome book.’

LTSN-ICS 192 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2004 ISBN: 978 1 84334 059 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 070 0 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 060 7 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843340591

Performing Hybridity Impact of new technologies on the role of teacher-librarians Kerry Mallan, Roy Lundin, Raylee ElliottBurns, Geraldine Massey and Anne Russell CIS Research Reports 6

76 pages 290 x 206mm (8 x 11) paperback 2002 ISBN: 978 1 876938 00 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 282 7 £18.95/US$30.00/€25.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781876938000

E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com / Order online @ www.chandospublishing.com

Information management PUBLISHING

NEW Academic and Professional Publishing Edited by Robert Campbell, Wiley-Blackwell Publishing, Ed Pentz, CrossRef and Ian Borthwick, IET Standards, UK Publishers have embraced the challenges presented by the rise of the Internet and the growth in research and publications output, investing in digital technologies to enrich content, build upon the user experience and improve stakeholder access to and discovery of knowledge. Examples of this innovation include online submission and management systems to ensure efficiency and quality in the peer review process, digital architectures and digitised backfile literature, new communications channels and business models, and enhanced article formats. This book presents a comprehensive review of the integrated approach publishers take to support and improve communications within academic and professional publishing. CONTENTS

Introduction: Overview of academic and professional publishing; Peer review in a rapidly evolving publishing landscape; The scholarly ecosystem; The digital revolution; Publishing and communication strategies; Development of journal publishing business models and finances; Development of book publishing business models and finances; Editorial and production workflows; Electronic publishing standards; Citation, bibliometrics and quality assessing impact and usage; Relating content to the user; Sales, licensing and marketing; The evolving role of libraries in the scholarly ecosystem; Publishing ethics and integrity; Legal aspects and copyright; Relationship management; Does journal publishing have a future? External forces and their impacts on academic and professional publishing; Epilogue: Trust in academic and professional publishing; Stewards of content; Appendix: Career development in academic and professional publishing.

510 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 669 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 309 1 £60.00/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346692

NEW Supporting Research Writing

NEW The Ecology of Academic Journals

Roles and challenges in multilingual settings

Bozena I Mierzejewska, University of St. Gallen, Switzerland

Edited by Valerie Matarese, Editorial Consultant, Italy Supporting Research Writing explores the range of services designed to facilitate academic writing and publication in English by non-native English-speaking (NNES) authors. It analyses the realities of offering services such as education, translation, editing and writing, and then considers the challenges and benefits that result when these boundaries are consciously blurred. It thus provides an opportunity for readers to reflect on their professional roles and the services that will best serve their clients’ needs. A recurring theme is, therefore, the interaction between language professional and client-author. The book offers insights into the opportunities and challenges presented by considering ourselves first and foremost as writing support professionals, differing in our primary approach (through teaching, translating, editing, writing, or a combination of those) but with a common goal. This view has major consequences for the training of professionals who support English-language publication by NNES academics and scientists. Supporting Research Writing will therefore be a stimulus to professional development for those who support English-language publication in real-life contexts and an important resource for those entering the profession. CONTENTS

The contribution of language professionals to academic publication: Multiple roles to achieve common goals; Teaching academic writing in Europe: Multilingual and multicultural contexts; Writing process research: implications for manuscript support for academic authors; Using genre analysis and corpus linguistics to teach research article writing; Using strategic, critical reading of research papers to teach scientific writing: The readingresearch-writing continuum; The translator as cultural mediator in research publication; Giving authors a voice in another language through translation; Bilingual publication of academic journals: Motivations and practicalities; Defining and describing editing; The authors’ editor: Working with authors to make drafts fit for purpose; The writer’s approach to facilitating research communication: a very different way of engaging with authors; Didactic editing: Bringing novice writers into the arena of scholarly publishing; Collaborative research writing: Developmental editing with an underlying educational vein; Putting ‘wordface’ work in the centre of academic text production: Working with an international journal to develop an authors’ mentoring programme.

320 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q1 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 666 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 350 3 Approx. £52.50/US$90.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346661

The fate of academic journals is highly contested. Pessimistic pundits predict their imminent demise while others envisage a new era of participatory knowledge creation and web only publications, with yet others advocating increased involvement of scholars and libraries in developing a “fair” system of scholarly publishing. The book is written against the backdrop of the complete transformation of scholarly communication. It considers the multifaceted nature of academic journals in a systematic investigation of the journal’s eco-system - a metaphor indicating the importance of relationships between all involved stakeholders, their environments and their functioning as a unit. CONTENTS

The system of academic publishing; The role of academic journals in the knowledge system; Trends in journal publishing and scholarly communication; Contexts of journal’s eco-system; Ecological dynamics.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 571 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 365 7 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345718

NEW Academic Librarianship, Publishing, and the Tenure Track Creative strategies for scholarly success Karl Madden, City University of New York, USA Academic Librarianship, Publishing, and the Tenure Track provides a strategy for academic librarian faculty productivity in conferences, journal articles, and book chapters, in support of reappointment and promotion, including the personal experiences of the author. It presents the author’s systematic approach, built upon the development of passionate creativity and social networking. Academic Librarianship, Publishing, and the Tenure Track begins by looking at academic writing as a creative art, before moving on to the tenure track, and notions of ‘publish or perish’ in the second chapter. Chapters three, four and five deal with: academic librarians, including the MLS and PhD; LIS research, including subject specific research and; an empirical and general review of quantification and qualification. Chapter six engages with the process of publishing itself. Chapter seven looks at the application portfolio for tenure itself, and the penultimate chapter considers the international context. Finally, the book wraps it all up in a summing up section. CONTENTS

CONTENTS

The role of cooperation in virtual reference services; Issues with virtual reference cooperation; The future – reference and the community.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q4 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 555 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 340 4 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345558

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 706 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 372 5 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347064

To order, tel: +44 (0) 1223 499140 / fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

Available / will be available on Chandos Publishing Online

Information management A Librarian’s Guide on How to Publish

Scientific Publishing

Srecko Jelušic and Ivanka Stricevic, University of Zadar, Croatia

Hans Roosendaal, Kasia Zalewska-Kurek, Peter Geurts, University of Twente, The Netherlands and Eberhard Hilf, Institute for Science Networking Oldenburg GmbH, Germany

A Librarian’s Guide on How to Publish discusses the publishing strategies needed for the development of skills that are essential for successful job requirements and the production of quality print and electronic publications. The book serves as a useful guide indicating the main principles of professional library publishing activities in both print and virtual environments.

CONTENTS

From vanity to strategy

CONTENTS

Brief overview of the history of publishing; Technologydriven publishing and libraries; An overview of publishing fields and publishing capital; Basics of the library publishing chain; Basic professions in publishing applied to library publishing; Variety in library publishing; Relations with other publishers; Conclusions.

166 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 619 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 261 2 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346197

E-books in Academic Libraries Ksenija Mincic-Obradovic, University of Auckland, New Zealand E-books in Academic Libraries offers a comprehensive overview of the impact of e-books on academic libraries and discusses the advantages to both researchers and librarians. It gives examples of innovative uses of e-books in academic contexts. Chapters review the current situation in e-book publishing and describe problems in managing e-books in libraries caused by the variety of purchase models, varying formats and the lack of standardisation. Solutions for providing access and maintaining bibliographic control are discussed and various initiatives to publicise and promote e-books are examined. CONTENTS

The (magical) world of e-books; Between publishers and library needs; Developing and managing e-book collections; Connecting with users; New opportunities; Future considerations.

224 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 586 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 050 2 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345862

Scholarly Communication in Library and Information Services The impacts of open access journals and e-journals on a changing scenario Bhaskar Mukherjee, Banaras Hindu University, India CONTENTS

Changing scenario of scholarly communication: Journals, e-journals and Open Access journals; Open Access journals in Library and Information Science; Qualitative, quantitative and webometric analysis; Qualitative analysis of journals’ websites; Quantitative analysis of journals’ contents; Web citation analysis of journals’ contents; Scholars’ motivation for hyperlinking; Summary.

318 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 626 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 208 7 £52.50/US$90.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346265

Business models in the research environment; Research environment; Acquisition of scientific information; The market for scientific information; Criteria for business models in scientific publishing; Scenarios for scientific publishing; Consequences for stakeholders; Summary and conclusions.

190 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 490 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 210 0 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344902

The Future of the Academic Journal Edited by Bill Cope, University of Illinois and Common Ground Publishing, USA and Angus Phillips, Oxford Brookes University, UK ‘Definitely a worthy addition to every academic librarian’s personal collection.’

Library Management Journal 416 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 416 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 011 3 £57.75/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344162

Never Mind the Web Here comes the book

Open Access and its Practical Impact on the Work of Academic Librarians Collection development, public services, and the library and information science literature Laura Bowering Mullen, Library of Science and Medicine of Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey, USA CONTENTS

Librarians and their own open access publishing; Collection development and open access; Librarians and their roles in the academy; Collection development librarians and open access; Public services work and open access; Open access and technical services; Conclusion.

254 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 593 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 022 9 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345930

Scholarly Communication for Librarians Heather Morrison, University of British Columbia, Canada

‘The book is easy to read and most importantly provides practical coverage of a topic that is of interest to librarians and other information professionals.’

Miha Kovac, University of Ljubljana, Slovenia ‘...enjoy this intelligent, proactive book for yourself.’

Springer Publishing Res. Quarterly CONTENTS

Introduction; The book: this charming old lady; Printing and the birth of modernity; The European and American book markets; Social context of the book; An anorexic dachshund with a long tail; The e-book is a paper tiger.

204 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 405 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 216 2 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 406 3 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344056

New Thinking for 21st Century Publishers Emerging patterns and evolving stratagems Joost Kist, formerly Wolters Kluwer, The Netherlands ‘…succeeds in both entertaining and educating the reader about the rapidly evolving competitive landscape in publishing.’

LOGOS 178 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 445 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 217 9 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 446 9 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344452

Library Management CONTENTS

264 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 488 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 219 3 £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344889

The Brave New World of Publishing The symbiotic relationship between printing and book publishing Manfred Breede, Ryerson University, Canada 210 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 439 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 218 6 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 440 7 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344391

E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com / Order online @ www.chandospublishing.com

Information management Scholarly Communication in China, Hong Kong, Japan, Korea and Taiwan

ELECTRONIC AND INFORMATION RESOURCES

NEW Metadata Application in Digital Repositories and Libraries

Edited by Jingfeng Xia, Rutgers University Libraries, USA

NEW Library Scholarly Communication Programs

Tools, systems, and architecture

‘…an excellent collection of essays detailing many aspects of intellectual life in Asia.’

The Electronic Library (Emerald Publishing) 200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 322 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 213 1 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343226

Legal and ethical considerations Isaac Gilman, Pacific University, USA

A practical guide

David Solomon, Michigan State University, USA

CONTENTS

Developing Open Access Journals 192 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 339 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 215 5 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 340 0 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343394

The Future of the Book in the Digital Age Edited by Bill Cope, University of Illinois and Common Ground Publishing, USA and Angus Phillips, Oxford Brookes University, UK ‘…a very interesting collection of essays.’

Program 248 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84334 240 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 212 4 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 241 0 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342403

Open Access Key strategic, technical and economic aspects Edited by Neil Jacobs, Consultant, UK ‘…an excellent collection. ...provides a readily accessible platform on which to build their knowledge and understanding of this evolving area.’

Online Information Review 264 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84334 203 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 211 7 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 204 5 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342038

E-book Publishing Success How anyone can write, compile and sell e-books on the internet Kingsley Oghjojafor, Consultant, Nigeria 180 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 84334 099 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 209 4 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843340997

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 717 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 383 1 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347170

NEW Trends, Discovery, and People in the Digital Age Edited by David Baker and Wendy Evans, University College Plymouth St Mark & St John, UK This book summarises and presents key themes, advances and trends in all aspects of digital information today, exploring the impact of developing technologies on the information world. Important contemporary topics are emphasised, as well as future developments, and an international perspective is taken throughout. This edited volume is based on a dynamic set of contents by leaders in the field, responding to and anticipating what is happening, and what may happen, in the field of digital information. CONTENTS

The future of digital information provision; The usability of digital information environments: Planning, design and assessment; The history of Enquire is the story of UK public libraries on the Web; Children of the cloud; Surviving or thriving? Building an information landscape; The effect the changing digital landscape is having on the dissemination of e-books and e-journals in a world dominated by Google; Resource discovery; Using the Mirrorworld to plan and build better futures for our citizens; Researchers, don’t fight the data-management battle alone; Beyond the Google generation, towards community-specific usage patterns of scientific information; Software citations: A credible credit system; What we leave behind: The future of data curation; The digital curation toolkit, strategies for adding value to work-related social systems and others: The JISC business and community engagement programme; Skills Portal; Exploring the essential characteristics and qualities of the future information professional; Flexible and agile University library and information services; The future of academic libraries in the digital age; Roadblocks, potholes and obstruction on the path to new library futures.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 723 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 389 3 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347231

To order, tel: +44 (0) 1223 499140 / fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

Jung-ran Park, Drexel University, USA Metadata is essential for organizing, managing and searching for information resources and has been a keystone of resource description and discovery. This book is designed to provide information professionals, paraprofessionals and students with up-to-date, practical knowledge and complex skills centering on metadata application in digital repositories and libraries. It explores emerging user-generated metadata (e.g., social tagging) and introduces mechanisms dealing with the exploitation of social tagging to enhance information discovery and user services. CONTENTS

Metadata and digital professionals; Metadata schemas and associated applications; Quality metadata generation: Evaluations, mechanisms and tools; Semi-automatic metadata generation; Technical architecture and systems in building digital repositories and libraries; Web 2.0 and metadata: how to exploit social tagging.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 579 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 336 7 Approx. £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345794

NEW Multimedia Information Retrieval Theory and techniques Roberto Raieli, Roma Tre University Art Library, Italy Novel processing and searching tools for the management of new multimedia documents have developed. Multimedia Information Retrieval (MMIR) is an organic system made up of Text Retrieval (TR); Visual Retrieval (VR); Video Retrieval (VDR); and Audio Retrieval (AR) systems. So that each type of digital document may be analysed and searched by the elements of language appropriate to its nature, search criteria must be extended. Such an approach is known as the Content Based Information Retrieval (CBIR), and is the core of MMIR. This novel content-based concept of information handling needs to be integrated with more traditional semantics. Multimedia Information Retrieval focuses on the tools of processing and searching applicable to the content-based management of new multimedia documents. Translated from Italian by Giles Smith, the book is divided in to two parts. Part one discusses MMIR and related theories, and puts forward new methodologies; part two reviews various experimental and operating MMIR systems, and presents technical and practical conclusions. CONTENTS

Part 1 Theoretical and methodological innovations: A cultural and scientific context for the theory of MMIR; Multimedia digital document treatment and indexing; MMIR methodology in the context of library and information science; Methodological definition of multimedia information retrieval. Part 2 Managerial and applicative developments: The present state of the MMIR system; Technique and technology of MMIR systems; The integration of MMIR modalities.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) looseleaf Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 722 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 388 6 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347224

Available / will be available on Chandos Publishing Online

Information management NEW Making Theses and Dissertations Available Electronically

NEW 24/7 Reference

Susan Copeland, The Robert Gordon University, UK and Gail McMillan, Virginia Polytechnic and State University, USA.

Susan McGlamery, QuestionPoint Programs, USA

This book provides librarians with a practical guide for making theses and dissertations available in electronic format. It also provides academic staff and students with an overview of recent developments in this area. It covers specific issues, ranging from why it is useful to make this form of research output accessible on the web and how to persuade university managers that this is so, to practical advice on including Electronic Theses and Dissertations (ETDs) in institutional repositories and the training that should be provided to students who are being encouraged to express their research results in multimedia format. Submitting their work in accordance with new regulations is also discussed. The book concludes with examples of best practice from a number of countries around the world. CONTENTS

ETDs in context; The definition of an ETD; The benefits of ETDs; Achieving the ‘culture change’; Making ETDs available; Providing training; International developments; Keeping up to date.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q4 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 341 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 344 2 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343417

NEW The Patron-Driven Library A practical guide for managing collections and services in the digital age Dee Ann Allison, University of NebraskaLincoln, USA Libraries in the USA and globally are undergoing quiet revolution. Libraries are moving away from a philosophy that is collection-centered to one focused on service. Technology is key to that change. The Patron-Driven Library explores the way technology has moved the focus from library collections to services, placing the reader at the center of library activities. The book reveals the way library users are changing, and how social networking, web delivery of information, and the uncertain landscape of e-print has energized librarians to adopt technology to meet a different model of the library while preserving core values. Following an introduction, the first part begins with the historical milieu, and moves on to current challenges for financing and acquiring materials, and an exploration of why the millennial generation is transformational. The second part examines how changes in library practice can create a culture for imagining library services in an age of information overflow. The final chapter asks: Whither the library? CONTENTS

Introduction: Patron-centered libraries. Part 1 Connections from the past to the present. Part 2 Rise of the librarian.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 736 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 402 9 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347361

Global partnerships

Collaboration and cooperation has become the most frequently used method by which libraries can leverage scarce resources in order to meet an increasingly demanding user base. 24/7 Reference examines the role of cooperative reference in today’s information space by taking an in-depth look at the world’s largest collaborative reference service, the 24/7 Reference Cooperative. The book discusses how the Cooperative provides a 24 hour live chat reference service through the coordinated efforts of over 1,400 participating libraries in the US and the UK. The Cooperative’s continued success, challenges and role in a Web 2.0 world are explored. CONTENTS

The role of cooperation in virtual reference services; Issues with virtual reference cooperation; The future – reference and the community.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q4 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 555 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 340 4 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345558

NEW Library 3.0 Intelligent libraries and apomediation Tom Kwanya, Christine Stilwell and Peter Underwood, University of KwaZulu-Natal, South Africa The emerging generation of research and academic library users expect the delivery of user-centered information services. ‘Apomediation’ refers to the supporting role librarians can give users by stepping in when users need help. Library 3.0 explores the ongoing debates on the “point oh” phenomenon and its impact on service delivery in libraries. This title analyses library 3.0 and its potential in creating intelligent libraries capable of meeting contemporary needs, and the growing role of librarians as apomediators. Library 3.0 is divided into four chapters. The first chapter introduces and places the topic in context. The second chapter considers “point oh” libraries. The third chapter covers library 3.0 librarianship, while the final chapter explores ways libraries can move towards ‘3.0.’ CONTENTS

NEW Electronic Resource Management Practical perspectives in a new technical services model Anne Elguindi and Kari Schmidt, American University Library, USA A tremendous shift is taking place in libraries towards purchasing e-resources, with the bulk of materials spending being allocated to e-resource acquisition. Many libraries combine print and e-serials in one unit, but the different workflows for the two formats, combined with the different responsibilities associated with the management of the two formats, have caused challenges for conceptualising that all ‘serials’ work together. Electronic Resource Management tackles the central issues with the concepts of the access and management of electronic resources. It highlights the different kinds of e-resources, from e-serials and e-books to databases and digital collections that continue to bring new developments to a field that requires different systems and skills than those needed for print resources. CONTENTS

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 668 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 320 6 Approx. £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346685

NEW Demystifying the Institutional Repository for Success Marianne Buehler, University of Nevada, Las Vegas, USA Institutional repositories remain key to data storage on campus, fulfilling the academic needs of various stakeholders. Demystifying the Institutional Repository for Success is a practical guide to creating and sustaining an institutional repository through marketing, partnering, and understanding the academic needs of all stakeholders on campus. CONTENTS

Traditional scholarly communication and open access publishing: Why the change? Academic shift towards open access; The successful institutional repository: What it looks like; Institutional repository collaborations and building campus relationships; Building internal and external campus institutional repository relationships; Institutional repository impact and value proposition; Looking ahead to open access opportunities.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 673 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 321 3 Approx. £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346739

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 718 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 384 8 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347187

E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com / Order online @ www.chandospublishing.com

Information management Global Resource Sharing

NEW NEW SERIES Social Information

Managing Image Collections

Linda Frederiksen, Washington State University, Margaret Bean, University of Oregon and Heidi Nance, University of Washington, USA

Gaining competitive and business advantage using social media tools Scott Brown, Social Information Group, USA Chandos Publishing Social Media Series No. 1 Social Information is a must-have for competitive and business researchers in any discipline including, librarians, information professionals, intelligence analysts, students and marketing personnel, and will explore how more ‘traditional’ resources can be complimented by social media tools. The book outlines different categories of social tools, competitive and business applications of these tools, and provides example searches with screenshots. The book provides concrete search examples, as well as strategies and approaches for searching social tools that may be available today or that may emerge tomorrow. Readers will learn ways to quickly develop new search strategies as new tools and features emerge. The future of social tools and information, and the lasting impact that these tools have had on how information plays a part in our lives, our businesses and our careers is discussed.

A practical guide Margot Note, World Monuments Fund, USA

Written from a global perspective, this book reviews sharing of library resources on a global scale. With expanded discovery tools and massive digitization projects, the rich and extensive holdings of the world’s libraries are more visible now than at any time in the past. Advanced communication and transmission technologies, along with improved international standards, present a means for the sharing of library resources around the globe. Despite these significant improvements, a number of challenges remain. Global Resource Sharing provides librarians and library managers with a comprehensive background in and summary of the issues involved in global resource sharing. CONTENTS

An introduction to global resource sharing; A brief history of international interlibrary lending and document supply; PEST and SWOT analysis of international interlibrary loan; An overview of current practices; Case studies in global resource sharing; Selected case studies; The future of global resource sharing.

This book explores issues surrounding all aspects of visual collection management, taken from real-world experience in creating management systems and digitizing core content. Readers will gain the knowledge to manage the digitization process from beginning to end, assess and define the needs of their particular project, and evaluate digitization options. Additionally, they will select strategies which best meet current and future needs, acquire the knowledge to select the best images for digitization, and understand the legal issues surrounding digitization of visual collections. CONTENTS

Photographic image history; Digital image basics; Photographic image issues; Photographic image collection management; Metadata and information management; Digitization; Conclusion.

230 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 625 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 288 9 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346258

232 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 599 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 056 4 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345992

Numeric Data Services and Sources for the General Reference Librarian

Technology and Knowledge Flow

Lynda Kellam, University of North Carolina Greensboro and Katharin Peter, University of Southern California, USA

Edited by Guglielmo Trentin, CNR – Institute for Educational Technology, Italy

CONTENTS

A brief history of business and competitive information, and the rise of social tools; Social networks; Blogs and microblogs; Video, audio and images; Social search engines; The future of social information.

352 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 667 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 327 5 £52.50/US$90.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346678

‘There is a lot of helpful guidance on regular aspects of libraries in the context of data librarianship. I would recommend this to academic and research librarians, but think it is relevant to all reference librarians.’

Finding Official British Information Official publishing in the digital age Jane Inman, Warwickshire County Council, UK and Howard Picton ‘I would definitely recommend this book as a useful tool for the generic Reference Librarian and specialist alike.’

Refer Examining the different bodies that publish official material, this new book describes the types of material published, how it is made available and how it is recorded. Finding Official British Information focuses on the digital availability of official information and considers how much is now freely available on the web and how to locate it as well as addressing issues of web only publishing. It covers public bodies in the UK and includes publications issued by central and local government as well as the devolved assemblies and the many other organisations that issue official publications. CONTENTS

The digital environment; Definitions and why official information is published; Parliament at Westminster; Devolved Parliament and assemblies and regional government; Central Government departments at Westminster; Other public bodies including the National Health Service and Police; Local Government including the Fire Service; Statistics; The future of access to official information.

332 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 392 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 292 6 £52.50/US$90.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343929

The power of networks

Refer The proliferation of online access to social science statistical and numeric data sources, such as the U.S. Census Bureau’s American Fact Finder, has lead to an increased interest in supporting these sources in academic libraries. Many large libraries have been able to devote staff to data services for years, and recently smaller academic libraries have recognized the need to provide numeric data services and support. This guidebook serves as a primer to developing and supporting social science statistical and numerical data sources in the academic library. It provides strategies for the establishment of data services and offers short descriptions of the essential sources of free and commercial social science statistical and numeric data. Finally, it discusses the future of numeric data services, including the integration of statistics and data into library instruction and the use of Web 2.0 tools to visualize data. CONTENTS

Introduction to data services and sources; Supporting statistical and numeric data services and sources; Reference and instruction for data sources; Basic sources for supporting numeric data services; Data librarianship: A day in the life; The future for numeric data services.

This book outlines how network technology can support, foster and enhance the Knowledge Management, Sharing and Development (KMSD) processes in professional environments through the activation of both formal and informal knowledge flows. Understanding how ICT can be made available to such flows in the knowledge society is a factor that cannot be disregarded and is confirmed by the increasing interest of companies in new forms of software-mediated social interaction. The latter factor is in relation both to the possibility of accelerating internal communication and problem solving processes, and/or in relation to dynamics of endogenous knowledge growth of human resources. CONTENTS

Leveraging mobile network technologies to accelerate tacit knowledge flows across organisations and distances; Supporting knowledge flow in web-based environments by means of narrative; What are virtual walls to flow of knowledge in teamwork discussions? Knowledge flows and graphic knowledge representations; Graphic knowledge representation as a tool for fostering knowledge flow in informal learning processes; Conclusive thought on communication flow, knowledge flow and informal learning.

196 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 646 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 267 4 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346463

248 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 580 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 259 9 £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345800

To order, tel: +44 (0) 1223 499140 / fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

Available / will be available on Chandos Publishing Online

Information management iPhone Application Development Strategies for efficient mobile design and delivery Jim Hahn, University of Illinois Urbana-Champaign, USA iPhone application development is explained here in an accessible treatment for the generalist Library and Information Science (LIS) practitioner. Future information-seeking practices by users will take place across a diverse array of ubiquitous computing devices. iPhone applications represent one of the most compelling new platforms for which to remediate and re-engineer library service. Strategies of efficient mobile design and delivery include adapting computing best practices of data independence and adhering to web standards as articulated by the W3C. These best practices apply across the diverse range of handheld devices and accompanying software development tools. This book is essentially a how-to guide for application development, laying out foundational principles and then moving toward practical implementations.

A Practical Guide to Electronic Resources in the Humanities

Building a Digital Repository Program with Limited Resources

Ana Dubnjakovic and Patrick Tomlin, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, USA

‘...an important book for librarians and repository managers… a clearly articulated and practical roadmap for the implementation of digital initiatives in HE institutions.’

CONTENTS Introduction Introduction Introduction Introduction religion.

to to to to

electronic resources in the performing arts; electronic resources in art and architecture; languages and literature resources; electronic resources in philosophy and

354 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 597 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 047 2 £52.50/US$90.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345978

RFID for Libraries A practical guide M Pandian, Institute of Mathematical Sciences, India CONTENTS

Abby Clobridge, Harvard University, Kennedy School of Government Library, USA

Library Review CONTENTS

Strategic planning; Technical overview; Staffing. Metadata; Collection building: Project proposals, planning, and implementation; Content recruitment and marketing; Open access; Sustainability; Assessment; Web 2.0 and digital repositories.

272 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 596 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 045 8 £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345961

E-books in Academic Libraries Ksenija Mincic-Obradovic, University of Auckland, New Zealand CONTENTS

RFID for Libraries; RFID systems for libraries: A review; RFID implementation in libraries; RFID issues; Future Developments of RFID.

The (magical) world of e-books; Between publishers and library needs; Developing and managing e-book collections; Connecting with users; New opportunities; Future considerations.

Framing concepts for the iPhone as media with the historical continuity of computing best practice; Beginning Dashcode development: Remediating an RSS feed to the iPhone; Basic Dashcode development: Creating a Podcast application; Intermediate Dashcode development: Video tour iPhone application; Designing with Dashcode: Using the Custom template; Designing a Utility application with Dashcode; Introduction to the Xcode module; Using the PhoneGap framework within Xcode; The future of the iPhone operating system and future mobile computing devices.

186 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 545 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 048 9 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345459

224 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 586 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 050 2 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345862

New Approaches to E-Reserve Linking, sharing and streaming

Scholarly Communication in Library and Information Services

184 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 582 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 054 0 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345824

Ophelia Cheung, Dana Thomas and Susan Patrick, Ryerson University, Canada

The impacts of open access journals and e-journals on a changing scenario

CONTENTS

Bhaskar Mukherjee, Banaras Hindu University, India

CONTENTS

Convergence of Libraries and Technology Organizations New information support models

224 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 509 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 044 1 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345091

194 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 616 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 262 9 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346166

Practical Open Source Software for Libraries Nicole Engard, ByWater Solutions, USA ‘...an excellent resource for students, librarians and information management specialists.’

Catholic Library World CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction to open source: What is open source? Community and open source; Debunking the myths; Open source and libraries. Part 2 Practical applications for libraries: Open source for day to day operations; Open source web access; Open source media applications; Open source on the web; Open sourcing collections; Open source research tools; Open source library automation.

268 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 585 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 043 4 £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345855

CONTENTS

318 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 626 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 208 7 £52.50/US$90.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346265

Refer CONTENTS

228 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 366 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 021 2 £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343660

E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com / Order online @ www.chandospublishing.com

Information management Library and Information Science Research in the 21st Century

Evaluation of Digital Libraries

Licensing and Managing Electronic Resources

An insight into useful applications and methods

Becky Albitz, Pennsylvania State Unviersity, USA

Edited by Giannis Tsakonas, University of Patras and Christos Papatheodorou, Ionian University, Greece

A guide for practicing librarians and students Ibironke Lawal, Virginia Commonwealth University, USA ‘…a valuable book for practicing librarians and students who wish to improve their ability to conduct sound research’

Australian Library Journal CONTENTS

The significance of research in the library and information profession; Overview of the research process; Research designs; Data collection; Data collection; Data analysis; Collaboration; Preparing and publishing research reports; Conclusions.

228 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 372 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 015 1 £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343721

Method in the Madness Research stories you won’t read in textbooks Edited by Keith Townsend, Griffith University and John Burgess, University of Newcastle, Australia CONTENTS

Serendipity and flexibility in social science research: Meeting the unexpected. Part 1 Living the research: There are ways and then there are ways: Conducting research in social settings in Japan; ‘On the mop-floor’: Researching employment relations in the hidden world of commercial cleaning; Drinking with Dessie: Research, mines and life in the Pilbara. Part 2 Access for research: Combating information suspicion: Guinness, sports and glassblowing; What lies beneath: The pleasures, pain and possibilities of focus groups. Part 3 Interviews as a method: Looking through the haze of discontent: Smokers as a data source; Interviewing men: Reading more than the transcripts; Establishing rapport: Using quantitative and qualitative methods in tandem; Wrong way, go back! Negotiating access in industry-based research; A sporting chance: Workplace ethnographies, ethics protocols and playing by the rules. Part 4 Preparing and responding throughout the project: Sitting on a wall in Northumberland crying: Semi-structured interviews; Researching train-based working; A story about being engaged in research: Buzzing bees, small business and Australian unfair dismissal laws; Lessons learnt from this madness.

242 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 493 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 012 0 £52.50/US$90.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344933

Emerging Technologies for Academic Libraries in the Digital Age

‘As an introduction to this jungle it is a clear and calm guide.’

Program CONTENTS

‘The librarian interested in exploring how to carry out the evaluation of the library’s digital offerings will find a guide to help them ask the right questions to advance further’

Information Research CONTENTS

Introduction: The framework for digital library evaluation. Part 1 To whom it may concern: From usage to user: Library metrics and expectations for the evaluation of digital libraries; An agency perspective on digital library evaluation. Part 2 What to place under the evaluation lens: What should we take into consideration when we talk about usability? Users and digital libraries: An insightful story; Towards an infrastructure for digital library performance evaluation; Employing deep log analysis to evaluate the information-seeking behaviour of users of digital libraries. Part 3 Behind the evaluation curtain: The push-me-pull-you of design and evaluation; Extending borders: Outcomes assessment in the era of digital libraries; Digital library service quality: What does it look like? Part 4 How to conduct an evaluation activity: Planning digital library evaluation with logic models; Examining how end users use and perceive digital libraries: A qualitative approach; Investigating users’ perceptions and acceptance of digital libraries: A quantitative approach.

300 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 484 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 013 7 £52.50/US$90.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344841

254 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 593 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 022 9 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345930

Managing Electronic Resources New and changing roles for libraries

LiLi Li, Georgia Southern University, USA

Peter Webster, Saint Mary’s University, Canada

‘…a remarkable job of compiling a comprehensive list of new technologies and highlighting their importance for the academic library.’

‘…an excellent overview of the current state of affairs in electronic resources management for libraries …full of thoughtful discussion and interesting arguments.’

Library Review 308 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 320 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 000 7 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 323 3 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343202

Chartered Institute of Library and Information Professionals newsletter 252 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 368 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 140 0 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 369 1 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343684

To order, tel: +44 (0) 1223 499140 / fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

Know your copyrights; Who are you? Identifying your institution and its needs; The license; Successfully negotiating an agreement; Selecting and managing titles in your electronic resources portfolio; Model licenses and license alternatives: Conclusion.

204 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 432 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 136 3 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 433 9 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344322

Instant Messaging Reference A practical guide Rachel Bridgewater and Meryl Cole, Washington State University Vancouver, USA ‘The strength of the book lies in its accessibility and comprehensive nature.’

Library Management Virtual reference is a vital component in twenty-first century reference service and the time for debate over its virtues and necessity has passed. This book focuses on the practical implementation of instant messaging (IM), including privacy and security and its future potential. CONTENTS

Virtual reference: an overview and brief history; IM Basics; Basic IM reference: Set-up and use; Conducting the IM reference interview; Managing patron expectations and staff attitudes; Evaluating/updating service; Taking your service to the next level: Widgets, enterprise IM and collaborative IM; Issues with IM reference; Promoting your IM reference service.

232 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 357 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 123 3 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 358 5 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343578

Creating Digital Collections A practical guide Allison Zhang, Washington Research Library Consortium (WRLC), USA and Don Gourley, Digital Humanities Observatory, Ireland CONTENTS

Planning and managing digitisation projects; Selecting material for digitisation; Metadata strategy; Digitising material; Creating metadata; Designing a user interface for digital collections; The complete digitisation process and workflow management; Digital collections management system; Selecting software and hardware for digital collections management systems; Documentation; The knowledge and skills required for creating digital collections; Conclusion.

248 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 396 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 138 7 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 397 4 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343967

Available / will be available on Chandos Publishing Online

Information management Finding the Concept, Not Just the Word

Emerging Technologies for Knowledge Resource Management

A librarian’s guide to ontologies and semantics

M Pandian, Institute of Mathematical Sciences and C R Karisiddappa, Karnatak University, India

Brandy King, Children’s Hospital Boston and Kathy Reinold, Tessella, Inc., USA ‘...an excellent, well written summation of the concepts and the technology involved. …an extensive list of additional resources.’

The Electronic Library 224 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 318 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 172 1 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 319 6 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343189

Metadata for Digital Resources

CONTENTS

Digital knowledge resources; Emerging technologies for sharing digital resources in a distributed environment; Unified portal models for sharing digital information resources: a review; The unified portal system: A design; Conclusion.

208 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 370 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 120 2 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 371 4 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343707

Record Keeping in a Hybrid Environment Managing the creation, use, preservation and disposal of unpublished information objects in context Edited by Alistair Tough and Michael Moss, Glasgow University, UK 300 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84334 142 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 097 7 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 186 4 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341420

The Institutional Repository Richard Jones, Edinburgh University Library, Theo Andrew, Edinburgh Research Archive and John MacColl, University of Edinburgh, UK

Implementation, systems design and interoperability

Institutional Repositories

Muriel Foulonneau and Jenn Riley, Indiana University, USA

Content and culture in an open access environment

‘…this book is the best single reference resource I’m aware of in this area.’

Library Review

Catherine Jones, Rutherford Appleton Laboratory, UK

268 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84334 138 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 083 0 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00

hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 302 8 £59.95/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343011

‘There is a place for such an overview and this book goes a long way towards fulfilling its aim.’

hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 183 3 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341383

Global Information Inequalities

224 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 307 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 111 0 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00

220 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 301 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 125 7 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00

Bridging the information gap Edited by Deborah Charbonneau, Wayne State University, USA 232 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 361 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 133 2 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 362 2 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343615

Library Management

hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 308 0 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343073

The Human Side of Reference and Information Services in Academic Libraries Adding value in the digital world

Developing Open Access Journals A practical guide David Solomon, Michigan State University, USA ‘…this book serves quite well as a good and easy-toread starter.’

Library Hi-Tech-Journal

Edited by Lesley Farmer, California State University Long Beach, USA 160 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 257 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 100 4 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 258 8 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342571

CONTENTS

Part 1 Background information: Introduction; Examples of successful open access journals. Part 2 Crafting a new open access journal: Journal planning issues; Hosting and data systems; By-laws, policies and other journal documentation; Resources and financing; Disseminating the content of your journal. Part 3 Maintaining and operating an open access journal: Launching the journal; Maintaining and sustaining an OA journal; Concluding remarks.

192 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 339 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 215 5 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 340 0 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343394

Open Source Database Driven Web Development A guide for information professionals Isaac Dunlap, Western Illinois University Libraries, USA ‘…will provide just the kind of combined strategy, technological advice and practical coding examples to help get such projects under way and completed, even by non-specialists.’

Program 256 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84334 161 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 188 2 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 171 0 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341611

How LIS Professionals Can Use Alerting Services Ina Fourie, University of Pretoria, South Africa

hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 239 7 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342380

E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com / Order online @ www.chandospublishing.com

Information management Open Access Key strategic, technical and economic aspects Edited by Neil Jacobs, Consultant, UK

‘…an excellent collection. ...provides a readily accessible platform on which to build their knowledge and understanding of this evolving area.’

Digital Libraries and the Challenges of Digital Humanities Jeffrey Rydberg-Cox, University of Missouri, USA CONTENTS

Providing access to texts; Helping readers understand scholarship; Enabling new scholarship; New scholarship, the digital library and the institutional repository; Conclusion.

120 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 84334 134 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 081 6 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 164 2 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341345

Electronic Resources in the Virtual Learning Environment A guide for librarians Jane Secker, London School of Economics, UK ‘…excellent and very welcome book.’

Why Intranets Fail (and How to Fix Them) A practical guide for information professionals

Finding Legal Information

Daniel Brown, Consultant, UK

hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 046 1 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843340454

A guide to print and electronic sources David Pester, London Metropolitan University library, UK 308 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2003 ISBN: 978 1 84334 045 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 058 8 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00

166 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2004 ISBN: 978 1 84334 079 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 067 0 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 080 5 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843340799

‘…a very recommendable book.’

Intranets 196 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2004 ISBN: 978 1 84334 068 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 071 7 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 093 5 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843340683

Online Information Services in the Social Sciences

Practical tips and hints

CONTENTS

Getting started in using the Internet; Political science and the Internet; Elections; Political parties; Prime ministers and heads of state; Parliaments; Government departments and publications; Political science education; Keeping up to date.

Neil Jacobs, Joint Information Systems Committee (JISC) and University of Bristol and Lesly Huxley, University of Bristol, UK

188 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2003 ISBN: 978 1 84334 049 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 059 5 £27.50/US$45.00/€35.00

268 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2004 ISBN: 978 1 84334 069 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 068 7 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 070 6 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843340690

Starting a Digitization Center Cokie Anderson and David Maxwell, Oklahoma State University Library Electronic Publishing Center, USA 208 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2004 ISBN: 978 1 84334 073 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 066 3 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 074 4 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843340737

The Strategic Management of Technology A guide for library and information services David Baker, University College Plymouth St Mark & St John, UK

To order, tel: +44 (0) 1223 499140 / fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

Using the Internet for Political Research Heather Dawson, British Library of Political and Economic Science, USA

‘…provides a useful overview of the topic for library and information managers.’

Luke Tredinnick, London Metropolitan University, UK

Mastering Information Retrieval and Probabilistic Decision Intelligence Technology

hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 050 8 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843340492

Computers for Librarians An introduction to the electronic library 3rd edition Stuart Ferguson, Charles Sturt University and Rodney Hebels, TAFE New South Wales, Australia Topics in Australasian Library and Information Studies No. 22 ‘...gives a broad overview of the electronic library to students of library and information management but also appeals to library professionals who feel overwhelmed by technology at times.’

Australian Academic & Research Libraries, Sue Grey-Smith, Curtin University of Technology 332 pages 250 x 174mm (7 x 10) paperback 2003 ISBN: 978 1 876938 60 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 419 7 £27.50/US$45.00/€35.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781876938604

Available / will be available on Chandos Publishing Online

Information management INTERNET AND WEB ISSUES FOR LIBRARIANS

NEW Chinese Librarianship in the Digital Era

NEW Google Scholar and its Competitors

Edited by Conghui Fang, Nanjing University of Science and Technology, China

Accessing scholarly resources on the web Ingrid Hsieh-Yee, Catholic University of America, USA Google Scholar and its Competitors introduces information seekers to web search tools that provide access to scholarly resources. It begins with a discussion of scholarly communication trends and their effects on access to scholarly resources in the digital environment. In this context the book examines Google Scholar and its competitors in terms of their databases, features, functionality, and strengths and weaknesses. It also explores the implications of Google Scholar and its competitors for information seekers and libraries. CONTENTS

Scholars and scholarship; Journals and monographs; Publishers and the publishing industry; Librarians and libraries; Economics; Author’s rights and intellectual property; The open movement: Open access, open data, and open source science; Emerging trends and formats; Leadership opportunities for libraries.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q1 2014 ISBN: 978 1 84334 447 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 322 0 Approx. £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344476

NEW NEW SERIES Managing Social Media in Libraries Finding collaboration, coordination, and focus Troy Swanson, Moraine Valley Community College, USA Chandos Publishing Social Media Series No. 9 Managing Social Media in Libraries explores the developing information environment, the collaboration among library organizations, and the ways social media may convert the loose connections between library staff members. The book takes librarians beyond the mechanics of using social media, and establishes a framework to move library managers and leaders toward making social media effective. CONTENTS

Refocusing; Library organizations as loosely coupled systems; Social media in loosely coupled systems: Capturing knowledge; Collaboration; Marketing and awareness; Giving your people a voice; Connecting virtual and physical, disintermediation; Defining a purpose: Identifying needs; Joining the conversation; Generated content vs. curated content; News focused; Capturing events; Community information; User contributions; Capturing internal knowledge; Collaboration; Decision making; Visibility; Finding a focus; Connecting messages and tools: Coordination tools and social media; Participation rules; Conundrum of control; Work flow and coordination; Threats; Creating a shared vision; Motivating employees to use; Policies vs. procedures; Living with Mistakes; Integrating Social Media with Standard Websites: The Homepage is the Homepage; Prevalence Across the Site; Use of RSS; Integration of OPAC and Subscription tools; Usability Testing.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 711 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 377 0 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347118

The library in China has been transformed by rapid socioeconomic development, and the proliferation of the Internet. The issues faced by Chinese libraries and librarians are those faced by library practitioners more globally, however, China also has its own unique set of issues in the digital era, including developmental imbalance between East and West, urban and rural areas, and availability of skilled practitioners. Chinese Librarianship in the Digital Era is the first book on Chinese libraries responding to these issues and more. The first part of the book places discussion in historical context, before moving on to the digital environment of the Chinese library. The book then considers the issue of digital copyright in China, and debates the core values of the Chinese library. The next three chapters cover public and academic libraries, and library consortia. Finally, the book gives a view of the future prospects for libraries in China. CONTENTS

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 707 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 373 2 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347071

NEW The Librarian’s Guide to Academic Research in the Cloud Steven Ovadia, City University of New York (CUNY), USA

NEW Google This! Putting Google and other social media sites to work for your library Terry Ballard, New York Law School, USA Many libraries and museums nowadays have adapted to the current information climate and work with Google, Facebook, Twitter and iTunes to deliver information to their users, however most have not. Google This! describes the variety of free (or nearly free) options for social media and shows how libraries from the Library of Congress down to small public libraries are adapting them. The author has conducted more than two dozen interviews with professionals who have created exemplary work using social media, and shows how their experiences can create success for your institution’s library. CONTENTS

218 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 677 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 317 6 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346777

NEW Information Services and Digital Literacy In search of the boundaries of knowing Isto Huvila, Uppsala University, Sweden

The cloud can be a powerful tool for conducting and managing research. The Librarian’s Guide to Academic Research in the Cloud is a practical guide to using cloud services from a librarian’s point of view. As well as discussing how to use various cloud-based services, the title considers the various privacy and data portability issues associated with web-based services. The book helps readers make the most of cloud computing, including how to fold mobile devices into the cloud-based research management equation. This book is divided into several chapters, each considering a key aspect of academic research in the cloud, including: defining the cloud; capturing information; capturing and managing scholarly information; storing files; staying organized, communicating; and sharing. The book ends by considering the future of the cloud, examining what readers can expect from cloud services in the next few years, and how research might be changed as a result.

Despite new technologies, people do not always find information readily. This book is about the role of information services and digital literacies in the age of the social web. Do people still need help in finding the information they need, and if so, why? What can new tools and techniques make easier? Who needs help, and with what? The author provides an alternative perspective for understanding the context of information services and digital literacy and argues that a central problem in the age of the social web and the culture of participation is that we do not know the premises of how we know, and how ways of interacting with information affect our actions and their outcomes. Information seeking and finding is always a question of crossing and expanding boundaries; between our earlier experiences and the unknown. We may not yet be well enough acquainted with the landscape of digital information to understand the following: how we know; where the boundaries lie; how to cross them; and what consequences our actions have.

CONTENTS

What is the cloud? Capturing information; Capturing and managing scholarly information; Storing files; Writing; Staying organized; Communicating; Sharing; The future of the cloud.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 715 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 381 7 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347156

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 683 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 349 7 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346838

E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com / Order online @ www.chandospublishing.com

Information management Building Your Library Career with Web 2.0 Julia Gross, Edith Cowan University, Australia

236 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 651 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 289 6 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346517

Crisis Information Management Communication and technologies Edited by Christine Hagar, Dominican University, USA

This book explores the management of information in crises, particularly the interconnectedness of information, people, and technologies during crises. Natural disasters such as the Haiti earthquake and Hurricane Katrina and 9/11 and human-made crises such as the recent political disruption in North Africa and the Middle East have demonstrated that there is a great need to understand how individuals, government, and non-government agencies create, access, organize, communicate, and disseminate information within communities during crisis situations. This edited book brings together papers written by researchers and practitioners from a variety of information perspectives in crisis preparedness, response and recovery. CONTENTS

The effects of continual disruption: Technological resources supporting resilience in regions of conflict; Law enforcement agency adoption and use of Twitter as a crisis communication tool; Promoting structured data in citizen communications during disaster response: an account of strategies for diffusion of the ‘Tweak the Tweet’ syntax; Heritage matters in crisis informatics: How information and communication technology can support legacies of crisis events; Information needs and seeking during the UK 2001 foot-and- mouth crisis; The Ericsson Response – a ten year perspective: In the light of experience; Information systems in crisis; Community media and civic action in response to volcanic hazards; Public libraries and crisis management: Roles of public libraries in hurricane/disaster preparedness and response; Academic libraries in crisis situations: Roles, responses, and lessons learned in providing crisis-related information and services.

228 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 647 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 287 2 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346470

Towards a Semantic Web Connecting knowledge in academic research Bill Cope, Mary Kalantzis, University of Illinois, USA and Liam Magee, Royal Melbourne Institute of Technology (RMIT) University, Australia ‘A good book for its wealth of sometimes profound insights into the evolution of scholarship and scientific communication from a relatively static print culture into what’s already emerged as a protean electronic culture.’

College and Research Libraries This book addresses the question of how knowledge is currently documented, and may soon be documented in the context of what it calls ‘semantic publishing’. This takes two forms: a more narrowly and technically defined ‘semantic web’; as well as a broader notion of semantic publishing. This book examines the ways in which knowledge is represented in journal articles and books. CONTENTS

Changing knowledge systems in the era of the social web; Frameworks for knowledge representation; The meaning of meaning: Alternative disciplinary perspectives; What does the digital do to knowledge making? Books and journal articles: The textual practices of academic; Textual representations and knowledge support-systems in research intensive networks; An historical introduction to formal knowledge systems; Contemporary dilemmas: Tables versus webs; Upper-level ontologies; Describing knowledge domains: A case study of biological ontologies; On commensurability; A framework for commensurability; Creating an interlanguage of the social web; Interoperability and the exchange of humanly usable digital content; Framing a new agenda for semantic publishing.

544 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 601 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 174 5 £70.00/US$120.00/€85.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346012

Do You Web 2.0? Public libraries and social networking Linda Berube, Legal Deposit Advisory Panel, UK ‘This concise guide to a hot topic is timely, perceptive and engagingly written.... Useful to public librarians and a worthy acquisition for university libraries supporting LIS students.’

Managing Information Web 2.0 technology is a hot topic at the moment, and public librarians in particular are beginning to feel the pressure to apply these tools. Indeed, Web 2.0 has the potential to transform library services, but only if the policy and strategy for those services are ready to be transformed. The author not only reviews these tools and provides practical advice and case studies on how they can be applied in the public library setting, but also recommends the policies and business cases that begin to create a new strategy for public libraries. CONTENTS

Part 1 Public libraries and social networking: Can we Web 2.0? Public libraries and digital climate change; Web 2.0 ethos: Hive mind and the wisdom of the crowd. Part 2 Web 2.0 tools and the librarians who love them: An overview: Do you Web 2.0? A round-up of Web 2.0 in public libraries. Part 3 By increment and revolution: Libraries getting to Web 2.0: A tale of one country. Part 4 ‘Tilling the soil, seeding the ideas’: The Web 2.0 business case: Introducing Web 2.0; Exceeding your stretch: A conclusion.

Numeric Data Services and Sources for the General Reference Librarian Lynda Kellam, University of North Carolina Greensboro and Katharin Peter, University of Southern California, USA ‘There is a lot of helpful guidance on regular aspects of libraries in the context of data librarianship. I would recommend this to academic and research librarians, but think it is relevant to all reference librarians.’

248 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 580 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 259 9 £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345800

Web 2.0 and Libraries Impacts, technologies and trends Edited by Dave Parkes and Geoff Walton, Staffordshire University, UK ‘a useful book that has come just at the right time.’

Bulletin des Bibliothèques en France CONTENTS

Part 1 Place: The changing teaching and learning environment; Transforming the library – e-books and e-buildings. Part 2 People: Online social networking, the e-learning holy grail? E-Learning models: A Web 2.0 approach to staff development in higher education. Part 3 Technology: A deployment strategy for maximising the impact of institutional use of Web 2.0; Emerging technologies for learning. Part 4 Conclusion: Meeting the challenge.

208 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 346 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 185 1 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343462

160 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 436 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 256 8 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344360

To order, tel: +44 (0) 1223 499140 / fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

Available / will be available on Chandos Publishing Online

Information management Transforming Research Libraries for the Global Knowledge Society Edited by Barbara Dewey, University of Tennessee Libraries, USA CONTENTS

Web Project Management for Academic Libraries

The Internet and Higher Education

Jody Condit Fagan and Jennifer Keach, James Madison University, USA

Alfred Rovai, Regent University, USA

CONTENTS

Achieving global reach

Transforming research libraries: An introduction. Part 1 Framing the twenty-first century research library: Advancing from Kumbaya to radical collaboration: redefining the future research library; Will universities still need libraries (or librarians) in 2020? Transforming research libraries: Piano, piano, siva lontano; The transformation of academic libraries in China. Part 2 Organization and the university context: Organizational and strategic alignment for academic libraries; Building key relationships with senior campus administrators. Part 3 Partners and collaborative environments: Partnerships and connections; Common spaces, common ground: Shaping intercultural experiences in the learning commons. Part 4 Creating accessible and enduring scholarship: New modes of scholarly communication: Implications of Web 2.0 in the context of research dissemination; New modes of scholarly communication: Implications of Web 2.0 in the context of research dissemination; Confronting challenges of documentation in the digital world: The Human Rights Documentation Initiative at the University of Texas.

The web project manager in academic libraries; Environmental realities; Defining your project; The academic library web team; Library web team dynamics; Team communication; Planning for organizational communication; Getting user input; Overall and design specifications; Technical specifications; Web content specifications; Planning the work; Concluding your web project.

208 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 594 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 038 0 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345947

Woody Evans, Zayed University, United Arab Emirates

304 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 503 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 019 9 £52.50/US$90.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345039

Building Library 3.0 Issues in creating a culture of participation

‘...described professionally, in concrete terms and immediately relevant, even for the uninitiated.’

French LIS journal

Australian Academic and Research Libraries

CONTENTS

Part 1 Basics: Library 2.0: The fundamentals; New library users. Part 2 The people’s web: Folksonomic exchanges: Authority of the people; Mobile life and QR Code; Second Life and other massively multi-user environments; Arphids: Promise and dangers. Part 3 Quality and mettle: Fundamentally good service.

210 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 497 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 186 8 £52.50/US$90.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344971

CONTENTS

236 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 515 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 035 9 £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345152

Practical Open Source Software for Libraries

Library Web Ecology What you need to know as web design coordinator Jacquelyn Erdman, Florida Atlantic University, USA CONTENTS

Introduction: Can the library and the web integrate? The library culture; Developing a web culture; Establishing a website identity; Sustaining a healthy website; The living web; Conclusion; Further resources list.

208 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 511 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 191 2 £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345114

Nicole Engard, ByWater Solutions, USA ‘...an excellent resource for students, librarians and information management specialists.’

Catholic Library World CONTENTS

268 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 585 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 043 4 £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345855

User-Generated Content and its Impact on Web-Based Library Services Questioning authority Kay Cahill, Vancouver Public Library, Canada CONTENTS

266 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 524 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 162 2 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345244

Emerging Technologies for Academic Libraries in the Digital Age LiLi Li, Georgia Southern University, USA

‘…a remarkable job of compiling a comprehensive list of new technologies and highlighting their importance for the academic library.’

Library Review CONTENTS

Part 1 Overview: Emerging and cutting-edge technologies and academic libraries: Emerging and cutting-edge technologies: Concepts and features; Understanding academic libraries in the changing world. Part 2 Emerging technologies for academic libraries in the digital age: Where will emerging technologies lead in academic libraries? Emerging technologies for academic libraries in the digital age. Part 3 Impacts of emerging technologies: Impacts on academic library administrators and executives; Impacts on management information systems in academic libraries; Impacts on academic library information services; Impacts on academic librarians. Part 4 Outlook for the future: The eve of drastic changes; Leveraging academic library information services in the digital age.

308 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 320 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 000 7 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 323 3 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343202

User-Centred Library Websites Usability evaluation methods Carole George, Carnegie Mellon University Libraries, USA ‘…very easy to read and full of useful information.’

The Electronic Library CONTENTS

What is user-centred design? Getting started; User needs analysis; Designing a website: Participatory design; Usability inspection methods; Usability testing the website; Communicating the findings.

The information environment; A dialogue, not a lecture: Libraries as online communities; A changing world; Drinking from the firehose; Controlling the fire hose; Conclusion.

244 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 359 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 190 5 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00

214 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 534 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 008 3 £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345343

hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 360 8 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343592

E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com / Order online @ www.chandospublishing.com

Information management Digital Libraries and the Challenges of Digital Humanities

DIGITAL AND DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGEMENT

Jeffrey Rydberg-Cox, University of Missouri, USA

NEW Intellectual Property and the Work of Information Professionals

Margot Note, World Monuments Fund, USA

Providing access to texts; Helping readers understand scholarship; Enabling new scholarship; New scholarship, the digital library and the institutional repository.

Helen Raduntz, University of South Australia, Australia

120 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 84334 134 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 081 6 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00

This book introduces readers to a ‘big picture’ account of the dynamics associated with the establishment of the new information and knowledge-based economy. The author demonstrates that at the core of these dynamics is the contentious issue of the corporate ownership of intellectual property and the impact that the ownership is having, and increasingly likely to have, not only on the work of information professionals in particular and knowledge workers in general but also on the public at large.

A practical guide

CONTENTS

hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 164 2 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341345

Weblogs and Libraries Laurel Clyde, University of Iceland, Iceland

CONTENTS

‘This clearly written and well-organised book provides a useful and timely introduction to weblogs and their potential use in library and informational science settings.’

LTSN-ICS CONTENTS

An overview of the weblog and blogging phenomenon; Weblogs as sources of current information; Finding weblogs; Weblogs in the field of library and information science; Weblogs created by libraries: The state of the art; Creating a weblog: The options; Managing the library weblog; Sources of information about weblogs.

208 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2004 ISBN: 978 1 84334 085 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 182 0 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 096 6 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843340850

A Librarian’s Guide to the Internet Searching and evaluating information Jeanne Muller, Public Library of Thun, Switzerland CONTENTS

From data to the Internet; Search strategies; Search engines, directories and gateways; Interpretation of results; Teaching customers what you know and knowing what your customers want; Keeping up to date; Perfect customer service.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2003 ISBN: 978 1 84334 055 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 177 6 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 056 0 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843340553

Managing Image Collections

Part 1 The intellectual property market and the rise of the knowledge industry: Intellectual property and the arrival of the information age; The profit imperative and the inner dynamics of the capitalist market economy; The intellectual property trade and its implications for the knowledge industry. Part 2 Intellectual property, the knowledge industry and the work of information professionals: The alienation and marketisation of intellectual property and the rise of the capitalist commodity market regime; The commodification of intellectual property and the process of knowledge production, exchange and dissemination; Intellectual property and the imperatives of perpetual technological and organisational change. Part 3 The changing role of information professionals in the information age: Designing strategies and managing information in the age of digitalisation; Globalisation and the trade in intellectual property and information; Reclaiming their autonomy: Information professionals resolving the intellectual property crisis.

250 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q4 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 133 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 335 0 Approx. £52.50/US$90.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341338

NEW A Handbook of Digital Library Economics David Baker and Wendy Evans, University College Plymouth St Mark and St John, UK This book provides a companion volume to Digital Library Economics and focuses on the ‘how to’ of managing digital collections and services (of all types) with regard to their financing and financial management. The emphasis is on case studies and practical examples drawn from a wide variety of contexts. A Handbook of Digital Library Economics is a practical manual for those involved – or expecting to be involved – in the development and management of digital libraries. CONTENTS

Digital economics: Introduction and ‘overview’; Assigning cost and value in the digital library; Economic models; Business plans; Funding; Pricing; Resource allocation; Sustainability; Cost-effective decision making; Responding to future developments.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 620 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 318 3 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346203

To order, tel: +44 (0) 1223 499140 / fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

CONTENTS

Photographic image history; Digital image basics; Photographic image issues; Photographic image collection management; Metadata and information management; Digitization; Conclusion.

232 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 599 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 056 4 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345992

Building a Digital Repository Program with Limited Resources Abby Clobridge, Harvard University, Kennedy School of Government Library, USA ‘...an important book for librarians and repository managers… a clearly articulated and practical roadmap for the implementation of digital initiatives in HE institutions.’

Library Review CONTENTS

Strategic planning; Technical overview; Staffing. Metadata; Collection building: project proposals, planning, and implementation; Content recruitment and marketing; Open access; Sustainability; Assessment; Web 2.0 and digital repositories.

272 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 596 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 045 8 £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345961

Making a Collection Count A holistic approach to library collection management Holly Hibner, Plymouth District Library and Mary Kelly, Salem-South Lyon District Library, USA CONTENTS

190 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 606 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 039 7 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346067

Available / will be available on Chandos Publishing Online

Information management Content Licensing Buying and selling digital resources

Creating Digital Collections

Digital Rights Management

Michael Upshall, Consultmu, UK

A practical guide

The problem of expanding ownership rights

‘…highly recommended to those with an interest in content licensing—from content authors to content consumers and anyone in between’

Library Collections, Acquisitions, and Technical Services CONTENTS

Brief history of content licensing; The licensing process, from start to finish; Media for licensing; Business models for content licensing; Converting, hosting and access management; Aggregators in detail; How content is searched for and (hopefully) retrieved; Copyright, royalties and contracts; Under the hood: The technology of licensing; Developments in content licensing: Recommendations.

258 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 333 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 214 8 £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343332

Evaluation of Digital Libraries An insight into useful applications and methods Edited by Giannis Tsakonas, University of Patras and Christos Papatheodorou, Ionian University, Greece CONTENTS

300 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 484 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 013 7 £52.50/US$90.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344841

Digital Library Economics

Allison Zhang, Washington Research Library Consortium (WRLC), USA and Don Gourley, Digital Humanities Observatory, Ireland

Christopher May, University of the West of England CONTENTS

CONTENTS

Digital Rights Management

CONTENTS

Digital library economics: The environment; Digital library economics: the key themes; A history of digital library economics; Digital library economics: Aspects and prospects; Journal publishing: implications for a digital library policy; Hybrid library management; Digital library economics: International perspectives 1 The Australian perspective; Digital library economics: International perspectives 2 The German perspective; Digital library economics: International perspectives 3 The Dutch perspective; E-journals and e-books; Digitisation – trends in the economics of retro-conversion; To be or not to be: Prospects for document supply in the digital library; Costeffective decision-making in collection building; Spinning the disks – lessons from the circus; The CREE project: A case study on the novel delivery of search-related library services and its economic implications; The economics of copyright; The economic future for digital libraries: A 2020 vision.

362 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 403 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 009 0 £52.50/US$90.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344032

180 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 124 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 101 1 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 185 7 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341246

Digital Information Contexts Theoretical approaches to understanding digital information Luke Tredinnick, London Metropolitan University, UK

A librarian’s guide to technology and practise

‘…the breadth of focus of this book is impressive.’

Grace Agnew, Rutgers State University of New Jersey, USA

CONTENTS

Journal of Documentation

‘Clearly a specialist publication aimed at systems librarians or electronic resources managers.’

Program CONTENTS

Introduction; Copyright; Privacy and other rights; The resource in digital rights management; The agent in digital rights management; Digital rights metadata: describing rights and rights workflow; The technology of digital rights management; Putting the pieces together.

452 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 125 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 137 0 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 182 6 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341253

An academic perspective Edited by David Baker and Wendy Evans, University College Plymouth St Mark & St John, UK

Introduction: Setting the scene; Intellectual property and social norms; Digital rights management: Two trajectories; Digital rights management: Two cases for consideration; Digital rights management, the (over)protection of rights and the expansion of open alternatives.

The Evaluation of Worldwide Digital Reference Services in Libraries Jia Liu, University of Media, Germany CONTENTS

Introduction; Basics about digital reference services; Evaluating digital reference services; Views from the Western world: Evaluation by the German team; Views from the Eastern world: Evaluation by the Chinese team; Comparisons and conclusions.

192 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 309 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 112 7 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 310 3 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343097

The meaning of information; Librarianship and print culture; Digital information, science and the social sciences; Digital information and computer science; Digital information, language and representation; Digital information and semiotics; Digital information and post-structuralism; Digital information and post-modernism; Digital information and complexity; Understanding digital information.

306 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84334 159 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 173 8 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 169 7 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341598

Digital Libraries Integrating content and systems Mark Dahl, Lewis & Clark College’s Watzek Library, Kyle Banerjee, Oregon State Library and Michael Spalti, Willamette University, USA 224 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84334 155 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 095 3 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 166 6 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341550

Ethical Decision Making for Digital Libraries Cokie G Anderson, Oklahoma State University, USA 152 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84334 149 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 093 9 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 195 6 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341499

E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com / Order online @ www.chandospublishing.com

Information management Digital Libraries and the Challenges of Digital Humanities

ARCHIVES, CATALOGUING AND CLASSIFICATION

NEW Making Theses and Dissertations Available Electronically

Jeffrey Rydberg-Cox, University of Missouri, USA

NEW Developing Archives and Special Collections

Susan Copeland, The Robert Gordon University, UK and Gail McMillan, Virginia Polytechnic and State University, USA.

From the ground up

CONTENTS

Introduction; Providing access to texts; Helping readers understand scholarship; Enabling new scholarship; New scholarship, the digital library and the institutional repository; Conclusion.

Adam Winger, Stevens Institute of Technology and Trevor Alvord, James Madison University, USA

120 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 84334 134 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 081 6 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00

Developing Archives and Special Collections details the strategies and obstacles in moving from a relatively disorganized archive, reminiscent of an attic, to an organized and robustly integrated digital presence. The book is broken down into six parts, beginning with an introduction to the Stevens Institute. The second part covers gaining intellectual control over the archive through discovery, conceptualization, and planning. The third part covers processing, physically arranging the collection, product over process, and basic materials preservation. The fourth part covers using descriptions standards, accessioning, and creating finding aids and container lists. The fifth part considers digital collections, creation, diversifying, and creating a web of digital collections. Finally, the book considers partnerships in marketing and outreach.

hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 164 2 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341345

Digital Dilemmas and Solutions Peter Limb, Michigan State University Libraries, USA 212 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2004 ISBN: 978 1 84334 039 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 064 9 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 040 9 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843340393

The Digital Age and Local Studies Peter Reid, Robert Gordon University, UK 200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2003 ISBN: 978 1 84334 051 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 061 8 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 052 2 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843340515

CONTENTS

Introduction: History of the Stevens Family and the Institute; The history and state of the archives; Conceptualizing an action plan; Gaining intellectual control: Discovering the collection; Conceptualizing organization; Planning for action; Processing: Physically arranging the collection; More Product Less Process; Basic materials preservation; Description: Using description standards; Accessioning; Creating finding aids and container lists; Digital collections: Creating digital collections; Diversifying digital collections; Creating a web of digital collections; Partnerships, marketing and outreach: Innovative thinking in partnerships to achieve your goals; Developing advocates for your library; Making your work visible; Appendix 1 Conservation/preservation techniques; Appendix 2 Digital collection tools; Appendix 3 Teaching lesson plans with archives and digital collections.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q4 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 713 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 379 4 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347132

NEW Indexing From thesauri to the semantic web Piet de Keyser, Katholieke Hogeschool Leuven, Belgium Old techniques in indexing, such as thesauri, can form the foundation of the most recent techniques. Examples include automatic indexing, ontologies and topic maps. Indexing describes the various traditional and new indexing techniques, providing information professionals and students of library and information sciences with a broad and comprehensible introduction to indexing. CONTENTS

Introduction to subject headings and thesauri; Automatic indexing versus manual indexing; Techniques applied in automatic indexing of text material; Automatic indexing of images; The back art of indexing moving images; Automatic indexing of music; Taxonomies and ontologies; Metadata formats and indexing; Tagging; Topic maps; Indexing the web; The semantic web.

ETDs in context; The definition of an ETD; The benefits of ETDs; Achieving the ‘culture change’; Making ETDs available; Providing training; International developments; Keeping up to date.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q4 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 341 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 344 2 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343417

NEW Bibliographic Information Organization in the Semantic Web Mirna Willer, University of Zadar, Croatia and Gordon Dunshire, Independent Consultant, UK New technologies will underpin the future generation of library catalogues. In order to maintain their role providing information, serving users, and fulfilling their mission as cultural heritage and memory institutions, libraries must take a technological leap; library bibliographic standards, models, and services must be transformed to those of the Semantic Web. Bibliographic Information Organization in the Semantic Web explores the technologies that will power the future generation of library catalogues, and argues the necessity of such a leap. CONTENTS

Why we have to look to the Semantic Web for a new technological environment; Bibliographic information organization: A view from now into the past; Semantic Web and open linked data; Publishing and maintaining bibliographic metadata as linked data; Using bibliographic metadata as linked data; We are not alone but part of the linked data environment.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 731 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 397 8 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347316

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 292 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 341 1 Approx. £52.50/US$90.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342922

To order, tel: +44 (0) 1223 499140 / fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

Available / will be available on Chandos Publishing Online

Information management NEW The Metadata Manual A practical workbook Rebecca Lubas, Amy Jackson, University of New Mexico and Ingrid Schneider, New Mexico State University, USA Cultural heritage professionals have high levels of training in metadata. However, the institutions in which they practice often depend on support staff, volunteers, and students in order to function. With limited time and funding for training in metadata creation for digital collections, there are often many questions about metadata without a reliable, direct source for answers. The Metadata Manual provides such a resource, answering basic metadata questions that may appear, and explores metadata from a beginner’s perspective. This title covers metadata basics, XML basics, Dublin Core, VRA Core, and CDWA schemes and provides exercise in the creation of metadata. Finally, the book gives an overview of metadata, including mapping and sharing. CONTENTS

Metadata basics; XML basics; Dublin Core: Simple; Qualified; EAD (Encoded Archival Description); VRA Core 4.0 (Visual Resources Association); CDWA (Categories for the Description of Works of Art): Basic schema; CDWA-lite; The big picture: Mapping; Sharing (OAI-PMH).

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 729 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 395 4 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347293

NEW From Knowledge Abstraction to Management Using Ranganathan’s Faceted Schema to develop conceptual frameworks for digital libraries Aparajita Suman, Improving Healthy Behaviors Program FHI 360, India The increasing volume of information in the contemporary world entails demand for efficient knowledge management (KM) systems; a logical method of information organization that will allow proper semantic querying to identify things that match meaning in natural language. On this concept, the role of an information manager goes beyond implementing a search and clustering system, to the ability to map and logically present the subject domain and related cross domains. From Knowledge Abstraction to Management answers this need by analysing ontology tools and techniques, helping the reader develop a conceptual framework from the digital library perspective. Beginning with the concept of knowledge abstraction, before discussing the Solecistic versus the Semantic Web, the book goes on to consider: knowledge organisation; the development of conceptual frameworks; untying conceptual tangles and; the concept of faceted knowledge representation. CONTENTS

Solecistic Vs. Semantic web; Knowledge organization roll within the unfathom’d space; Developing conceptual frameworks; Untying the tangles; Faceted knowledge representation; Conclusion.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 703 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 369 5 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347033

NEW Metadata Application in Digital Repositories and Libraries

NEW Information Literacy and Cultural Heritage

Tools, systems, and architecture

Developing a model for lifelong learning

Jung-ran Park, Drexel University, USA

Kim Baker, University of Cape Town, South Africa

Metadata is essential for organizing, managing and searching for information resources and has been a keystone of resource description and discovery. This book is designed to provide information professionals, paraprofessionals and students with up-to-date, practical knowledge and complex skills centering on metadata application in digital repositories and libraries. It explores emerging user-generated metadata (e.g., social tagging) and introduces mechanisms dealing with the exploitation of social tagging to enhance information discovery and user services. CONTENTS

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 579 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 336 7 Approx. £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345794

NEW The Theory and Practice of the Dewey Decimal Classification System Second edition M P Satija, Guru Nanak Dev University, India The Dewey Decimal Classification system (DDC) is the world’s most popular library classification system. The 23rd edition of the DDC was published in 2011. This second edition of The Theory and Practice of the Dewey Decimal Classification System examines the history, management and technical aspects of the DDC up to its latest edition. The book emphasises explaining the structure and number building techniques in the DDC and reviews all aspects of subject analysis and number building by the most recent version of the DDC. A history of, and introduction to, the DDC is followed by subject analysis and locating class numbers, chapters covering use of the tables and subdivisions therein, multiple synthesis, and using the relative index. In the appendix, a number of academically-interesting questions are identified and answered. CONTENTS

A brief history of the Dewey Decimal Classification; Governance and revision of the DDC; Introduction to the text in four volumes; Basic plan and structure; Subject analysis and locating class numbers; Table and rules for precedence of classes; Number building; Use of Table 1: standard subdivisions; Use of Table 2: Geographic areas, historical periods, biography; Use of Table 3: subdivisions for the arts, individual literatures for literary forms; Table 4: subdivisions of individual languages and language families, and Table 6: languages; Using Table 5: ethnic and national groups; Multiple synthesis; Using the relative index; Appendices; Glossary of terms; References and further reading; DDC Web links.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 738 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 404 3 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347385

Information Literacy and Cultural Heritage explores cultural heritage, from museums, archives and libraries perspectives, highlighting the role of memory and contested history in the collection, description and presentation of cultural heritage. The book argues that the convergence of libraries, archives and museums in digital preservation should be extended to include the development of combined lifelong learning programmes, teaching both information literacy skills and awareness of cultural heritage. CONTENTS

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 720 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 386 2 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347200

NEW Archives and Societal Provenance Australian essays Michael Piggott, Independent archives scholar, Australia Archives and Societal Provenance explores this distinctiveness using the theoretical concept of societal provenance as propounded by Canadian archival scholars led by Dr Tom Nesmith. The book’s seventeen essays blend new writing and re-workings and combinations of earlier work and comprise the first text to present a societal provenance perspective to a national setting. The book is divided into four sections. The first part looks at the historical context of archives in Australia; the second part covers the institutions involved in the Australian archival story; the third part discusses the formation of archives; and the fourth part considers the debates surrounding archives in Australia. The book concludes with a consideration of the notion of an archival afterlife. CONTENTS

Themes in Austalian recordkeeping, 1788-2010; Schellenberg in Australia, meaning and precedent; Archives-an indispensible resource for Australian historians? The file on H: Libraries and Archives-from subordination to partnership; Making sense of Prime Ministerial Libraries; War, sacred archiving and CEW Bean; Saving the statistics, destroying the census; Documenting Australian business: Invisible hand or centrally planned? Appraisal ‘firsts’ in 21st century Australia; Two cheers for the records continuum; Recordkeeping and recordari-listening to Percy Grainger; Alchemist magpies? Collecting archivists and their critics; The poverty of Australia’s recordkeeping history.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 712 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 378 7 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347125

E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com / Order online @ www.chandospublishing.com

Information management NEW Demystifying the Institutional Repository for Success

NEW Records Management for Museums and Galleries

Engaging Students with Archival and Digital Resources

Marianne Buehler, University of Nevada, Las Vegas, USA

An introduction

Justine Cotton and David Sharron, Brock University, Canada

Institutional repositories remain key to data storage on campus, fulfilling the academic needs of various stakeholders. Demystifying the Institutional Repository for Success is a practical guide to creating and sustaining an institutional repository through marketing, partnering, and understanding the academic needs of all stakeholders on campus. CONTENTS

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 673 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 321 3 Approx. £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346739

NEW Libraries and Archives A comparative study Tomas Lidman, Consultant, Sweden

Libraries and Archives analyses the facts and arguments behind an increasing debate as to what extent libraries and archives are fulfilling the same missions. Despite the fact that they have different legal statuses, legal frameworks, and the work-flow looks very different, some politicians and bureaucrats think that there is much to gain if the two institutions work closely together or even merge. To understand the present situation it is important to have an understanding of the role of libraries and archives and their shared history. Therefore the development up to the present day is analysed in the first chapters of the book. The book stimulates debate and brings forth valuable facts about the topic. The main focus is on national libraries and national and regional archives from an international point of view. CONTENTS

Pre-historic times; National libraries and archives from early modern times to 1900; Twentieth-century libraries; Twentieth-century archives; What’s in store?

136 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 642 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 312 1 £40.00/US$70.00/€50.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346425

Charlotte Brunskill, Paul Mellon Centre for Studies in British Art and Sarah Demb, Museum of London, UK This book offers a comprehensive overview of records management work in museum and gallery settings by records managers. It draws on over a decade of experience in applying fundamental records management principles and practices to the specific circumstances of museums. Records Management for Museums and Galleries introduces the reader to the institutional cultures, functions and records specific to museums, and to issues of particular bearing on museum records, including the legislative environments created by the Freedom of Information and Data Protection Acts. Footnotes, case study sidebars and a resource guide the reader to a range of additional information and assistance. CONTENTS

278 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 637 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 291 9 £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346371

Records Management and Knowledge Mobilisation A handbook for regulation, innovation and transformation Stephen Harries, Critical Information, UK Records Management and Knowledge Mobilisation argues that records management can contribute to public sector reform and transformation in the new climate of austerity without losing its essential characteristics. The public sector environment is now changing rapidly, with more emphasis on efficiency, flexibility and innovation, devolving control, loosening regulation and cutting budgets. By linking practical ideas about the use and management of knowledge, the author draws on insights from the study of policymaking and programme delivery to show how managing the relationship between records and knowledge, and their creation and use, can make an important contribution to public sector innovation in itself. CONTENTS

‘This book fills a very important need for any University or College archive.’

146 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 568 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 257 5 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345688

Ontologies, Taxonomies and Thesauri in Systems Science and Systematics Emilia Currás, Universidad Académica, Spain CONTENTS

From classifications to ontologies, considering them as classification methods; Taxonomy and thesauri also as knowledge; Classification systems; Thesauri studied under the thesaurus theory; Thesauri in (Cladist) systematics. It is the first time that systematics is applied to thesauri, considering them as classification system; Thesauri in systems theory. There are very few LIS professionals applying it to thesauri, ontologies and taxonomy; Author register; Subject index.

162 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 612 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 175 2 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346128

Abstracts and Abstracting A genre and set of skills for the twentyfirst century Tibor Koltay, Szent István University, Hungary CONTENTS

Definitions; The characteristics of the abstract; What does an abstractor have to know? The practice of abstracting: structure, processes and language; The practice of abstracting: examples; Beyond language and style; Conclusion.

236 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 517 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 032 8 £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345176

290 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 653 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 286 5 £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346531

To order, tel: +44 (0) 1223 499140 / fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

Available / will be available on Chandos Publishing Online

Information management Cataloguing Outside the Box

Metadata for Digital Resources

A practical guide to cataloguing special collections materials

Implementation, systems design and interoperability

Patricia Falk and Stefanie Hunker, Bowling Green State University, USA

Muriel Foulonneau and Jenn Riley, Indiana University, USA

‘There is a place for such an overview and this book goes a long way towards fulfilling its aim.’

CONTENTS

Self-published music scores and recordings; Popular music compact discs; Fanzines; Comics and graphic novels; Special periodicals; Popular fiction; Movie, television, and radio scripts; Press kits; Authority work; Conclusion.

260 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 553 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 026 7 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345534

Finding the Concept, Not Just the Word A librarian’s guide to ontologies and semantics Brandy King, Children’s Hospital Boston and Kathy Reinold, Tessella, Inc., USA ‘…within its pages are some extremely important ideas.’

Library Review CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction: What is metadata? Part 2 Implementation of metadata creation activities: Choosing metadata for a digital library project; Creating metadata usage guidelines; Creating metadata; Practical implementation of a metadata strategy Part 3 Systems design: Functions performed by a digital library system; Metadata that drives discovery functionality. Part 4 Metadata interoperability: Defining interoperability; Interoperability and resource discovery; Technical interoperability; Content interoperability: shareable metadata. Part 5 Conclusion: The future of metadata.

220 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 301 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 125 7 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 302 8 £59.95/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343011

Guide to MARC 21 for Cataloging Books and Serials

Part 1 Understanding ontologies: Organizing knowledge; Ontologies in semantic search; Creating an ontology; Building an ontology from existing components. Part 2 Semantic technologies: Natural language processing; Using metadata to add semantic information; Other semantic capabilities. Part 3 Case studies: Theory and practice: Biogen Idec: Using semantics in drug discovery research; The Center on Media and Child Health: Using an ontology to explore the effects of media; Partners Health Care System: semantic technologies to improve clinical decision support; MINDSWAP: Using ontologies to aid terrorism intelligence gathering. Part 4 Advanced topics: Languages for expressing ontologies; Tools for building ontologies. Part 5 Transitions to the future: Challenges and opportunities: using semantics today.

Asoknath Mukhopadhyay, formerly the Librarian at IIMC Kolkota, India

224 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 318 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 172 1 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00

The Theory and Practice of the Dewey Decimal Classification System

hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 319 6 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343189

Organising Knowledge in a Global Society Principles and practice in libraries and information centres Philip Hider, Charles Sturt University, Australia and Ross Harvey Topics in Australasian Library and Information Studies No. 29 CONTENTS

Part 1 Overview: Definitions and introductory concepts. Part 2 Bibliographic description: Standards for bibliographic data; Standards for description; Standards for access points; Authority control. Part 3 Subject access - current challenges: Subject access concepts; Classification; Alphabetical subject access mechanisms; Subject access to web content. Part 4 Bibliographic data exchange and management: Technical standards; Arrangements for bibliographic data exchange; Bibliographic utilities; Bibliographic data exchange: an Australian case study; Local systems and OPAC’s. Part 5 Current issues in organising knowledge: The changing role of bibliographic organisation.

388 pages 250 x 174mm (7 x 10) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 876938 67 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 411 1 £65.00/US$110.00/€80.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781876938673

CONTENTS

Meaning and description: Meaning of MARC; Prelude to MARC cataloging: Logical record structure; MARC cataloging elements: Logical data; Frequently asked questions.

490 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 407 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 117 2 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344070

M P Satija, Guru Nanak Dev University, India CONTENTS

A brief history of the Dewey Decimal Classification; Governance and revision of the DDC; Introduction to the text in four volumes; Basic plan and structure; Subject analysis and locating class numbers; Table and rules for precedence of classes; Number building; Use of Table 1: standard subdivisions; Use of Table 2: geographical areas, historical periods, persons; Use of Table 3: subdivisions for individual literatures, literary forms and the arts; Table 4: subdivisions of individual languages, and Table 6: languages; Using Table 5: national and ethnic groups; Multiple synthesis; Using the relative index.

232 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 234 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 116 5 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 235 9 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342342

Institutional Repositories Content and culture in an open access environment Catherine Jones, Rutherford Appleton Laboratory, UK

Library Management The changing information environment; The organisational view; Content decisions; Curation; Experiences; Looking into the future; Conclusions.

224 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 307 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 111 0 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 308 0 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343073

E-Journal Invasion A cataloguer’s guide to survival Helen Heinrich, California State University, USA CONTENTS

How the internet changed the lives of catalogers; New rules and issues for e-journals in the library setting; Aggregators; Local approach: Experience of California State University, Northridge; Current and future issues of cataloging.

260 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 144 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 110 3 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 193 2 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341444

Acquisitions Go Global An introduction to library collection management in the 21st century Jim Agee, University of Northern Colorado, USA CONTENTS

Campus and community; Collection evaluation; Selection of materials; Collection management; Financial considerations; Book chain development; Vendor assessment; Speculations about the future.

E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com / Order online @ www.chandospublishing.com

Information management Building a Successful Archival Programme

Classification in Theory and Practice

INFORMATION ARCHITECTURE AND KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT

Susan Batley, London Metropolitan University, UK

A practical approach

NEW Knowledge Audits and Knowledge Mapping

Marisol Ramos, University of California and Alma Ortega, University of San Diego, USA

A practical guide for knowledge managers

‘…a very practical book for individuals.’

Archives primer 200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84334 162 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 092 2 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 175 8 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341628

Managing Archives Foundations, principles and practice Caroline Williams, Liverpool University Centre for Archive Studies (LUCAS), UK ‘…a worthwhile addition to the student bookshelf and a book which could be given to non-professional staff with the injunction to read it.’

Business Archives: Principles and Practice 264 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84334 112 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 089 2 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 113 0 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341123

Descriptive and Subject Cataloguing A workbook Jaya Raju, Durban Institute of Technology and Reggie Raju, University of Kwa-Zulu Natal, South Africa 144 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84334 126 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 088 5 £29.95/US$50.00/€35.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 127 7 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341260

The Institutional Repository Richard Jones, Edinburgh University Library, Theo Andrew, Edinburgh Research Archive and John MacColl, University of Edinburgh, UK ‘…this book is the best single reference resource I’m aware of in this area.’

Library Review

Patrick Lambe, Straits Knowledge, Singapore

‘…clearly written and easy to follow.’

Library Collections, Acquisitions, and Technical Services 196 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 84334 083 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 074 8 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 094 2 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843340836

Archives

CONTENTS

Recordkeeping in society Sue McKemmish, Michael Piggott, Barbara Reed and Frank Upward Topics in Australasian Library and Information Studies No. 24 368 pages 250 x 174mm (7 x 10) paperback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 876938 84 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 416 6 £65.00/US$110.00/€80.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781876938840

Cataloguing Without Tears Managing knowledge in the information society Jane Read, The Higher Education Academy, UK ‘I would recommend this book to any library school student, future cataloger or not, who wishes to be well-rounded.’

TechKnow 258 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2003 ISBN: 978 1 84334 043 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 063 2 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 044 7 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843340430

Disaster Recovery for Archives, Libraries and Records Management Systems in Australia and New Zealand Judith Doig Topics in Australasian Library and Information Studies No. 12

CONTENTS

‘Doig has brought together the ideas and opinions of many people involved in disaster planning in the region to create a useful working tool for those responsible for caring for cultural collections.’

268 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84334 138 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 083 0 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00

160 pages 216 x 152mm (6 x 8 1/2) paperback 1997 ISBN: 978 0949060 35 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 424 1 £18.95/US$30.00/€25.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780949060358

The institutional repository in the digital library; Establishing a repository; Technologies and technicalities; Workflow and administration; Advocacy; Intellectual property; Case study: The Edinburgh Research Archive.

hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 183 3 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341383

Archives and Manuscripts

To order, tel: +44 (0) 1223 499140 / fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

This book lays out for the first time in a clear and practical manner the different forms and purposes of knowledge audits, and explains how different kinds of knowledge maps can support their exploitation. While this core activity has very little documented guidance, is inconsistently applied and is currently imperfectly understood, this book will support the development of a knowledge management strategy, create momentum for change, and instil a culture of knowledge asset stewardship at every operational level. Where do knowledge audits come from and why are they important? What are we auditing? Different forms of knowledge; The different forms and purposes of knowledge audits; Basic tools and techniques in knowledge audits; The value of a participatory approach; Knowledge mapping, and advanced techniques for knowledge audits; Case scenarios: five knowledge audits and their outcomes; Getting started in knowledge audits; Planning your approach, involving stakeholders and selecting your tools; Conducting the knowledge audit, dealing with perceptions, building and maintaining energy and purpose; Exploiting the knowledge audit; Knowledge audits as an influence for change; Embedding a culture of knowledge stewardship.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q1 2014 ISBN: 978 1 84334 652 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 351 0 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346524

NEW Knowledge Management in Higher Education A practical approach Sebastian Diaz, West Virginia University and Phillip Ice, American Public University System (APUS), USA Technological developments are fundamentally changing how we gather, analyze, and disseminate data. As academic institutions shift from authority-based to data-driven decision making, they need to use the sound knowledge management principles that are revolutionising the private sector. Doing so will make them more competitive. Knowledge Management in Higher Education provides higher education professionals with a new paradigm for conducting assessment and program evaluation by exploiting technology effectively. This book is divided into four main sections, covering: the evolution of program evaluation and decision making; changing paradigms for program evaluation in knowledge management; and case studies of knowledge management implementation in higher education. CONTENTS

The evolution of program evaluation and decision making; Knowledge Management: Changing paradigms for program evaluation; Case studies of Knowledge Management implementation in higher education.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 721 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 387 9 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347217

Available / will be available on Chandos Publishing Online

Information management NEW Trends, Discovery, and People in the Digital Age

NEW Multimedia Information Retrieval Theory and techniques Roberto Raieli, Roma Tre University Art Library, Italy

Edited by David Baker and Wendy Evans, University College Plymouth St Mark & St John, UK Trends, Discovery, and People in the Digital Age summarises and presents key themes, advances and trends in all aspects of digital information today, exploring the impact of developing technologies on the information world. Important contemporary topics are emphasised, as well as future developments, and an international perspective is taken throughout. This edited volume is based on a dynamic set of contents by leaders in the field, responding to and anticipating what is happening, and what may happen, in the field of digital information. CONTENTS

The future of digital information provision; The usability of digital information environments: Planning, design and assessment; The history of Enquire is the story of UK public libraries on the Web; Children of the cloud; Surviving or thriving? Building an information landscape; The effect the changing digital landscape is having on the dissemination of e-books and e-journals in a world dominated by Google; Resource discovery; Using the Mirrorworld to plan and build better futures for our citizens; Researchers, don’t fight the data-management battle alone; Beyond the Google generation, towards community-specific usage patterns of scientific information; Software citations: A credible credit system; What we leave behind: The future of data curation; The digital curation toolkit, strategies for adding value to work-related social systems and others: The JISC business and community engagement programme; Skills Portal: A study skills and information literacy portal created with Open Educational Resources; Exploring the essential characteristics and qualities of the future information professional; Flexible and agile University library and information services: Skills and management methodologies; The future of academic libraries in the digital age; Roadblocks, potholes and obstruction on the path to new library futures.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 723 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 389 3 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347231

Novel processing and searching tools for the management of new multimedia documents have developed. Multimedia Information Retrieval (MMIR) is an organic system made up of Text Retrieval (TR); Visual Retrieval (VR); Video Retrieval (VDR); and Audio Retrieval (AR) systems. So that each type of digital document may be analysed and searched by the elements of language appropriate to its nature, search criteria must be extended. Such an approach is known as the Content Based Information Retrieval (CBIR), and is the core of MMIR. This novel content-based concept of information handling needs to be integrated with more traditional semantics. Multimedia Information Retrieval focuses on the tools of processing and searching applicable to the content-based management of new multimedia documents. Translated from Italian by Giles Smith, the book is divided in to two parts. Part one discusses MMIR and related theories, and puts forward new methodologies; part two reviews various experimental and operating MMIR systems, and presents technical and practical conclusions. CONTENTS

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) looseleaf Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 722 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 388 6 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347224

NEW Data Clean-up and Management

NEW Personal Knowledge Capital The inner and outer path of knowledge creation in a web world Janette Young, Consultant and Facilitator, UK Knowledge capital refers to knowledge built up by the members of an organisation, and is a key element in modern business. Personal Knowledge Capital explores two important aspects of knowledge capital, the inner and the outer path. The inner path considers emotional knowledge assets. The outer path examines how to communicate this emotional knowledge through intellectual and social capital, community, conversation, and trust in a web world, supported by an infrastructure and model. Personal Knowledge Capital explores how ‘Eastern’ and ‘Western’ management styles and approaches to knowledge creation can be integrated. Divided into two sections, the inner and outer path, the first part considers inner aspects of knowledge capital, including knowledge creation and tacit knowledge, whilst the second explores how inner aspects of knowledge capital can be effectively communicated and exploited in the modern world, both online and offline. CONTENTS

Introduction to personal knowledge capital. Part 1 The inner path of knowledge creation: Exploring knowledge creation and tacit knowledge; Tuning-in: Knowingness for inner personal knowledge capital; Mastering self and behaviour; Ka, the knowledge awareness model for knowledge creation. Part 2 The outer path of personal knowledge capital in a web environment; Personal knowledge and network building; Personal knowledge and network building; The magic box; Community and culture; Mobilising and designing the web infrastructure for twenty-first-century living; The application and exploration of knowledge creation theory; The Knowledge Cube: A model for knowledge creation in the web environment.

204 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 700 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 366 4 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347002

A practical guide for librarians Margaret Hogarth and Kenneth Furuta, University of California, USA This book discusses data in the library and its characteristics, common problems with the data, and some methods to clean up frequentlyoccurring data problems using readilyavailable applications. The authors highlight the importance and methods of data analysis and presentation, and offer guidelines and recommendations for a data quality policy. The book gives step-by-step how-to directions for common ‘dirty data issues’. CONTENTS

Commonalities; Defining Data; Types of data issues; Excel techniques; Excel: data clean-up; Excel: Combining data; Additional tools; Access techniques; Access forms; Access reports; Access queries; Data clean-up and access; Combining data; Strategies for missing data; Qualitative data; ROI; Data analysis and presentation; Data quality policy; Next steps.

590 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 672 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 348 0 £70.00/US$120.00/€85.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346722

E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com / Order online @ www.chandospublishing.com

Information management NEW Managing Intellectual Capital in Libraries

Knowledge Management for Sales and Marketing

Beyond the balance sheet

Tom Young and Nick Milton, Knoco Ltd, UK

Gillian Oliver, Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand

‘Offers a straightforward and easy-to-grasp overview of a complex subject.’

‘…informative and well-reasoned and is highly recommended. This book will appeal to those who enjoy a fresh perspective and wish to deepen their understanding of the diverse organisational cultures in our globalised world.’

240 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 678 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 315 2 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346784

NEW Service Science and the Information Professional Yvonne de Grandbois, Geneva School of Management, Switzerland Service science is a new trans-disciplinary field that touches on subjects such as computer science, engineering, management, business, and the social and cognitive sciences. This book demonstrates to information professionals in all sectors that this new discipline exists and why it is relevant to them. It has emerged as we transition to a service and information-based economy, and libraries will deal with both information and services. CONTENTS

Service, systems and science; The shift to a knowledge economy; Synergies between service science and the information sector; Service science for a smarter planet; Interview with Jim Spohrer.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 649 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 313 8 Approx. £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346494

Organisational Culture for Information Managers

A practitioner’s guide

Managing Information While this book is primarily aimed at those who are involved in Knowledge Management (KM) or have recently been appointed to deliver KM in sales and marketing environments, it is also highly relevant to those engaged in the management or delivery of sales and marketing activities. Knowledge Management for Sales and Marketing presents models to assist the reader to understand how knowledge can be applied and reused within sales and marketing processes, leading to an enhanced win rate. Topics covered provide managers and practitioners with the necessary principles, approaches and tools to be able to design their approach from scratch or to be able to compare their existing practices against world class examples. CONTENTS

Principles of knowledge management; The sales and marketing context; Knowledge management processes in sales, bidding and marketing; Communities in sales and marketing; Technology; Knowledge management roles; Culture and governance; Case study from British Telecom: Supporting a distributed sales force; Case study from Mars, Inc.: Knowledge management in sales and marketing; Case study from Ordnance Survey: Social networking and the transfer of knowledge within supply chain management; Setting up a knowledge management framework for sales, marketing and bidding.

196 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 604 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 264 3 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346043

Technology and Knowledge Flow The power of networks Edited by Guglielmo Trentin, CNR – Institute for Educational Technology, Italy This book outlines how network technology can support, foster and enhance the Knowledge Management, Sharing and Development (KMSD) processes in professional environments through the activation of both formal and informal knowledge flows. Understanding how ICT can be made available to such flows in the knowledge society is a factor that cannot be disregarded and is confirmed by the increasing interest of companies in new forms of software-mediated social interaction. The latter factor is in relation both to the possibility of accelerating internal communication and problem solving processes, and/or in relation to dynamics of endogenous knowledge growth of human resources. CONTENTS

The significance of organisational culture; National culture; The structural environment; Occupational culture; Corporate culture; Assessing information culture; Scenarios.

192 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 650 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 275 9 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346500

Special Libraries as Knowledge Management Centres Eva Semertzaki, Bank of Greece

‘If your library is not yet a knowledge centre it is an essential purchase.’

336 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 613 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 266 7 £57.75/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346135

196 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 646 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 267 4 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346463

To order, tel: +44 (0) 1223 499140 / fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

Available / will be available on Chandos Publishing Online

Information management The Future of PostHuman Knowledge

The Future of Information Architecture

Strategic Information Management

A preface to a new theory of methodology and ontology

Peter Baofu, Consultant

A practitioner’s guide

The Future of Information Architecture examines issues surrounding why information is processed, stored and applied in the way that it has, since time immemorial. Contrary to the conventional wisdom held by many scholars in human history, the recurrent debate on the explanation of the most basic categories of information (e.g. Space, time causation, quality, quantity) has been misconstrued, to the effect that there exists some deeper categories and principles behind these categories of information.

Jela Webb, Consultant, UK

Peter Baofu, Consultant

Contrary to the conventional wisdom held by many thinkers in all human history, there are some fundamental dialectic principles hidden behind any categories of understanding in knowing. These principles impose some constraints, at both methodological and ontological levels, together with other levels in culture, society, nature, and the mind - on how reality is to be understood. The focus on understanding the nature of knowledge has been much misplaced, in this sense, in the intellectual history hitherto existing, and much time and talent have been wasted for something less important. If true, this thesis will alter the way of how knowledge is to be understood across the board. CONTENTS

Introduction: The problem of knowledge; Knowledge and the mind; Knowledge and nature; Knowledge and culture; Knowledge and society; Conclusion: The future of knowledge.

294 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 539 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 141 7 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 540 4 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345398

CONTENTS

Introduction: The role of information architecture; Information architecture and taxonomy: Information architecture and network; Conclusion: The future of information architecture.

304 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 470 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 128 8 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 471 1 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344704

Coping With Continuous Change in the Business Environment Knowledge management and knowledge management technology Antonie Botha, Consultant, Derrick Kourie and Retha Snyman, University of Pretoria, South Africa

‘…after finishing the book and absorbing its contents, my ever expanding knowledge information history was much richer.’

Legal Information Management CONTENTS

244 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 376 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 135 6 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 377 6 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343769

The Challenges of Knowledge Sharing in Practice A social approach Gunilla Widen-Wulff, Åbo Akademi University, Finland 232 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 284 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 201 8 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 285 4 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342847

CONTENTS

Knowledge Management Systems Implementation: Lessons from the silicon valley Hind Benbya, GSCMMontpellier Business School, France This book brings together the results of several years of analysis of knowledge management systems (KMS) implementations and the experience of leading organisations in the Silicon Valley, to provide a practical guide on key strategic, technical and economic aspects of knowledge management systems implementations. CONTENTS

Part 1 KMS essentials: Why knowledge management systems? KMS foundations and taxonomy. Part 2 KMS audit: KMS diagnosis and strategy selection; Selecting a knowledge management solution: Lessons from Intel. Part 3 KMS implementation: Structuring knowledge in KMS: Lessons from Cisco; Defining KMS incentives and motivation schemes: Lessons from HP. Part 4 KMS performance assessment: Why KMS performance assessment? Lessons from WSGR; KM measurement in evolutionary contexts: Lessons learned from IBM Community Measures. Part 5 KMS maturity and effectiveness management: KMS maturity management; KMS effectiveness survey results.

318 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 266 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 203 2 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 267 0 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342663

Part 1 A perspective of knowledge and knowledge management concepts: Introduction; Knowledge perspectives and concepts; Knowledge management perspectives and concepts; Intellectual capital; Organisational learning and learning organisations; Knowledge management and Communities of Practice; Knowledge management best practices; Part one summary and conclusions. Part 2 The technical perspective of knowledge management: Introduction; The Knowledge management technology; Knowledge management technology framework infrastructure; Knowledge creation and sensing; Knowledge sharing and transfer; Advanced search, indexing and retrieval; Knowledge management technology framework applications; Knowledge portals; Knowledge discovery; Summary and conclusions.

272 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 355 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 205 6 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 356 1 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343554

Information Architecture for Information Professionals Susan Batley, London Metropolitan University, UK CONTENTS

Information architecture: An introduction; The preliminaries; Searching and finding; Documents and document description; Interface and display design; Management and maintenance; Evaluation.

236 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 232 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 107 3 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 233 5 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342328

Organising Knowledge Knowledge Management for Services, Operations and Manufacturing Tom Young, Knoco Ltd, UK 208 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 324 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 204 9 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 325 7 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343240

Taxonomies, knowledge and organisational effectiveness Patrick Lambe, Straits Knowledge, Singapore ‘Full of insights and useful tips. You really must read it.’

Inside Knowledge 300 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 227 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 200 1 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 228 1 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342274

E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com / Order online @ www.chandospublishing.com

Information management Knowledge Management Social, cultural and theoretical perspectives Edited by Ruth Rikowski, London South Bank University and the University of Greenwich, UK

The Impact of Organisational Culture on Knowledge Management

Knowledge Management For teams and projects Nick Milton, Knoco Ltd, UK

Marina Du Plessis, Consultant, South Africa CONTENTS

CONTENTS

Part 1 Social, economic, political and philosophical perspectives: Knowledge management: What has wisdom got to do with it? Intangible value at work: Personal, organisational and social dimensions; Leadership in the knowledge revolution: An Open Marxist theoretical perspective and analysis. Part 2 Practical perspectives: The role of the library in knowledge management; Accessibility issues for web-based information systems. Part 3 Cultural perspectives: Knowledge management within and across cultures and cultural theories; Knowledge sharing and organisational learning in the developed and developing world; Knowledge management: Internal, external and social cultures; An Open Marxist theoretical analysis of knowledge management within and across cultures. Part 4 Theoretical perspectives: Thermodynamics and knowledge: Principles and implications; Knowledge management: An Open Marxist theoretical perspective and analysis; Conclusion.

336 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 139 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 198 1 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 189 5 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341390

Introduction; Definition of a knowledge management culture; Business areas impacting on knowledge management culture; Possible ideal solutions for business areas impacting on knowledge management culture; A model to identify and manage knowledge management culture issues in organisations; Conclusions.

180 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84334 295 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 202 5 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 296 0 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342953

Steve Ellis, Consultant, UK

Mark Jordan, Simon Fraser University, Canada

172 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 84334 120 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 194 3 £37.00/US$65.00/€45.00

‘…a timely publication specifically aimed at libraries and librarians involved in digitising projects or planning such initiatives.’

Online Information Review

Liz Taylor, Highlands and Islands Enterprise, UK

368 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84334 176 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 098 4 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00

172 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 104 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 195 0 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 105 5 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341048

Emerging Technologies for Knowledge Resource Management M Pandian, Institute of Mathematical Sciences and C R Karisiddappa, Karnatak University, India CONTENTS

Digital knowledge resources; Emerging technologies for sharing digital resources in a distributed environment; Unified portal models for sharing digital information resources: A review; The unified portal system: A design; Conclusion.

Knowledge-Based Working

A practical guide for libraries

Revolutionary thinking or common sense?

Intellectual capital and associated definitions; Human capital; Systems capital; The process jigsaw; Applying the framework to the process; Managing expectations; Maximising potential.

hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 115 4 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341147

Intelligent operating for the knowledge age

Introduction; Preliminary tasks; Copyright and digital library collections; Metadata for digital collections; File formats; Search and display; Content management systems; Project management; Project operations; Developing workflows; Preservation strategies; A case study.

CONTENTS

Online Information Review 168 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 84334 114 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 197 4 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00

Putting Content Online

CONTENTS

Knowledge, Information and the Business Process

‘…a most interesting work on knowledge management that can be applied to teams and projects.’

hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 177 2 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341765

Scenarios and Information Design A user-oriented practical guide Mary Rice-Lively and Hsin-Liang Chen, University of Texas at Austin, USA

hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 121 5 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341208

Knowledge Management An integrative approach Meliha Handzic and Albert Zhou, University of New South Wales, Australia ‘…a valuable source of ideas for practical knowledge management and identifies some interesting possibilities for future research in this area.’

The Electronic Library 172 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 84334 122 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 196 7 £37.00/US$65.00/€45.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 123 9 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341222

192 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84334 061 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 090 8 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00

Knowledge Management

hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 062 1 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843340614

Suliman Al-Hawamdeh, Oklahoma University, USA

Ten Steps to Maturity in Knowledge Management

Cultivating knowledge professionals

‘…provides a concise, but comprehensive, description and discussion of the major issues involved in the theory and practice of knowledge management.’

Electronic Journal 222 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2003 ISBN: 978 1 84334 037 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 193 6 £27.50/US$45.00/€35.00

Lessons in economy J K Suresh, Infosys Technologies Limited and Kavi Mahesh, EasySoftech, India 248 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84334 130 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 199 8 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00

hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 038 6 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843340379

hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 165 9 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341307

To order, tel: +44 (0) 1223 499140 / fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

Available / will be available on Chandos Publishing Online

Business management NEW Creating a Competitive Intelligence Capability

NEW Supplementary Protection Certificates (Patent Extensions)

Developing the intelligent organisation

Law and practice

Deonie Botha, University of Pretoria, South Africa

Duncan Curley, Innovate Legal, UK

This book examines establishing a Competitive Intelligence (CI) capability within organisations. Many CI practitioners are confronted with the reality of having to make the transition from the ‘what’ to the ‘how’ and need guidelines on establishing a CI capability. Creating a Competitive Intelligence Capability provides CI practitioners and students at all levels with an overview of the challenges in terms of establishing a CI capability as well as the best practices in terms of addressing CI challenges within an organisational context. CONTENTS

Competitive intelligence – a theoretical discussion of the concept of CI. Concludes with a terminology list on CI which is applicable to the industry as well as to the book; Positioning the CI capability - theoretical discussion on the positioning or placing of CI in the organisational structure; Human resources for the CI capability - the staffing or human resource needs of a CI unit; Activities and functions of the CI capability; Measuring the effectiveness of the CI capability – a discussion on the necessity of measuring the effectiveness of the return on investment of a CI or the return on investment of a CI capability; Conclusion - a summary of the content of the book and concludes with trends in terms of CI and more specifically the relationship between CI and innovation.

Supplementary Protection Certificates (SPCs) (patents extensions) for pharmaceutical and veterinary products were introduced in Europe in 1993. In 1996, a similar regime was introduced for agrochemical (crop protection) products. SPCs extend the period of protection given by a patent for a maximum of five years after the patent has expired. They were intended to compensate patent holders for the loss of exclusivity caused by the requirement in the pharmaceutical and agrochemical industries to obtain regulatory approval before a product can be marketed. SPCs are of enormous commercial significance to the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries, since they provide additional monopoly protection at a time when many products are reaching peak sales. This book provides a practical, unifying and comprehensive guide to the law as it now stands. CONTENTS

Historical background: Patent term erosion and the need for SPCs; The SPC regulation for pharmaceutical and veterinary products; The scheme of the regulation in outline; The SPC regulation for plant protection products; Scope of protection of SPCs: What are covered, what are not covered; Applying for SPCs: Administrative aspects; SPCs in practice: The case law in detail; Analysing the raediatric regulation and paediatric extensions.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 297 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 354 1 USA ISBN: 978 0 85709 158 1 Approx. £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342977

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 411 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 216 8 USA ISBN: 978 0 85709 169 7 Approx. £52.50/US$90.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344117

When tradition turns into innovation

Consumption and management

How firms can create and appropriate value through tradition

The author’s consumption theory has been known as the new ideas, new theories and new contribution to the reform and development in China. In practice, the author has rich experience of the Chinese state-owned large enterprise, and personal experience of building a business empire second to the postal system in China. In the fermentation field of medicine, he has 20 patents, two of which are international patents. These techniques have made some of the Chinese medicines more efficient, safe and non-toxic for the effect of conservation treatment. Therefore, this book has two parts: 1) new discovery of consumption and its significance and 2) application of the theoretical findings in real life management.

New discovery and applications Bingxin Wu, Shizhen Institute of Biology, China

Antonio Petruzzelli and Vito Albino, Politecnico di Bari, Italy Starting from the increasing difficulties firms face to create new value for customers and achieve competitive advantage, this book proposes an innovative strategy to sustain innovation at the product level, based on the notion of tradition. Specifically, the authors argue that firms may successfully innovate, exploiting the whole set of competencies, knowledge, values and culture that characterize a specific firm, territory, and/or age. Analyzing several international case studies, this book clearly shows how tradition may be effectively used, allowing companies to create successful new products and how to profit from them. The book tackles the main issues and problems of a tradition-based innovation approach, tracing the patterns of how old and new knowledge can be combined. CONTENTS

Re-thinking innovation approach; The meaning of tradition; A tradition-based innovation strategy; Case studies; Towards a new perspective of innovation.

152 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 664 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 017 1 USA ISBN: 978 0 85709 173 4 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346647

CONTENTS

The academic status and theoretical constitution of consumption; Classical theories of consumption; Consumption and economic law; The macro-control system on the consumption market; Consumption, the fundamental driving force of economic development; Consumption, distribution and taxation; The consumption chain; Consumption and surplus value; Consumption and the progress of social civilization; Thinking methods and consumption practice; The law of thought and leadership management; Leadership management art and method; National macro leadership management; Enterprise leadership management; Marketing leadership management; Family consumption and wealth management; Enterprise leadership management under China’s national conditions.

510 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 907568 07 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 908818 07 2 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781907568077

Eve on Top Women’s experience of success in the public sector David Baker and Bernadette Casey, University College Plymouth St Mark & St John, UK CONTENTS

Women at the top (or not): History, background, issues and themes; Methodology: An explanation and a critique; Characteristics of the women in the study; Exploring and experiencing ‘success’; Career progression and planning; Mentoring, role models and networking; Gender; Barriers and obstacles; Barriers and obstacles; Sacrifices, gains, balances and choices; Domestic considerations; Working harder? Leadership and management styles; Advice to men; Advice to women; Summary and conclusion.

284 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 495 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 160 8 ISBN: 978 0 85709 157 4 (USA) £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344957

Online and Blended Business Education for the 21st Century Current research and future directions J B Arbaugh, University of Wisconsin Oshkosh, USA CONTENTS

Overview of online business and management education; Multi-disciplinary and program-level research in online business education; The ‘soft/non-life’ discipline: Information systems research in online teaching and learning; The ‘soft/life’ disciplines: management and marketing in online business education; The ‘hard’ business disciplines: Accounting, operations, economics, finance and research in online teaching and learning; Where should we go from here?

218 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 603 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 161 5 USA ISBN: 978 0 85709 198 7 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346036

Managing Global Business Strategies A twenty-first-century perspective John McManus, Don White, University of Lincoln and Neil Botten, Westminster Business School, UK ‘...a great, short introduction to the rules and aspects of growing business globally... clearly fluent in business, the authors brilliantly explain complex theories succinctly.’

Learned Publishing CONTENTS

The rapid change in international and global business; The market and competitive forces that shape international and global business; The socio-cultural forces that shape international and global business; The forces that shape strategic effectiveness in global markets; Emergent global and international business strategies; Managing the strategic process in a global and international business environment; Case study: China, India and Russia – a strategic and market perspective within the global software industry; Case study: Evaluating the commercial aerospace industry of the BRIC nations; Conclusion.

246 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 390 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 157 8 USA ISBN: 978 0 85709 196 3 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 391 2 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343905

E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com / Order online @ www.chandospublishing.com

Business management Fundamentals of International Organizational Behaviour Simon Dolan, ESADE Business School, Spain and Tony Lingham, Case Western Reserve University, USA CONTENTS

What is organizational behaviour? Understanding individual behaviour in organizations; Motivating people in a global environment; Managing work groups and teams; Leadership and executive coaching: The keys to success; Enhancing effective communication in organizations; Managing power and conflict in the workplace; Understanding decision making processes in the international arena; Managing stress and enhancing well-being at work; Managing change and culture reengineering: The ABC of managing by values; Managing careers in global contexts; Managing diversity and cross cultural issues; Emerging and contemporary themes in global organizational behaviour.

366 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 467 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 159 2 £20.95/US$35.00/€25.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 468 1 USA ISBN: 978 0 85709 184 0 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344674 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Strategic Change Management in Public Sector Organisations David Baker, University College Plymouth St Mark & St John, UK CONTENTS

Introducing change and strategic change management; Structure and culture; Building blocks; Roles and responsibilities, partners and players; Learning for change; Strategy development; Route mapping for change: Techniques and tools; Programme and project management; Summary.

328 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 141 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 158 5 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 191 8 USA ISBN: 978 0 85709 203 8 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341413

Corporate Literacy Discovering the senses of the organisation Anne Kauhanen-Simanainen, CIM Communication & Information Management, Finland

Body Language and the First Line Manager

Building value through intellectual assets

Eunice Lawton

Kieran Comerford, Institute for Industrial Research and Standards, Ireland

CONTENTS

‘...it should recommend itself to a wide readership in all sorts of business involved in technology including university researchers and those responsible for deriving value from Intellectual Property.’

NewsXchange CONTENTS

Successful innovation; Using technology to gain competitive advantage; Technology acquisition; Idea generation; Evaluation of new technologies and projects; Market-led R&D project management; Intellectual property: Patents; Copyright, designs and trade marks; Assessing competitors’ intellectual property; Building intellectual assets; Contractual issues; Licensing and technology transfer; Technology transfer negotiations; Commercial exploitation issues.

240 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 236 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 155 4 USA ISBN: 978 0 85709 201 4 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 237 3 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342366

Electronic Financial Services

The importance of non-verbal communication; First impressions; Your image at work; Achieving assertiveness; Raising your profile; Body language basics v Building rapport; Meeting and greeting people; Presentation skills; Team meetings and briefings; Attending meetings; Gaining cooperation; Staff appraisal; Negotiating skills; Attending interviews; Other cultures; Putting non-verbal communication into practice.

Published in association with the Institute of Leadership and Management (ILM) 88 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84334 215 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 152 3 £18.95/US$30.00/€25.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 216 8 USA ISBN: 978 0 85709 176 5 £37.00/US$65.00/€45.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342151

Bullying and Sexual Harassment A practical handbook Tina Stephens and Jane Hallas, Equalta, UK Published in association with the Institute of Leadership and Management (ILM) 116 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84334 207 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 149 3 £18.95/US$30.00/€25.00

Technology and management

hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 208 3 USA ISBN: 978 0 85709 178 9 £59.95/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342076

Hakman A Wan, Open University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong

Growing People

CONTENTS

The new age of financial services; Information technology and the Internet; E-banking: Technology and design; E-payment; E-insurance; E-stock trading; E-fundraising and other services; Security management; Regulatory compliance; Financial risk management.

472 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84334 132 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 146 2 USA ISBN: 978 0 85709 182 6 £52.50/US$90.00/€65.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 190 1 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341321

Being the Best You Can Be A guide on personal development for managers

Learning and developing from day to day experience Bob Thomson, University of Warwick, UK ‘Regardless of whether you are the manager or the managed, new to mentoring and staff development, or already reading it, Bob Thompson offers a thought provoking book.’

Scottish Health Information Network Published in association with the Institute of Leadership and Management (ILM) 176 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84334 213 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 154 7 £29.95/US$50.00/€35.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 214 4 USA ISBN: 978 0 85709 186 4 £59.95/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342137

Ian Hunt, Training Solutions, UK

CONTENTS

Corporate Literacy: Why is it needed? Corporate Literacy in practice; Information skills and roles; Managing and leading Corporate Literacy; Corporate Literacy in different contexts; Not seeking new lands, but seeing with new eyes.

184 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 261 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 156 1 USA ISBN: 978 0 85709 180 2 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 280 9 £59.95/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342618

R&D and Licensing

CONTENTS

Introduction; Organising yourself; Being positive about yourself; Managing stress; Building a team; Getting things done.

Published in association with the Institute of Leadership and Management (ILM) 224 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84334 211 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 151 6 USA ISBN: 978 0 85709 174 3 £29.95/US$50.00/€35.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 212 0 £59.95/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342113

To order, tel: +44 (0) 1223 499140 / fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

Intellectual Property The lifeblood of your company Mark Elmslie and Simon Portman, Hewitsons, UK 164 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84334 135 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 147 9 £52.50/US$90.00/€65.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 181 9 USA ISBN: 978 0 85709 188 8 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341352

Available / will be available on Chandos Publishing Online

Internet, web and social media Leadership Scaffolding

WEB TRENDS

NEW NEW SERIES Making Sense of the Web

NEW Google Scholar and Its Competitors

Towards machine-aided knowledge evolution

Judith Elliott, Elconsulting Cambridge Ltd, UK CONTENTS

Quoting for the job (get your aim straight); Beginning the scaffolding frame (information processes); The scaffolders (off on the right foot); Climbing the scaffolding; Feedback on the construction (monitor and review people’s progress); Improving the structure (help people develop); Review the structure.

Published in association with the Institute of Leadership and Management (ILM) 176 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84334 205 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 150 9 USA ISBN: 978 0 85709 192 5 £29.95/US$50.00/€35.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 206 9 £59.95/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342052

Leading Empowerment A practical guide to change

Accessing scholarly resources on the web Ingrid Hsieh-Yee, Catholic University of America, USA Google Scholar and Its Competitors introduces information seekers to web search tools that provide access to scholarly resources. It begins with a discussion of scholarly communication trends and their effects on access to scholarly resources in the digital environment. In this context the book examines Google Scholar and its competitors in terms of their databases, features, functionality, and strengths and weaknesses. It also explores the implications of Google Scholar and its competitors for information seekers and libraries. CONTENTS

Mike Applegarth, Consultant, UK CONTENTS

What is empowerment? The role of leadership in empowerment; Exploring the need and the benefits; Enabling individuals and teams; Implementing in the organization; Monitoring the cultural change and dealing with feedback; Case studies from public and private sectors.

160 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84334 143 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 148 6 USA ISBN: 978 0 85709 194 9 £29.95/US$50.00/€35.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 202 1 £59.95/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341437

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q1 2014 ISBN: 978 1 84334 447 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 322 0 Approx. £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344476

NEW The Teaching Librarian Web 2.0, technology, and legal aspects Kris Helge and Laura McKinnon, Texas Wesleyan University School of Law, USA

Practical Leadership Gordon MacKay, Scottish Water, UK Published in association with the Institute of Leadership and Management (ILM) 144 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84334 209 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 153 0 USA ISBN: 978 0 85709 199 4 £29.95/US$50.00/€35.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 210 6 £59.95/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342090

Intellectual Property Licences and Technology Transfer A practical guide to the new European licensing regime Duncan Curley, Innovatelegal, UK ‘…the work is lucid and helpful.’

World Competition 356 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2004 ISBN: 978 1 84334 089 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 145 5 USA ISBN: 978 0 85709 190 1 £52.50/US$90.00/€65.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 090 4 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843340898

Librarians need to utilize Web 2.0 tools to generate rich-text learning environments, creating enriching, challenging, and supportive learning platforms for students. The Teaching Librarian shows how to utilize wikis, mindmaps, and Second Life to improve pedagogy for librarians. This title covers how to obtain administration approval to implement Web 2.0 tools, how to deal with and prevent technological glitches, and remain aware of relevant legal issues in the United Kingdom and the USA. The book also outlines how to create learning interfaces that meet the needs of non-traditional students. The six chapters cover key areas of pedagogy and Web 2.0, including: the relevance of LibGuides and its uses for pedagogy; using cloud computing and mobile apps in teaching; teaching with Wikis, Second Life, and Mind Maps; practical issues with Web 2.0 technology; and a chapter on the legal issues surrounding the use of Web 2.0 for pedagogy. CONTENTS

LibGuides relevance; Cloud computing: Using the cloud, dropbox, and Google documents in pedagogy; Mobile Apps; Pedagogy with Wikis, Second life, and Mind maps; Technology issues; Legal issues.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 733 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 399 2 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347330

Vit Novacek, Digital Enterprise Research Institute (DERI), Republic of Ireland Chandos Publishing Social Media Series No. 11 Extremely large amounts of knowledge are available on the World Wide Web. Making Sense of the Web focuses on making better use of this knowledge, including how the web can be used for machine-aided discovery of new knowledge. The first part of the book reviews various historical approaches to defining and studying knowledge and describing how knowledge can be represented online. The second part presents current approaches to efficient exploitation of knowledge online, and focuses on the Semantic Web, linked open data and social network analysis. The third part of the book introduces possible approaches to semi-automated discovery of new knowledge based on current web content, and introduces a novel framework for machine-aided knowledge evolution. The last part describes selected application areas that may benefit from the principles and technologies described. Extensive practical examples and links to existing tools and frameworks are provided to help practitioners implement advanced webbased knowledge discovery applications quickly. CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction; Background: Knowledge and its actionable representation; Web as a global knowledge base. Part 2 Making sense of the web: Semantic web and linked open data; Social network analysis; Open issues and possible solutions. Part 3 Towards machine-aided knowledge evolution: From (semantic) web to knowledge web; Sparking the knowledge evolution. Part 4 Selected application areas: Knowledge discovery; Publishing and library science. Part 5 Conclusions: The status quo and future outlook.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 725 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 391 6 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347255

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 731 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 397 8 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347316

E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com / Order online @ www.chandospublishing.com

Internet, web and social media NEW Google This! Putting Google and other social media sites to work for your library Terry Ballard, New York Law School, USA ‘At last, a book that helps to understand and apply the tools that the techno-savvy are using.’

iPhone Application Development Strategies for efficient mobile design and delivery Jim Hahn, University of Illinois UrbanaChampaign, USA iPhone application development is explained here in an accessible treatment for the generalist Library and Information Science (LIS) practitioner. Future information-seeking practices by users will take place across a diverse array of ubiquitous computing devices. iPhone applications represent one of the most compelling new platforms for which to remediate and re-engineer library service. Strategies of efficient mobile design and delivery include adapting computing best practices of data independence and adhering to web standards as articulated by the W3C. These best practices apply across the diverse range of handheld devices and accompanying software development tools. This book is essentially a how-to guide for application development, laying out foundational principles and then moving toward practical implementations. CONTENTS

218 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 677 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 317 6 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346777

184 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 582 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 054 0 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345824

Google and the Digital Divide

Towards a Semantic Web

CONTENTS

The biases of online knowledge Elad Segev, Hebrew University, Israel CONTENTS

Power, communication and the internet; The structure and power of search engines; Google and the politics of online searching; Users and uses of Google’s information; Mass media channels and the world of Google News; Google’s global mapping; Conclusion; Epilogue.

256 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 565 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 178 3 £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345657

The Google Generation Are ICT innovations changing information seeking behaviour? Barrie Gunter, University of Leicester, Ian Rowlands and David Nicholas, University College London, UK ‘...it deserves a place at the centre of one of the key contemporary debates of librarianship and pedagogy’

Journal of Librarianship and Information Science CONTENTS

The rise of the information society; The internet era; Google generation: what is the evidence? Emergence of new forms of knowledge production, search and acquisition; The emergence of digital scholarship; What next?

220 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 557 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 163 9 £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345572

Connecting knowledge in academic research Bill Cope, Mary Kalantzis, University of Illinois, USA and Liam Magee, Royal Melbourne Institute of Technology (RMIT) University, Australia This book addresses the question of how knowledge is currently documented, and may soon be documented in the context of what it calls ‘semantic publishing’. This takes two forms: a more narrowly and technically defined ‘semantic web’; as well as a broader notion of semantic publishing. This book examines the ways in which knowledge is represented in journal articles and books. CONTENTS

544 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 601 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 174 5 £70.00/US$120.00/€85.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346012

To order, tel: +44 (0) 1223 499140 / fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

Information Dynamics in Virtual Worlds Gaming and beyond Woody Evans, Zayed University, United Arab Emirates ‘Information Dynamics in Virtual Worlds is a very well written and constructed book.’

Managing Information Presents a broad examination of the nature of virtual worlds and the potential they provide in managing and expressing information practices through that medium, grounding information professionals and students of new media in the fundamental elements of virtual worlds and online gaming. The book details the practical issues in finding and using information in virtual environments and presents a general theory of librarianship as it relates to virtual gaming worlds. It is encompassed by a set of best practice methods that libraries can effectively execute in their own environments, meeting the needs of this new generation of library user, and explores ways in which information literacy can be approached in virtual worlds. Final chapters examine how conventional information evaluation skills work falls short in virtual worlds online. CONTENTS

Part 1 Virtual Ontologies: Mapping virtual worlds; Types of virtual worlds; N00bz inworld; Inworld info desks: Information initiation; Info service inworld: How to practice info services in virtual worlds. Part 2 Time Inworld: Hungry Ghosts in Second Life; After virtual worlds; Conclusions.

216 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 641 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 274 2 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346418

Television versus the Internet Will TV prosper or perish as the world moves online? Barrie Gunter, University of Leicester, UK CONTENTS

Audience evolution patterns; The importance of television and the Internet to media consumers; The functional overlaps of television and the Internet; The future of television as an information source; The future of television as an entertainment source; Future audiences, future services.

208 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 636 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 166 0 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346364

The Host in the Machine Examining the digital in the social Angela Thomas-Jones, Murdoch University, Australia CONTENTS

Birth: Name/age/education/status update: Creating a digital presence; All a twitter: Celebrities and social networking. Life: Putting the social in social networks; (Net) Working: Online social networks and the New Economy. Death: You’ve been poked: Bullying, harassment and everyday undercurrents; Are we dead yet? Conclusion.

150 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 588 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 184 4 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345886

Available / will be available on Chandos Publishing Online

Internet, web and social media News Search, Blogs and Feeds A toolkit Lars Vage, Mid Sweden University and Lars Iselid, Umeå University, Sweden CONTENTS

Introduction: The nature of news search; Free news search; Professional news search services; News monitoring services; Evaluating news search tools; Keeping track of the blogosphere; The power of RSS; News discovery via social networking tools; Concluding remarks.

258 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 602 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 181 3 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346029

Understanding the Internet A glimpse into the building blocks, applications, security and hidden secrets of the web Edited by Kevin Curran, University of Ulster, UK

The Internet, Power and Society

The Revolution Will Not be Downloaded

Rethinking the power of the internet to change lives

Dissent in the digital age

Marcus Leaning, University of Wales, UK ‘...this book is definitely worth a read…it is well structured, well written, and extremely informative’

Online Information Review CONTENTS

Part 1 Understanding the Internet: Theories of technology and society; The idea of the Internet; The Internet, politics and the public sphere; Politics and the role of the Internet. Part 2 The Internet and society: Social form and media potency – the processes of modernisation; The Internet and society: Reconsidering the link; Conclusion.

194 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 452 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 168 4 £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344520

CONTENTS

Internet protocols; What causes delay in the Internet? Mesh networking; Wireless sensor networks; WebOS – moving the operating system to the Web; Really Simple Syndication (RSS); Javascript, XML, E4X and AJAX; VoiceXML; Web services; Web 2.0; Mobile social software; The long tail; Podcasting, screen casting, blogging and video blogging; Worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX); Hybrid Web applications; Designing for the mobile Web; Adaptive mobile applications; Cryptography; Honey nets; Wireless 802.11 security; The problem of spam email; Computer hacking; The invisible Web; Digital watermarking and steganography; Vertical search engines; Web intelligence.

320 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 499 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 180 6 £52.50/US$90.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344995

Online Dispute Resolution Technology, management and legal practice from an international perspective Faye Wang, Bournemouth University, UK CONTENTS

Background: Development of electronic commerce and dispute resolution; The context of ODR: The current legal environment of ODR; Analysis: Learning from successful experiences; The future of ODR; Conclusions and recommendations.

166 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 519 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 170 7 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00

Website Visibility The theory and practice of improving rankings

hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 520 6 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345190

Melius Weideman, Cape Peninsula University of Technology, South Africa

Digital Information Culture The quest to achieve high website rankings in search engine results is a prominent subject for both academics and website owners/ coders. Website Visibility marries academic research results to the world of the information practitioner and contains a focused look at the elements which contribute to website visibility, providing support for the application of each element with relevant research. A series of real-world case studies with tested examples of research on website visibility elements and their effect on rankings are reviewed. CONTENTS

The trilogy: Users, webpages and search engines; Elements of website visibility and research; The good ones; The bad ones; The ugly ones; Case studies; Recommendations and the future.

244 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 473 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 179 0 £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344735

The individual and society in the digital age Luke Tredinnick, London Metropolitan University, UK

Edited by Tara Brabazon, University of Brighton, UK ‘…this book succeeds in raising many issues relevant to a critical understanding of Internet cultures and web 2.0. ...a worthwhile read for both academics and students examining digital technologies.’

Information, Communication & Society CONTENTS

Part 1 Scanning the silences: Access denied: Reading, writing and thinking about techno-literacy; Restless redundancy; Wiring God’s waiting rooms: The greying of the World Wide Web; Cash for corporeality: International students and the wealth of transgression; Cultware: Constructing the matrix of internet access. Part 2 Downloading harmony: He who pays the piper must call the tune? The ultimate mix: Try before you buy? Record companies vs technology. Part 3 Uploading identity: Putting their life on(the)line: Blogging and identity; Is it all bad? Japan’s internet suicide subculture; When home is away: Re-thinking the travel weblog; eBay: Marketing the real body in the virtual world; Cyber sluts: the new Victorians; The I in community: It’s all about ME in gaydar’s global gay diaspora. Part 4 Packet switching resistance and terrorism: Information at the speed of thought; Keeping an eye on Big Brother; Dot-com, dot-bomb: (cyber)terror on the internet; Conclusion: What do you do with the other one in a duo?

260 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 459 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 169 1 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 460 5 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344599

Never Mind the Web Here comes the book Miha Kovac, University of Ljubljana, Slovenia CONTENTS

Web Information Management A cross-disciplinary textbook

‘Discussion is enriched by the multiple examples of approaches and fears emerging in fiction and films.’

Journal of Documentation CONTENTS

Part 1 Culture and technology: The meaning of culture; Representations of technology; Narratives of technology and culture. Part 2 Digital information culture: Textuality; Authenticity; Knowledge; Power; Identity; Memory.

220 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 160 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 167 7 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 170 3 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341604

Stephen Mutula and Justus Wamukoya, University of Botswana, Botswana CONTENTS

Internet and World Wide Web applications; Information and knowledge management; Content management; E-records management; Electronic mail management; Digital literacy; E-government; Electronic publishing; Intranets and web portals; Web-based reference services; Organising internet resources; Open source software; Emerging information and communication technologies and applications; Information security; E-readiness assessment and information access; Managing copyright in a digital environment; Disaster management in a digital environment; Conclusion.

372 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 273 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 189 9 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 274 8 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342731

E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com / Order online @ www.chandospublishing.com

Internet, web and social media Open Source Database Driven Web Development

SOCIAL MEDIA

NEW NEW SERIES Social Reading

A guide for information professionals

Platforms, applications, clouds and tags

Isaac Dunlap, Western Illinois University Libraries, USA ‘…will provide just the kind of combined strategy, technological advice and practical coding examples to help get such projects under way and completed, even by non-specialists.’

Wikis Tools for information work and collaboration Jane Klobas, Bocconi University, Italy ‘…provides a good introduction to using a wiki as an information tool. I definitely recommend this book to readers who are new to the topic and seeking a good introduction.’

FreePint 252 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84334 178 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 183 7 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 179 6 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341789

Effective Information Retrieval from the Internet An advanced user’s guide Alison Stacey, Cambridge Regional College and Adrian Stacey, formerly Cambridge University, UK 324 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2004 ISBN: 978 1 84334 077 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 176 9 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 078 2 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843340775

Using the Internet for Political Research Practical tips and hints Heather Dawson, British Library of Political and Economic Science, USA 188 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2003 ISBN: 978 1 84334 049 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 059 5 £27.50/US$45.00/€35.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 050 8 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843340492

NEW NEW SERIES Managing Social Media in Libraries

José-Antonio Cordón-García, Julio AlonsoArévalo, Raquel Gómez-Díaz and Daniel Linder, University of Salamanca, Spain Chandos Publishing Social Media Series No. 10 Contemporary developments in the book publishing industry are changing the system as we know it. Changes in established understandings of authorship and readership are leading to new business models in line with the postulates of Web 2.0. Socially networked authorship, book production and reading are among the social and discursive practices starting to define this emerging system. Websites offering socially networked, collaborative and shared reading are increasingly important. Social Reading maps socially networked reading within the larger framework of a changing conception of books and reading. This book is structured into chapters covering topics in: social reading and a new conception of the book; an evaluation of social reading platforms; an analysis of social reading applications; the personalization of system contents; reading in the Cloud and the development of new business models; and Open Access e-books. CONTENTS

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 726 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 392 3 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347262

NEW NEW SERIES Web Presence Staying noticed in a networked world Matthew Allen and Tama Leaver, Curtin University, Australia Chandos Publishing Social Media Series No. 12 Web Presence explores and explains the foundational aspects of social media and the web. Creating, maintaining, and building up a presence is essential for both individuals and organisations who want to stay noticed. This practical book explores how web presence is about the network of distributed information nodes we create, tied together through social media. Structured into seven chapters, the title asks what web presence is, and gives examples, before exploring issues of web presence and identity. It then moves on to creating, networking, and framing web presence. Finally, the book analyses risks and opportunities associated with web presence, and offers a conclusion. CONTENTS

What is web presence? Examples of web presence; Web presence and identity; Creating web presence; Presence and knowledge networking; Framing web presence; Risks and opportunities.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 727 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 393 0 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347279

To order, tel: +44 (0) 1223 499140 / fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

Finding collaboration, coordination, and focus Troy Swanson, Moraine Valley Community College, USA Chandos Publishing Social Media Series No. 9 Managing Social Media in Libraries explores the developing information environment, the collaboration among library organizations, and the ways social media may convert the loose connections between library staff members. The book takes librarians beyond the mechanics of using social media, and establishes a framework to move library managers and leaders toward making social media effective. CONTENTS

Refocusing; Library organizations as loosely coupled systems; Social media in loosely coupled systems: Capturing knowledge; collaboration; Marketing and awareness; Giving your people a voice; Connecting virtual and physical, disintermediation; Defining a purpose: Identifying needs; Joining the conversation; Generated content vs. curated content; News focused; Capturing events; Community information; User contributions; Capturing internal knowledge; Collaboration; Decision making; Visibility; Finding a focus; Connecting messages and tools: Coordination tools and social media; Participation rules; Conundrum of control; Work flow and coordination; Threats; Creating a shared vision; Motivating employees to use; Policies vs. procedures; Living with Mistakes; Integrating Social Media with Standard Websites: The Homepage is the Homepage; Prevalence Across the Site; Use of RSS; Integration of OPAC and Subscription tools; Usability Testing.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 711 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 377 0 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347118

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 694 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 342 8 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346944

Available / will be available on Chandos Publishing Online

Internet, web and social media NEW NEW SERIES Local Community in the Era of Social Media Technologies

NEW NEW SERIES Making Sense of the Web

A global approach

Towards machine-aided knowledge evolution

Hui-Lan Titangos, Santa Cruz Public Libraries, USA

Vit Novacek, Digital Enterprise Research Institute (DERI), Republic of Ireland

Chandos Publishing Social Media Series No. 5

Chandos Publishing Social Media Series No. 11

Local Community in the Era of Social Media Technologies introduces the experience of bringing a local community to the world. This book starts with the model of Santa Cruz County, California to develop a truly global approach to the subject.

Extremely large amounts of knowledge are available on the World Wide Web. Making Sense of the Web focuses on making better use of this knowledge, including how the web can be used for machine-aided discovery of new knowledge. The first part of the book reviews various historical approaches to defining and studying knowledge and describing how knowledge can be represented online. The second part presents current approaches to efficient exploitation of knowledge online, and focuses on the Semantic Web, linked open data and social network analysis. The third part of the book introduces possible approaches to semi-automated discovery of new knowledge based on current web content, and introduces a novel framework for machine-aided knowledge evolution. The last part describes selected application areas that may benefit from the principles and technologies described. Extensive practical examples and links to existing tools and frameworks are provided to help practitioners implement advanced web-based knowledge discovery applications quickly.

CONTENTS

History: The Early Efforts: Never a Dull Moment; The era of Library 1.0: Making local photograph collection and articles available on the homepage in the 1990’s; Publishing local interests; Creating and compiling local online resources; Cataloguing and organizing historical local government documents on city and county planning, and environmental impact reports to make them available to local and remote users via OPAC; Present: Library 2.0: Systematic introduction to the world through international publications and conferences; Library 2.0 technologies have made for the realization of the one-stop shopping concept; Promote local authors; Rejuvenate Library OPAC, enabling it to be a gateway to library’s home databases; Consolidate in one place online directories for local non-profit and religious organizations; Collaborate with other organizations to have full access to the local collection; Future: Library 3.0 and Beyond: Implications: Provide systematic and continuous training to staff members as we step into the world of Library 3.0 where new technical and cultural challenges occur; Continue ongoing adult classes and other tutorials to the public as technologies advance; Build a user-friendly experience with a virtual library for users to access; Citizeninitiated information and materials to be presented to the outside world; Awareness that technology can always be replaced by newer inventions; The most valuable assets are your staff and community.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 696 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 361 9 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346968

NEW NEW SERIES Security Risks in Social Media Technologies

CONTENTS

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 725 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 391 6 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347255

Safe practices in public service applications

NEW NEW SERIES Building Communities

Alan Oxley, Universiti Teknologi PETRONAS, Malaysia

Social networking for academic libraries

Chandos Publishing Social Media Series No. 8 Security measures can be used by management, IT staff, and users in participatory/collaborative service provision within the public sector. Security Risks in Social Media Technologies explores this use. Topics are targeted, and issues raised and lessons learnt are analyzed. The book helps the reader understand the risks posed by relevant Web 2.0 applications and gives clear guidance on how to mitigate those risks. CONTENTS

Web 2.0; The potential of social media; The potential of wikis; Relevant security threats; Social media sites; Social engineering; Web applications within social media sites; Security controls applied to the participation-collaboration pattern; Types of security control; Stages in deciding on security controls; Who is involved in security? Acceptable use practices; Reasons for acceptable use policies; Content of acceptable use policies; Acceptable use policies for citizens; Acceptable use policies for public service employees; Parental participation-collaboration in schools; Security controls; Governmental involvement.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 714 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 380 0 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347149

In the beginning; Starting construction; Step back and review; Looking ahead.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback Q4 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 735 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 401 2 Approx. £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347354

NEW NEW SERIES Public Interest and Private Rights in Social Media Edited by Cornelis Reiman, Reiman and Co., Australia Chandos Publishing Social Media Series No. 3 This book provides thoughtful insight as to the utilisation, impact and future of social media. The contributors provide sound guidance on social media and society, specifically, the use of social media in the corporate sector and academia, as well as the rising influence of social media in garnering public and political opinion worldwide. CONTENTS

Social media growth and global change; Flash rob or protest movement: The First Amendment and regulating online calls to action; World justice: the rule of law around the world; Default metaphysics: Social networks and the self; A service-oriented approach to public sector social media strategy; Social media in the humanitarian space; Social media: The new tool in business education; Social media: Does it generate the continuum of transparency in organizations? Social media: Blessing or curse? A business perspective; Improving the customer experience: How social media can make a difference; The uses and accuracy of social analytics data and platforms; Altruism: A valuable dimension in the digital age.

260 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 693 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 353 £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346937

NEW NEW SERIES From Science 2.0 to Pharma 3.0 Semantic search and social media in the pharmaceutical industry and STM publishing Hervé Basset, Science Intelligence, France, David Stuart, King’s College London, UK and Denise Silber, BASIL Strategies & Doctors 2.0 TM & You, France Chandos Publishing Social Media Series No. 7 Science 2.0 uses the resources of Web 2.0 to communicate between scientists, and with the general public. Web 3.0, in turn, has brought disruptive technologies such as semantic search, cloud computing and mobile applications into play. This book examines these developments, discussing the best and worst of Web 2.0 in science communication and health. CONTENTS

Part 1 From science 2.0 (2000-2010); The web 2.0 revolution, and the promise of science 2.0: The web as a platform: Web services, the cloud, and the app; The network as a science platform; Harnessing collective intelligence; Collective science; Data as the ‘next Intel Inside’; Open science data; The state of Science 2.0; A reluctance to change; Scepticism and the promise of Science 2.0; The lack of a supportive environment. Part 2 To Pharma 2.0: Health 2.0 and beyond: 2.0 becomes Social Media; Big promises: Is there gold? Leading health 2.0 and social media sites and applications; The digital Pharma: The pharma industry adopts; Social attempts; 5 top stories; The digital Pharma influence; The industry watches; The industry remains cautious (the dark face of SoMe). Part 3 To Pharma 3.0 (2010-): Semantic search in Life Sciences: Semantic? What’s this? What do researchers expect; A survey of biomedical semantic interfaces; The future will be semantic; The semantic for Pharmas; Enterprise 2.0 and web 2.0: Enterprise 2.0; MS SharePoint 2010; And the next revolutions are? Next 3.0: Science 3.0; Pharma 3.0; Big STM 3.0; Conclusion.

286 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 709 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 375 6 £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843347095

E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com / Order online @ www.chandospublishing.com

Internet, web and social media NEW NEW SERIES Social Information Gaining competitive and business advantage using social media tools Scott Brown, Social Information Group, USA Chandos Publishing Social Media Series No. 1 Information available through ‘traditional’ business and competitive resources can be complimented by information gained through social media tools. Social Information is a musthave for competitive and business researchers in any discipline including, librarians, information professionals, intelligence analysts, students and marketing personnel, and will explore how more ‘traditional’ resources can be complimented by social media tools. The book outlines different categories of social tools, competitive and business applications of these tools, and provides example searches with screenshots. The book provides concrete search examples, as well as strategies and approaches for searching social tools that may be available today or that may emerge tomorrow. CONTENTS

352 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 667 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 327 5 £52.50/US$90.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346678

NEW NEW SERIES Social Media for Academics A practical guide

NEW NEW SERIES Digital Dialogues and Community 2.0

Building Your Library Career with Web 2.0

After avatars, trolls and puppets

Julia Gross, Edith Cowan University, Australia

Edited by Tara Brabazon, University of Bolton, UK Chandos Publishing Social Media Series No. 4 Digital Dialogue and Community 2.0: After avatars, trolls and puppets explores the communities that use digital platforms, portals, and applications from daily life to build relationships beyond geographical locality and family links. The book provides detailed analyses of how technology realigns the boundaries between connection, consciousness and community. CONTENTS

Introduction: New imaginings. Part 1 Communities, exiles and resistance: The inevitable exile: A missing link in online community discourse; Call it hyper activism: Politicising the online Arab public sphere and the quest for authenticity and relevance; What’s in a name? Digital resources and resistance at the global periphery; I have seen the future, and it rings. Part 2 Structures for sharing; Strangers in the swarm; Status (update) anxiety: Social networking, Facebook and community; Becoming Mireila: A virtual ethnography through the eyes of an avatar; Taste is the enemy of creativity: Disability, YouTube and a new language. Part 3 Professions, production, consumptions: The sound of a librarian: The politics and potential of podcasting in difficult times; The invisible (wo)man; The impact of the video-equipped DSLR; Why media literacy is transformative of the Irish education system: A statement in advocacy; YouTube Academy. Part 4 Fandom, consumption and community: Live fast, die young, become immortal; All we hear is Lady-o Gaga: Popular Culture 2.0; Copyright and couture: The Comme il Faut experience; When community becomes a commodity; Conclusion: White men rule?

320 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 695 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 302 2 £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346951

Edited by Diane Rasmussen Neal, University of Western Ontario, Canada

Do You Web 2.0?

Chandos Publishing Social Media Series No. 2

Linda Berube, Legal Deposit Advisory Panel, UK

This book provides an overview of social media technologies in the context of practical implementation for academics, guided by applied research findings, current best practices, and the author’s successful experiences with using social media in academic settings. It also provides academics with sensible and easy strategies for implementing a wide spectrum of social media and related technologies - such as blogs, wikis, Facebook, and various Google tools for professional, teaching, and research endeavours. CONTENTS

Part 1 The nuts and bolts of social media for academics: Blogging your academic self: the what, the why and the how long? Non-academic and academic social networking sites for online scholarly communities; Research and teaching in real time: 24/7 collaborative networks; Locating scholarly papers of interest online; Tracking references with social media tools: organizing what you’ve read or want to read; Pragmatics of Twitter use for academics: tweeting in and out of the classroom; The academy goes mobile: an overview of mobile applications in higher education. Part 2 Putting social media into practice: Incorporating web-based engagement and participatory interaction into your courses; When good research goes viral! Getting your work noticed online; Who is the ‘virtual’ you and do you know who’s watching you? Social media for academic libraries; Learning social media: student and instructor perspectives.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 681 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 319 0 £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346814

Public libraries and social networking

‘This concise guide to a hot topic is timely, perceptive and engagingly written.... Useful to public librarians and a worthy acquisition for university libraries supporting LIS students.’

236 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 651 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 289 6 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346517

Crisis Information Management Communication and technologies Edited by Christine Hagar, Dominican University, USA This book explores the management of information in crises, particularly the interconnectedness of information, people, and technologies during crises. Natural disasters such as the Haiti earthquake and Hurricane Katrina and 9/11 and human-made crises such as the recent political disruption in North Africa and the Middle East have demonstrated that there is a great need to understand how individuals, government, and non-government agencies create, access, organize, communicate, and disseminate information within communities during crisis situations. This edited book brings together papers written by researchers and practitioners from a variety of information perspectives in crisis preparedness, response and recovery. CONTENTS

The effects of continual disruption: Technological resources supporting resilience in regions of conflict; Law enforcement agency adoption and use of Twitter as a crisis communication tool; Promoting structured data in citizen communications during disaster response: An account of strategies for diffusion of the ‘Tweak the Tweet’ syntax; Heritage matters in crisis informatics: How information and communication technology can support legacies of crisis events; Information needs and seeking during the UK 2001 foot-and- mouth crisis; The Ericsson Response – a ten year perspective: In the light of experience; Information systems in crisis; Community media and civic action in response to volcanic hazards; Public libraries and crisis management: Roles of public libraries in hurricane/disaster preparedness and response; Academic libraries in crisis situations: Roles, responses, and lessons learned in providing crisis-related information and services.

228 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 647 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 287 2 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346470

160 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 436 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 256 8 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344360

To order, tel: +44 (0) 1223 499140 / fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

Available / will be available on Chandos Publishing Online

Internet, web and social media News Search, Blogs and Feeds

Web 2.0 Knowledge Technologies and the Enterprise

A toolkit

The Host in the Machine Examining the digital in the social Angela Thomas-Jones, Murdoch University, Australia

Lars Vage, Mid Sweden University and Lars Iselid, Umeå University, Sweden

Smarter, lighter and cheaper

News Search, Blogs and Feeds addresses both the needs of professionals, with a strategic need of monitoring the surrounding world, and users, with a need to find the best news sources, monitoring services and news search strategies. This practical handbook provides an analysis of readily available tools including the use of social networks for news discovery and commercial news search databases. It is an essential reference for information professionals in this field as well as librarians and library and IT managers.

‘For any manger who wants to understand the full potential value of Web 2.0 rather than just its basic capabilities, Web 2.0 Knowledge Technologies and the Enterprise is a recommended read.’

Paul Jackson, Edith Cowan University, Australia

CONTENTS

258 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 602 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 181 3 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346029

Library Review Whilst enterprise technology departments have been steadily building their information and knowledge management portfolios, the Internet has generated new sets of tools and capabilities which provide opportunities and challenges for improving and enriching knowledge work. This book fills the gap between strategy and technology by focussing upon the functional capabilities of Web 2.0 in corporate environments and matching these to specific types of information requirement and behaviour. It takes a resource based view of the firm: why and how can the knowledge capabilities and information assets of organisations be better leveraged using Web 2.0 tools? CONTENTS

Web 2.0 tools and context; The modern business environment; From purpose to space; From space to function; From function to use; Putting it together; Conclusion.

Why Blog? Motivations for blogging

280 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 537 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 187 5 £49.50/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345374

Sarah Pedersen, The Robert Gordon University in Aberdeen, UK

‘Weblogging’ or ‘blogging’ has joined e-mail and Internet home pages as one of the most popular uses of the Internet. This book focuses on the British blogosphere, comparing British bloggers to the more researched US. Motivations covered include the desire to connect with others online, the need to express opinions or blow off steam, or to share experiences, and a growing financial motivation in the blogosphere. Other motivations explored include a desire to become a ‘citizen journalist’, a need for validation, the commercial possibilities of blogging and the possibility of turning your blog into a published ‘book’. CONTENTS

What is a blog and who is blogging? Blogging to blow off steam, make your opinions heard and influence others such motivations are particularly popular amongst male bloggers and filter bloggers; Blogging for me - the blog as a diary - what is the difference between offline diaries and blogs? Blogging for friends - blogging for family and friends; blogging to make friends; The blog as therapy - women and blogging for validation; Blogging for profit - financial motivations for blogging; blogs into blooks; The blog as citizen journalism - bloggers who see themselves as the fifth estate, keeping an eye on the fourth; The merging of blogging and mainstream journalism.

162 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 583 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 171 4 £45.00/US$75.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345831

Web 2.0 and Libraries

Navigating the social within the digital can be a contentious undertaking, as social networks confuse the boundary between offline and online relationships. These systems work to bring people together in an online environment. Participation can dislocate users from other relationships, however, and deviant ‘online’ behaviour can create ‘offline’ issues. This text tackles online social networks, by navigating these systems from the birth to the death of the digital self. The author begins by examining the creation of a virtual identity in online networks popularized by websites such as Facebook and Myspace. The book subsequently explores how the social self is intrinsic to how social, cultural and professional relationships are discovered, forged and maintained. The text journeys through the popular criticisms of social networking such as employee time-wasting, bullying, stalking, the alleged links between social networks and suicide and the decline of a user’s public image. CONTENTS

150 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 588 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 184 4 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345886

Building Library 3.0 Issues in creating a culture of participation

Impacts, technologies and trends

Woody Evans, Zayed University, United Arab Emirates

Edited by Dave Parkes and Geoff Walton, Staffordshire University, UK

‘...described professionally, in concrete terms and immediately relevant, even for the uninitiated.’

French LIS journal CONTENTS

‘...a useful book that has come just at the right time.’

Bulletin des Bibliothèques en France In a world where computing power, ubiquity and connectivity create powerful new ways to facilitate learning, this book examines how librarians and information professionals can utilize emerging technologies to expand service and resource delivery. With contributions from leading professionals, including lecturers, librarians and e-learning technologists, this book explores strategic approaches for effectively implementing, living with, and managing revolutionary technological change in libraries. CONTENTS

208 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 346 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 185 1 £47.50/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343462

210 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 497 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 186 8 £52.50/US$90.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344971

Weblogs and Libraries Laurel Clyde, University of Iceland, Iceland ‘This clearly written and well-organised book provides a useful and timely introduction to weblogs and their potential use in library and informational science settings.’

LTSN-ICS 208 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2004 ISBN: 978 1 84334 085 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 182 0 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 84334 096 6 £62.50/US$105.00/€75.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843340850

E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com / Order online @ www.chandospublishing.com

Asian studies HUMAN RESOURCES

HR Due Diligence Mergers and acquisitions in China

Globalization, Flexibilization and Working Conditions in Asia and the Pacific

GENERAL BUSINESS ISSUES IN ASIA

ChyeKok Ho, Monash University, Malaysia and ChinSeng Koh, The Knowledge Practise, China and Singapore

Edited by Sangheon Lee, Conditions of Work and Employment Programme of the International Labour Office, UK and Francois Eyraud, ILO Turin Training Center, Italy

This book examines how to conduct due diligence on mergers and acquisitions for organisations in China written from a management perspective. Aimed primarily at practitioners within the field of International Human Resource Management, it highlights models that appear straightforward and yet are susceptible to oversights and failings. It examines the roles of human resource practitioners from when a target company is identified for mergers or acquisitions through to assessing its risks. The book incorporates adopting human resource management strategies under differing business conditions, negotiating to secure the deal and integrating the new business unit to the merged or acquired organisation. This title gives a fantastically detailed analysis of due diligence, capturing the nuances of the Chinese way of doing things and how this affects a business environment.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Labour market changes, workers’ voice, and labour regulations: Globalization, institutional reforms and workers: Changes and outcomes; Trade union rights and trade competitiveness: Asia in a global context; The regulation of working conditions in Asia and the Pacific: flexibility, fragmentation and workers’ rights. Part 2 Flexibilization and non-standard employment: Australia: Institutional changes and workforce fragmentation; Japan: The resilience of employment relationships and the changing conditions of work; The Republic of Korea: From flexibility to segmentation. Part 3 Economic pressures and the changing quality of work: Indonesia: The search for alternatives; The Philippines: Changes at the workplace; Thailand: Globalization and unprotected workers. Part 4 Transition and employment conditions: China: Economic transition, employment flexibility and security; Vietnam: Workers in transition.

480 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 330 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 247 6 £72.50/US$125.00/€85.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343301

NEW Globalization, Change and Learning in South Asia Shaista Khilji, George Washington University, USA and Chris Rowley, City University, UK Globalization has changed business the world over. Financial crises in the West and parts of Asia have triggered a search for new models and ways of doing business. South Asia offers a novel perspective on these issues, both from an intraAsia and international standpoint. Globalization, Change and Learning in South Asia is an edited collection focussing on analysis and review of contemporary business practices in South Asia. This title shows the importance of South Asia to business and management research, and the practice of business, highlighting the role of extensive learning in addressing the slew of challenges presented by globalization. An introduction by the editors highlights sociopolitical, economic, and historical aspects of South Asia to establish the relevance of this area. Six chapters then cover: culture; corporate social responsibility and sustainability; Business ethics; management practices; the South Asian Diaspora and its evolving role in socio-economic development; and gender issues in South Asia. CONTENTS

CONTENTS

An overview; Cultivating affective relationships; Introducing HR due diligence; Conducting HR due diligence; Navigating beyond relationships; Managing integration.

Expatriates in Asia

190 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 657 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 328 2 USA ISBN: 978 0 85709 153 6 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346579

Scott Hipsher, Fort Hays State University, China campus, USA

Managing People Globally An Asian perspective Chris Rowley and Wes Harry, Cass Business School, UK

This wide-ranging review of human resources management (HRM) in Asia draws attention to issues which are substantially different from those which a Western-trained manager or student would expect. Intra-regional issues are examined and, in an unusual approach, topics are organised thematically, rather than by the more typical country-by-country approach. CONTENTS

Introduction: HRM context, development and scope; Employee resourcing; Employee rewards; Employee development; Employee relations; Conclusion; Appendices.

468 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 223 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 245 2 USA ISBN: 978 0 85709 146 8 £90.00/US$155.00/€110.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342236

Breaking free from the colonial paradigm

Culture; Corporate social responsibility and sustainability; Business ethics; Management practices; South Asian Diaspora; Gender issues in south Asia.

250 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 464 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 465 0 Approx. £85.00/US$145.00/€100.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094643

CONTENTS

The colonial paradigm; Current expatriate practices and assumptions; Need for a paradigm shift; Making the paradigm shift; The nature of the business environment within Asia; Asian dimensions of culture; Stories from the front lines: experiences of expatriates working in Asia; Working in individual countries; Expatriate HR management under the new paradigm; The future of expatriate workers.

222 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 422 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 246 9 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 paperback ISBN: 978 1 84334 421 6 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344223

NEW The Glass Ceiling in Chinese and Indian Boardrooms Women directors in listed firms in China and India Alice de Jonge, Monash University, Australia

Edited by John Burgess and Julia Connell, University of Newcastle, Australia

This book is about the presence, role and status of women on the boards of listed firms in India and China and is written amongst increasing awareness of the need to ensure at least a minimum level of gender equality in corporate positions of power and the costs of failing to do so.

CONTENTS

Globalisation and Work in Asia

Globalisation and work in Asia: An introduction; Changing patterns in the world of work in Asia: An overview; The impact of globalisation and labour market reforms in China; India and business process outsourcing; Labour market developments in Bangladesh since the mid-1980s; The changing nature of work in Asia: The Philippines; Globalisation of the Malaysian economy and the WTO: Problems and prospects for the Malaysian industry and the workforce; The impact of the global economy on the labour market in Thailand; An investigation into the transfer of HRM policies and practices of US and Japanese companies based in Vietnam; Media and communications work in Indonesia: Transformations and challenges for women; Nonregular work in Korea; Employment in transition: Changes in Japan since the 1980s; Globalisation and the emergence of non-traditional employment in Singapore.

Literature Review: The position of women as viewed by those who analyse corporate governance and corporate affairs in Asia; Methodology: Calculating the presence of women in the Indian/Chinese boardroom; Talking to women directors about their role; Results One: How many women in how many boardrooms? Results Two: What women say about the boardroom in India and China; Conclusion: Prospects for the future of gender equality in the Indian/Chinese boardroom.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 617 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 343 5 USA ISBN: 978 0 85709 165 9 Approx. £85.00/US$145.00/€100.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346173

342 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 217 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 244 5 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342175

To order, tel: +44 (0) 1223 499140 / fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

Available / will be available on Chandos Publishing Online

Asian studies Business Strategy and Corporate Governance in the Chinese Consumer Electronics Sector

NEW The Private Sector’s Role in Poverty Reduction in Asia Scott A. Hipsher, Fort Hays State University, China Campus The Private Sector’s Role in Poverty Reduction in Asia argues that the best way to create sustainable projects is to create win-win situations where both private companies and individuals working their way out of poverty can benefit. The book provides a practical guide for managers and individuals working in the private sector in the least developed areas of Asia to help make a difference to the lives of others. The book’s opening chapter considers the private sector’s role in poverty reduction in Asia and following chapters discuss the variable nature of development, developing economy environments in Asia and business practices and strategies in these economies. A number of Asian economies are considered in turn, including: China; Vietnam; Thailand; Cambodia; Laos PDR; Southeast Asian countries; South Asian countries; Central Asian countries; and the Himalayas. The final chapter looks at creating sustainable winwin situations. CONTENTS

Private sectors role in poverty reduction; Development one size does not fit all; Developing economy environments in Asia; Business strategies and practices in developing economies; Asian success; China; Vietnam; Thailand; Cambodia; Laos PDR; Southeast Asia (Philippines, Burma/ Myanmar, Indonesia); South Asia (India, Pakistan, Sri Lanka, Bangladesh); Central Asia: (Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, Uzbekistan); Himalayas (Nepal, Bhutan); Creating sustainable win-win situations.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 448 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 449 0 Approx. £85.00/US$145.00/€100.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094483

Succeed or Sink Business sustainability under globalisation Chris Rowley, City University, UK, Jayantee Saha and David Ang, Singapore Human Resources Institute (SHRI), Singapore Aimed at business strategists, policy makers, researchers and adult learners, this book has an Asian perspective on business sustainability and is about understanding how recent developments and future actions in one part of the world will have a global impact. The book magnifies the concept of so-called ‘globalisation’ and examines the topic of business sustainability from a broad and integrated approach to business: encapsulating people, prosperity and the planet. Furthermore, it acknowledges the contributions, challenges and potential of not only the big corporate houses, but also the smaller ones, in this situation. CONTENTS

Introduction: Setting the context of business sustainability and globalisation; The depths and heights of business sustainability; Business sustainability in practice: Case studies and examples; The challenges and the future for business sustainability; Towards a business sustainability future; Conclusion: Business sustainability is beyond just lasting.

190 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 634 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 331 2 USA ISBN: 978 0 85709 166 6 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346340

Hailan Yang, Shandong Jianzhu University, China and Stephen Morgan, University of Nottingham, UK This book analyses how China’s firms in the consumer electronics (CE) sector have developed their business strategy and corporate governance during the reform process. The CE sector is one of China’s most important and dynamic manufacturing sectors. As one of the earliest market-oriented sectors after 1978, its experience illustrates the adoption of the Western model of management in China. This is the first book to analyse the link between business strategy, corporate governance and performance of firms, explicitly comparing state-, collective-, and privately-owned firms. This book argues that the competitive dynamics of the market are central to the survival of firms in contemporary China. CONTENTS

Introduction to strategy, corporate governance and corporate reform; Business strategy and corporate governance: Theoretical and empirical perspectives; The economic background in China; Business strategies in the focal companies; Ownership structure and the characteristics of the board in the focal companies; Links between institutions, business strategies and corporate governance; Conclusions; Bibliography.

230 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 656 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 329 9 USA ISBN: 978 0 85709 152 9 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346562

Female Entrepreneurship in East and South-East Asia Opportunities and challenges Philippe Debroux, Soka University, Japan This detailed study of female entrepreneurship in Asia examines the high economic growth that is increasingly driven by market-oriented economic reforms favouring entrepreneurship. There is a higher awareness by women of their political and socio-economic rights and recognition by society at large of social legitimacy of women pursuing business activities in their own right. This book assesses sociocultural and economic factors influencing female entrepreneurship in Asia as well as the process and the tools and challenges that accompany it. CONTENTS

Introduction; The rising tide of entrepreneurship; Historical and current socio-political and economic context of female entrepreneurship; Evolution of the concept of female entrepreneurship and the reality of women-owned businesses; The institutional environment of female entrepreneurship; Women in the labour market; Public policy supporting female entrepreneurship; Results of the field survey; Conclusions.

260 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 398 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 242 1 £85.00/US$145.00/€100.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343981

The Multidimensions of Industrial Relations in the Asian Knowledge-Based Economies Edited by Sununta Siengthai, Asian Institute of Technology (A.I.T.), Thailand, John Lawler, University of Illinois, USA, Chris Rowley, City University, UK and Hiromasa Suzuki, Waseda University, Japan This collection of work by leading scholars investigates the impact of the globalization process on some selected Asian economies and societies. With particular focus on the role of institutional factors such as labour unions or workers’ associations, case studies are presented on labour-management relations at the workplace that have evolved to cope with globalization. The cases describe labour institutions in the society as a social force that acts as a catalyst for societal democracy and for industrial democracy at the workplace. These cases provide descriptions of the changes in the management’s stance and approaches towards labour unions in the selected countries as well as at the organizational level over the last three decades when much of the industrialization process has occurred in Asia. CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction: History and development of contemporary China–ASEAN relations; Asian approaches and contributions to international law. Part 2 Compliance with and implementation of international law: Legal framework for the development of China–ASEAN relations; Law and economic integration; Law and cooperation for the Greater Mekong River sub-region; Law for the protection of the environment; Law tackling non-traditional security issues; Law governing the South China Sea issue. Part 3 Bilateral relations between China and individual ASEAN countries: China’s possible role in Myanmar’s national reconciliation.

288 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 264 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 243 8 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342649

Asian Business Groups Context, governance and performance Michael Carney, Concordia University, Canada The Asian economic landscape is dominated by various types of business group. Asian Business Groups provides a comprehensive review and introduction to the different types of business group. The origins and founding context of groups from particular national settings form the basic structure of the book. Emphasis is given to both the similarities and differences in group governance and performance and the implications for Asian international competitiveness are addressed. CONTENTS

The bright and dark sides of Asian business groups; Prototypes: Colonial business groups in Asia before 1945; Continuity and change in Japan’s business groups; Stateconstructed business groups: The Korean chaebol; Searching for business groups in Taiwan; Business groups in mainland China; Hong Kong based business groups; Business groups in India; Ethnic Chinese business groups in Southeast Asia: Social capital and institutional persistence; The development of Asia’s business groups.

340 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 244 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 239 1 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342441

E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com / Order online @ www.chandospublishing.com

Asian studies Trends in Mobile Technology and Business in the AsiaPacific Region Edited by Youngjin Yoo, Temple University, USA, Jae-Nam Lee, Korea University, Korea and Chris Rowley, City University, UK This book introduces trends and developments in the area of mobile technology and business in the Asia Pacific region – an area which has emerged as a hotbed for not only much economic development generally, but also the mobile revolution that is sweeping through the globe. CONTENTS

Trends of mobile technology and business in the Asia-Pacific Region: An introduction; Mobile telecommunications and business in Australia: Market overview and key emerging trends; The current state and future directions of the mobile technologies and business in China; Mobile business and services in Hong Kong: Its evolution, development and challenges; Japan: The leading mobile market at the crossroad; Mobile business in Korea; Trends in mobile technology and business in Malaysia; Mobile computing applications in New Zealand; Beyond mobile communications – ubiquitous information environments in Singapore; Taiwan as a mobile society: Policy, technology and societal challenges; Trends in mobile technology and business in Thailand; Conclusion.

280 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 224 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 238 4 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342243

The Economic Relations Between Asia and Europe Organisation, trade and investment Edited by Bernadette Andreosso-O’Callaghan, University of Limerick, Ireland, Jean-Pascal Bassino, Australia National University, Australia, Sam Dzever, Institut National des Telecommunications and Jacques Jaussaud, University of Pau, France 264 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 311 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 241 4 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343110

The Nature of Asian Firms An evolutionary perspective

CHINA

NEW Solving Disputes for Regional Cooperation and Development in the South China Sea

NEW China’s Venture Capital Market Current legal problems and prospective reforms

A Chinese perspective

Lin Zhang, Shandong University of Science and Technology, China

Shicun Wu, National Institute for the South China Sea Studies, China

The venture capital market in China has been developing for 20 years. Over this period, the legal frameworks surrounding China’s venture capital have evolved significantly. China’s Venture Capital Market addresses this important topic and argues for further improvements in legal frameworks for venture capital in China. The book is broken down into five chapters, each covering an aspect of venture capital in China. The first chapter profiles the venture capital market in China. The second, third and fourth chapters consider the legal problems and suggested reform measures for fundraising in, the operation of, and exit from Chinese venture capital. The book concludes by asking how long it will take for reform measures to take place in China.

This book discusses the South China Sea dispute from a Chinese perspective with regards to history, law, international politics, the economy, diplomacy and military affairs. Not only does it detail China’s official position on the sovereignty and maritime disputes in the South China Sea, but also provides analyses of the related factors influencing the origin and development of these disputes. It further assesses the complexity, internationalisation and long-term struggle over the South China Sea and China’s efforts in dispute resolution. This book aims to help readers better understand a Chinese perspective on the complexity of the South China Sea disputes, including competition over the sovereignty of the islets, islands regime and its impact on maritime delimitation, overlapping maritime claims, and how the adjacent states can cooperate for resource development in the South China Sea.

CONTENTS

The profile of China’s venture capital market; Fundraising of Chinese venture capital: Legal problems and reform measures: Commercial bank law of the PRC; Insurance law of the PRC; Provisional regulation of national social security funds; Mutual funds law of the PRC; Reform measures; Operation of Chinese venture capital: Legal problems and reform measures: Partnership Enterprises Law of the PRC; Tax law of the PRC; Reform measures; Exit of Chinese Venture Capital: Legal problems and reform measures: Listing rules of SME Board of China; Provisional regulation for foreign investors to acquire Chinese domestic enterprises; Reform measures; Conclusion: How long will it take for reform to take place in China?

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q4 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 450 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 451 3 Approx. £85.00/US$145.00/€100.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094506

NEW Inside China’s Legal System Chang Wang, China University of Political Science and Law and Nathan Madson, Thomson Reuters, USA China’s legal system is vast and complex, and robust scholarship on the subject is difficult to obtain. Inside China’s Legal System offers readers a comprehensive look at the system including how it works in practice, theoretical and historical underpinnings, and how it might evolve. CONTENTS

The Asian business environment; The evolution of Asian firms; The nature of Asian firms; The evolution of individual Asian firms; The Asia-Pacific century; Diversity in Asian business practices; Continued evolution of Asian firms.

Justice with a Chinese face. Part 1 Rule by law vs. rule of law: The party; Socialist legal system; Legal, illegal and extralegal. Part 2 Historic views: Confucianism; Legalism; Law and punishment in Imperial China; Extraterritoriality; Hidden rules of Chinese society; The Introduction of Mr. Democracy; Revolutions and their legacies. Part 3 The players: Party officials; Judges; Prosecutors; Law enforcement officers; Lawyers; Legal academics; Right activists. Part 4 Case studies: Petition; Civil law; Criminal law; Administrative law; International law. Part 5 Comparative studies: Checks and balances; Separation of powers; Due process; Equal protection; Freedom of speech; Freedom of religion; Conclusion: On the road towards the rule of law.

228 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 294 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 240 7 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342946

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 460 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 461 2 Approx. £85.00/US$145.00/€100.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094605

Scott Hipsher, Fort Hays State University, China campus, USA, Songporn Hansanti, Kasetsart University and Suthinan Pomsuwan, Bangkok University, Thailand CONTENTS

To order, tel: +44 (0) 1223 499140 / fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

CONTENTS

China’s sovereignty claims over the Nansha Islands: Historical evidence; China’s sovereignty claims over the Nansha Islands: A legal perspective; China’s dispute with Vietnam over the Nansha Islands; China’s dispute with the Philippines over the Nansha Islands; China’s dispute with Malaysia and Brunei over the Nansha Islands; Recent developments in the South China Sea and regional cooperation.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 685 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 355 8 USA ISBN: 978 0 85709 207 6 Approx. £85.00/US$145.00/€100.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346852

NEW Vertical Specialization and Trade Surplus in China Wang Wei, Tianjin University of Commerce, China Vertical specialization (VS) in processing and manufacturing in China has driven export growth. In particular, intra-industry and intraproduct trade between China, the US and East Asia has increased China’s trade surplus over the long term. Vertical Specialization and Trade Surplus in China aims to measure the level of VS in the Chinese manufacturing industry to provide a more accurate representation of China’s trade surplus, and gives empirical analysis on provinces and products with important VS activities in order to assess China’s trade value-added. CONTENTS

Aims and methodology: VS trade pattern and China’s trade surplus; VS, FDI and China’s Import and Export Imbalance; VS and equilibrium relationship between import and export of foreign invested enterprises in China; VS: Causes and prospects of growth in China - US and China - Japan trade; Empirical analysis on the role for VS in China’s trade surplus; Advanced economies: Vertical trade per industries in China’s provinces; Closing remarks: Rebalancing the Chinese import and export.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 446 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 447 6 Approx. £85.00/US$145.00/€100.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094469

Available / will be available on Chandos Publishing Online

Asian studies NEW China’s Capital Markets Yong Zhen, Beijing Normal University, China Capital markets in China include stock, bond, futures and other derivatives, as well as the private equity market. China’s Capital Markets is the first book to systematically study China’s capital markets, examining its evolution, policies, reforms, current situation and challenges. Following an introduction to China’s capital markets and economic growth, the book moves on to cover further capital markets in China, including: the banking system, mergers and acquisitions, and valuation adjustment mechanisms, before concluding with a discussion of the opening up and internationalization of China’s capital markets. CONTENTS

China’s private equity market; Stock market; Bond market; Futures market and other derivative markets; Investors in China’s capital markets; Mergers and acquisitions in China’s capital markets; Valuation adjustment mechanism; The opening up and internationalization of China’s capital markets.

280 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 697 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 360 2 USA ISBN: 978 0 85709 214 4 Approx. £85.00/US$145.00/€100.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346975

NEW Yunnan-A Chinese Bridgehead to Asia

NEW Internet Law in China

Doing Business Successfully in China

Guosong Shao, Nanjing University of Finance and Economics, China

Mona Chung, Deakin University, Australia

A comprehensive, structured, and up-todate introduction to the law governing the dissemination of information in a computermediated world in China, Internet Law in China stresses the practical applications of the law that are encountered by all individuals and organizations in Chinese cyberspace, but always in the light of theoretical underpinnings. Among the overarching topics treated in the Chinese context are the following: intellectual property protection in cyberspace; privacy of communication and data privacy; electronic contract forming and electronic signature; personal, domestic and international jurisdiction; and free expression in cyberspace.

Despite the overwhelming importance of the Chinese economy to the success of Western economies, there has yet to be an examination of why Western companies have had difficulties in doing business with the Chinese. A significant barrier that companies have difficulty to overcome is the effective communication with their Chinese counter parts. This major impediment is caused by no understanding of the cultural differences between the Chinese and Western business cultures. This book offers the solution to this problem: the bi-cultural personnel.

CONTENTS

The Chinese legal system; Regulating the Internet; Internet speech; Privacy interests; Proprietary interests.

316 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 648 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 337 4 USA ISBN: 978 0 85709 159 8 £85.00/US$145.00/€100.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346487

NEW Multinational Corporation Subsidiaries in China

A case study of China’s political and economic relations with its neighbours Tim Summers, Chinese University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong The Chinese province of Yunnan has been undergoing a dynamic process of repositioning, from a Southwestern periphery of the PRC (People’s Republic of China) to a ‘bridgehead’ between China and its neighbours in Southeast and South Asia. Yunnan-A Chinese Bridgehead to Asia traces this process and its implications, demonstrating the extent of provincial agency in global interactions in reform-era China, and the growing global importance of ‘southsouth’ economic and commercial interactions. The first chapter overviews China’s changing global relationships. The next chapter gives an overview of Yunnan’s history and key elements in its regional and global interactions. The third chapter then outlines the development since the 1980s of ideas concerning Yunnan’s geopolitical positioning. The next three chapters consider three main areas of political economy in turn: transnational institutions; infrastructure and transport development and; regional and bilateral ties between Yunnan and Southeast and South Asia. CONTENTS

China in a changing world; Yunnan’s history in regional perspective; Repositioning Yunnan: ideas and policy; Yunnan and regional institutions; Infrastructure development; From border trade to going out.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 444 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 445 2 Approx. £85.00/US$145.00/€100.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094445

An empirical study of growth and development strategy Jinghua Zhao, Central University of Finance and Economics, China, Jifu Wang, University of Houston, Vipin Gupta, California State University and Tim Hudson, Texas Tech University, USA This comprehensive study examines the global strategies of multinational corporations (MNCs), the strategic evolution and the categories of their subsidiaries in China based on 150 MNCs. It is the first large-scale project of this nature to be conducted. The research has significant bearing on strategic planning for firms that have set up, are setting up or are planning to establish subsidiaries in China, and the firms that try to compete in the global marketplace. The findings are significant for the West, owing to the current economic crisis and the need to determine if subsidiary expansion strategies will help Western firms achieve the portfolio effects in operations and avoid the harmful impact of macro events such as the existing global financial crisis. CONTENTS

Part 1 Overview and conceptual building blocks: Introduction; Conceptual building blocks. Part 2 Theoretical background and methodology: Theoretical background; Empirical research on growth and development strategy. Part 3 Hypothesis testing and analysis: Strategic intent: Investment and competitive factors; Corporate and functional strategies. Part 4 Conclusions: Conclusions.

264 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84334 605 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 332 9 USA ISBN: 978 0 85709 163 5 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346050

CONTENTS

Introduction; Communicating with Chinese by understanding them better; The Chung Model: A practical business example; Characteristics of the Chinese in commercial negotiations; A culturally sound entry strategy brings success; The mindset of culture and its impact; Mistakes to avoid in managing multicultural teams; Cultural obstacles to negotiations: New research in China; Eat, drink and may your business prosper; How to market products to Chinese consumers; Conclusion.

246 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 549 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 276 6 USA ISBN: 978 0 85709 155 0 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345497

Truths and Half Truths China’s socio-economic reforms from 1978-2010 Ferdinand Gul and Haitian Lu, Hong Kong Polytechnic University, Hong Kong Truths and Half Truths is aimed at economic and social science academics and students who are interested in the dynamics of China’s institutional development and societal transformation. Covering the complexity of the social, economic, and governance reforms behind the economic miracles achieved by China since its reform in 1978, and particularly in the past twenty years, this book provides much needed insight and critical thinking on major aspects of China’s reform. Topics include employment, environment, anti-poverty; urbanization and rural development; education, corruption, political regime and media. Readers will be able to re-evaluate the costs and benefits of China’s modernization from a point-of-view of sustainability. CONTENTS

Reforms on: Population and employment; Social security system; Environmental protection; Anti-poverty campaign; Urbanization and rural development; Combat against corruption; Educational systems; Economic governance (trade, investment, banking and finance); Political, cultural, and societal change.

282 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 628 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 277 3 USA ISBN: 978 0 85709 170 3 £90.00/US$155.00/€110.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346289

E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com / Order online @ www.chandospublishing.com

Asian studies Development and Reform of Higher Education in China Hong Zhu and Shiyan Lou, Tianjin University of Commerce, China

Development and Reform of Higher Education in China highlights not only the development of different aspects of higher education, but also the reform of the education system and its role in the educational and social development of the country. CONTENTS

Introduction to higher education in China; Higher education system and its evolution; Structure of higher education; Marketization of higher education; Internationalization of higher education; Conclusion and prospects.

192 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 639 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 359 6 USA ISBN: 978 0 85709 160 4 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346395

Human Resources Management in China Cases in HR practice Edited by Doug Davies, University of Canberra, Australia and Liang Wei, East China University of Science and Technology, China Aimed at people interested in management and Human Resources in China, this book is a collection of original and researched case studies on a variety of HR issues occurring in Chinese organisations, both privately-owned and part of multi-national enterprises, and how these issues are resolved by management. The impacts of the solutions in the organisations are also discussed. Preceded by a brief review of the Chinese and Western literature on this problem, the case is then presented and concluded by an analysis of the situations and solutions implemented. CONTENTS

Succession planning in the Chinese subsidiary of a multinational enterprise; Staffing issues in a furniture exporting organisation in Ningbo; Human resource problems at the US Vehicles motor factory in central China; Management and staffing at a start-up regional airlines company; Human resource problems during a merger and acquisition; The compensation system reform of the multi-purpose workgroup in a heat-treatment workshop; The balanced scorecard in the Credit Card Association of China; Staff turnover in a pharmaceutical and healthcare company; Staff retention in the hotel industry; Human resource problems in a high-tech business incubator; Staff retention, motivation and commitment at the China Electrical Components organisation; Remuneration and retention in a privately-owned technology company; Organisational change at a multinational gas corporation in Shanghai; Compensation strategies as a motivational and retention tool; Performance management at International Air Transport; Conclusion.

226 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 552 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 222 3 ISBN: 978 0 85709 148 2 (USA) £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345527

China 2020

WTO Accession and Socio-Economic Development in China

The next decade for the People’s Republic of China Edited by Kerry Brown, Senior Fellow at Chatham House, UK

Edited by Parikshit Basu and Yapa Bandara, Charles Sturt University, Australia

‘This stimulating and thought-provoking analysis of what China will be like in ten years’ time is particularly valuable for including the views of China experts who do not normally write in the public domain’

John Everard, former British Ambassador to North Korea This book presents eight separate essays and provides the reader with a unique perspective and objective judgement of where China will stand by the end of the current decade. It is suitable reading for foreign policy practitioners, academics and anyone interested in one of the world’s fastest-developing countries. The eight essays cover the following topics: China’s internal politics; China’s military; China’s economy; China’s international image and its international relations; China’s legal development and China’s western regional development plans. China 2020 assesses where these issues stand today and highlights their likely trajectory over the following decade. A unique feature of this book is that it looks in particular at the policy impact, both for China and other countries, and all the most and least likely outcomes for China’s development in these areas. CONTENTS

China in 2020: The leadership and the Party; China 2020: International relations; The Chinese economy in the next decade; China’s military in 2020; China’s environment in 2020; China’s western regions 2020: Their national and global implications; China’s rule of law; China’s ‘soft power’ development by 2020.

268 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 631 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 278 0 USA ISBN: 978 0 85709 147 5 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346319

Post-Acquisition Management in China Yi He, Yi & Hong Business Consulting (Shanghai) Co. Ltd, China Post-Acquisition Management in China provides a systematic examination of post-acquisition management and its impact on performance after takeover in the acquired Chinese companies. It looks at the various aspects of post-acquisition management including the nature and processes of post-acquisition changes, integration and control, and the association between the performance and postacquisition management. CONTENTS

Theoretical perspectives of acquisition management; Post-acquisition management and performance; Research methods; Rationales of acquisitions in China; The nature of post-acquisition changes; Post-acquisition change process and performance; Post-acquisition management and performance: a closer look; Survey findings; Conclusion. Recommendations for management and government policy.

This book reviews how China’s accession to the WTO has impacted upon its education, environment, economic and social outcomes in recent years. CONTENTS

Introduction: Socio-economic development in China – WTO accession and related issues. Education, environment and services: Reform of China’s economic system with WTO accession and its impact on tertiary education; The relationship between economic globalization and higher education internationalization in China; Green strategies for enhancing economic growth and ecological sustainability in Xinjiang province in China; Services in China: Prospects for growth and implications for Australia. Finance and accountancy: Trend and pattern of Foreign Direct Investment in China’s economic boom; FDI Spill overs - the strategy for Chinese economic development; The convergence of International Financial Reporting Standards in China: A view on the influence of political ideology on Chinese accounting profession; Accounting standards development in China. Socio-economic impacts: Sociocultural challenges to economic growth in China – looking ahead; Community development in China: Problems and prospects; Concluding remarks.

234 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 547 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 237 7 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345473

Implementation of Changes in Chinese Organizations Groping a way through the darkness Edited by Ruth Alas, Estonian Business School, Estonia There are no commonly accepted theories of change that have been developed for China or countries in transition. This book is an attempt to bridge that gap and provide a model which takes into account the specifics of organizational changes in Chinese organizations. It looks at various aspects of change implementation in Chinese organizations, including the types, the process, the readiness to change, and ethical issues. CONTENTS

Organizational changes in Chinese companies: The triangular model for dealing with organizational change; Chinese institutional context; Types of change in Chinese organizations; The process of implementation of change; Readiness to change; Ethnics and corporate social responsibility during changes; Chinese cases: Introduction to the case studies; Implication for managers.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 352 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 235 3 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343523

314 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 575 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 223 0 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345756

To order, tel: +44 (0) 1223 499140 / fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

Available / will be available on Chandos Publishing Online

Asian studies The Chinese Consumer Market

The Rapidly Transforming Chinese HighTechnology Industry and Market

Opportunities and risks Edited by Lei Tang, ESC Rennes School of Business, France

The Chinese Consumer Market examines the changing consumer business environment in China and offers predictions about the evolution of the Chinese consumer market in the different sectors as well as the likely strategic implications for global consumer oriented companies. CONTENTS

Chinese consumer trends; The Chinese automobile market; The cosmetic sector in China; Chinese Internet consumer behaviour; The Chinese mobile value-added services market; The Chinese media market; The Chinese 3G market; The Chinese wine market; The Chinese real estate market; The Chinese pharmaceutical products market; The Chinese tourism market.

250 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 332 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 220 9 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343325

China-ASEAN Relations and International Law

Institutions, ingredients, mechanisms and modus operandi Nir Kshetri, University of North CarolinaGreensboro, USA ‘…useful reading for both economic and political analysis.’

Journal of Contemporary Asia CONTENTS

Intellectual property rights issues in China’s high-technology industry; The Chinese e-business industry; Cyber-control in China; The Chinese government’s influence on the thirdgeneration cellular standard: Motivators, enabling factors and mechanisms; Drivers of foreign multinationals’ research and development activities in China; Forces shaping the development of the Chinese technology workforce; The Chinese software industry: Structural shifts; Diffusion of open source software: Institutional and economic feedback; Drivers of broadband diffusion in China; The Chinese internet protocol television market; China’s nanotechnology prowess; Chinese technology enterprises in developing countries: Sources of strategic fit and institutional legitimacy; Internationalisation of firms in the Chinese cellular industry; Chinese high-technology firms’ outwardoriented mergers and acquisitions: A case study; Concluding remarks.

328 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 464 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 221 6 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344643

Edited by Zou Keyuan, Lancashire Law School, University of Central Lancashire, UK The book discusses and explains China-ASEAN relations from an international law perspective and covers a wide range of legal topics and legal issues. CONTENTS

Managing Foreign Research and Development in the People’s Republic of China The new think-tank of the world Zheng Han, University of St. Gallen, Switzerland CONTENTS

Literature review; The emerging market of China; Patterns of foreign R&D in China; Motivations and challenges of foreign R&D in China; Managing R&D professionals in China; Managing intellectual property rights; Managing cooperation with local universities; Conclusion and outlook.

250 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 438 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 233 9 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344384

260 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 153 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 225 4 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341536

The Private Sector and China’s Market Development

The Role of China in Global Dirty Industry Migration

Zhikai Wang, Zhejiang University, China

Haitian Lu, Consultant, Hong Kong

CONTENTS

Rural–urban industrial growth in the private sector: The case of Zhejiang province; The private sector and China’s market development: Case studies in Zhejiang and Jiangsu; Innovation and market transition at the regional level in China; Market transition and future developments in China’s private sector; The development of the private sector from the Jiangsu-Zhejiang model to the universal Chinese model; Market integration and the internationalisation of China’s private enterprises; Labour rights protection and the sustainable development of the private sector.

The Rise of the Dragon Inward and outward investment in China in the reform period 1978-2007 Kerry Brown, Senior Fellow at Chatham House, UK CONTENTS

A brief history of inward and outward investment in China; Statistics; China as a destination for foreign direct investment; China as an outward investor; Conclusion.

240 pages 235 x 156mm hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 351 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 231 5 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 paperback ISBN: 978 1 84334 481 0 £29.95/US$50.00/€35.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343516

China: Building an Innovative Economy Celeste Varum, University of Aveiro, Portugal, Can Huang, United Nations University, The Netherlands and Joaquim Borges Gouveia, University of Aveiro, Portugal CONTENTS

Dynamic China: Economic transformation and integration into the global economy; Transformation of the innovation policy of China; Reform of the S&T system in China: The innovation system in China from an international perspective; Conclusion and discussion.

152 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 148 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 226 1 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341482

Long-Term Commitment, Trust and the Rise of Foreign Banking in China Qing Lu, University of Hull, UK CONTENTS

China’s banking system and the central government’s regulation of foreign banks; Factors influencing the growth of foreign banks’ branches; Central government control over foreign banks’ customers in China; The development of foreign banks’ customers in China; Development of foreign banks in China; Case study: How did HSBC build trust with the Chinese government? Conclusion.

284 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 321 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 230 8 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343219

China and India Opportunities and threats for the global software industry John McManus, University of Lincoln, UK, Mingzhi Li, Tsinghua University, China and Deependra Moitra CONTENTS

Dirty industry migration and environment: theories and application; Dirty industry migration globally and in China: an empirical study; Dirty industry migration under international law; Dirty industry migration under Chinese law; Corporate social responsibility and environmental citizenship in China; Conclusion.

The global software industry; China: a PESTEL analysis; India: A PESTEL analysis; China versus India – a SWOT perspective; Segmentation within the global software industry; Interrelationships in China and India’s software industries; Competitive position strategy; Pursuing competitive strategies; Marketing and customer-oriented strategies.

400 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 463 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 236 0 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344636

188 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 158 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 234 6 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341581

138 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 399 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 232 2 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343998

E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com / Order online @ www.chandospublishing.com

Asian studies Globalization and the Chinese Retailing Revolution Competing in the world’s largest emerging market Yong Zhen, Beijing Normal University, China CONTENTS

Part 1 The global retail industry: New trends in the global retail industry; The characteristics of successful retailer models; Case study: the Internationalization of Wal-Mart. Part 2 The revolution of Chinese retailing: The history of Chinese retailing; The opening-up of Chinese retailing; The real face of Chinese retailing; Chinese consumer revolution. Part 3 Competing Chinese retailing: Entering the world’s largest emerging market; The success and failure of global retailers in China; Chinese retailers’ behaviour; Competition between foreign and Chinese retailers in China. Part 4 WTO and Chinese retailing: WTO: a great opportunity to fail or succeed? Conclusions.

300 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 279 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 229 2 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342793

Labour Disputes and their Resolution in China Jie Shen, University of South Australia, Australia

CONTENTS

Economic reform: A historical perspective and its social impact; The changes in China’s employment relations; Labour disputes; Trade unions; Labour contracts; Labour tripartism; Labour dispute arbitration; Labour litigation; Conclusions.

178 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 180 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 227 8 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341802

Strategic Challenges and Strategic Responses The transformation of Chinese state-owned enterprises Jifu Wang, University of Houston, USA CONTENTS

Part 1 Theoretical background to strategy and research methodology: Introduction; Theoretical background and the response model; Research design and methodology. Part 2 Case studies: The China Huajing Electronics Group Corporation; The Beijing No. 1 Machine Tool Plant; The Chongqing CHN & CHN Ceramics Co. Ltd; The Sichuan Chemical Works (Group) Ltd; The Jingwei Textile Machinery Co. Ltd; The Harbin Electric Machinery Company Ltd. Part 3 Discussion and conclusions: Analyses and discussions; Conclusions and implications.

232 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 222 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 228 5 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342229

INDIA

NEW The Political Economy of Corporate Responsibility in India

Ram Raghavan, TALENGENE, UK

Bimal Arora, Nottingham University, UK The overall socio-economic development experience in India under different economic governance frameworks since the 1950s has given rise to a large number of interrelated concerns, including: impacts on employment and distribution of income, emergence of new forms of vulnerabilities, weakened state structures, imbalanced demographics with sub-national disparities, environmental and biomass degeneration and dismal performance on several human development indicators. However, all the institutional actors, including private sector corporations, have responded to these challenges in different ways. This book documents these experiences in the Indian context and identifies the scope and limitations of corporations to address such concerns. CONTENTS

Introduction and political economy framework for analysing CSR; CSR in India: History and context; Contemporary CSR: An overview of initiatives; The drivers of CSR in India; Conclusion; Appendix 1: Overview of social, work and wagerelated legislation; Appendix 2: Core labour standards and legislation; Bibliography.

250 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q4 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 415 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 338 1 USA ISBN: 978 0 85709 161 1 Approx. £85.00/US$145.00/€100.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344155

Prospects of Regional Economic Cooperation in South Asia With special studies on Indian industry Gordhan Saini, School of Management and Labour Studies, Tata Institute of Social Sciences, India The book is written against the backdrop of sluggish progress of multilateral trade negotiations under the framework of the World Trade Organization (WTO) regime which has provided impetus to the signing of regional/ bilateral trade agreements the world over. This book examines the prospects and impact of regional economic cooperation in the South Asia region using various approaches; and focuses specifically on the South Asian Free Trade Agreement (SAFTA).

Human Capital Management Challenges in India focuses on the Indian talent pool and identifies why companies are finding it difficult to identify, recruit, reward and retain talent. It provides an insight as to why companies find it difficult to retain talent by questioning certain fundamental assumptions held by organisations, such as the role of Human Resources. CONTENTS

The fundamental shift; Is it strategic? Practical HR; Introduction to practical HR; Strategies to manage talent; Talent pool.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 564 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 248 3 USA ISBN: 978 0 85709 149 9 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345640

India’s Innovation Blueprint How the largest democracy is becoming an innovation super power George Eby Mathew, Infosys, Australia India’s Innovation Blueprint assesses the new economic climate in India, together with talent and entrepreneurship which are also making India a net supplier of innovation. It identifies gaps in the current innovation ecosystem and recommends a portfolio approach and calls for a National Innovation System (NIS) as a blueprint to fix the gaps. CONTENTS

The tipping point eras; India’s place in the new world order; Enviable growth; Ground-breaking changes; Innovation foundation; Gargantuan opportunities and mindless pitfalls; Enhancing rural GDP through inclusive innovation; Formalising innovation through a national innovation system.

188 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84334 229 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 224 7 USA ISBN: 978 0 85709 145 1 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342298

CONTENTS

Part 1 Regional economic cooperation in South Asia: Regional trade agreements: Trends, taxonomy and motivation; Regional trade agreements in South Asia; Regional economic cooperation in South Asia: A literature review; Regional trade in South Asia: findings from three indices; Gravity analysis of South Asia’s free trade; What do GTAP evaluations reveal about regionalism in South Asia? Trade facilitation concerns in South Asia: The case of selected agro-food industries; The impact of the IndiaSri Lanka FTA: Prospects for a comprehensive economic partnership agreement. Part 2 Special studies on Indian industry: The Hatch-Waxman Act and Indian pharmaceutical firms: An analysis; Non-tariff measures and their impact: India’s textiles and clothing exports; Cluster dynamics and performance in traditional industries: Critical review of lock, brassware and glassware industries in north India; Part 3 Conclusion: Conclusion.

298 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84334 614 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 330 5 USA ISBN: 978 0 85709 164 2 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346142

Human Capital Management Challenges in India

To order, tel: +44 (0) 1223 499140 / fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

China and India Opportunities and threats for the global software industry John McManus, University of Lincoln, UK, Mingzhi Li, Tsinghua University, China and Deependra Moitra CONTENTS

188 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 158 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 234 6 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843341581

Available / will be available on Chandos Publishing Online

Asian studies JAPAN

SOUTH KOREA

VIETNAM

Management Education in Japan

NEW How The Underdog Korea Has Emerged from War to Economic Power

The Transformation of Human Resource Management and Industrial Relations in Vietnam

Norio Kambayashi, Kobe University, Masaya Morita, Kansai University and Yoko Okabe, Kyoto Sangyo University, Japan

From ashes to flames Sang Nam, University of Victoria, Canada

The changing nature of education and training systems in Japanese firms is reviewed with focus on developments of management education in Japanese universities. Based on a contextual model, this book examines whether the MBA education system in the Japanese business schools is useful for human resource development in Japanese firms and discusses the importance of developments of Japanese-specific methods of management education. CONTENTS

Introduction: The contexts of management education in Japan; Curriculum in leading business schools in Japan; Japanese firms’ expectations to management education from the viewpoint of management; Students’ expectations to management education from the viewpoint of employees; Comparison on MBA holders’ careers/qualities between Japan and US why do some Japanese employees select to study in American business schools instead of Japanese ones? Management education in corporate universities; Comparisons of management education between these corporate universities and authentic universities; Conclusion summary and implications for practitioners and academics.

122 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 218 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 249 0 £47.00/US$80.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342182

Korea has emerged from one of the poorest countries of the 1960s to an economic power within a few decades. Often called the miracle of the Han River, Korea’s rapid ascension to an economic power is one of the most remarkable ‘rags to riches’ stories in the history of modern economy. This book explores how Korea has turned the crises into opportunities and transformed herself into an ever-stronger economy in the 20th century. CONTENTS

A brief history; Ashes to flames; Korean excellence; Foreign companies in Korea; Current challenges: Challenges that Korean companies face in the global economy of the 21st century: How the Korean companies deal with the challenges; Into the future: What Korean companies need to do to become effective global leaders.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q4 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84334 400 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 333 6 USA ISBN: 978 0 85709 168 0 Approx. £85.00/US$145.00/€100.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344001

South Korea Challenging globalisation and the postcrisis reforms Edited by Young-Chan Kim, Greenwich University, UK, Doo-Jin Kim, Frankfurt University, Germany and Young Kim, Graduate School of National Intelligence, Korea

THAILAND

CONTENTS

The Globalisation of Executives and Economies Lessons from Thailand Edited by John Walsh, Shinawatra International University, Thailand CONTENTS

Section 1 Overview of Thailand and the Thai economy: The globalisation of Thai corporations and executives: The new generation; Globalisation and the evolution of business management and leadership in Thailand: Some observations; Consumer emancipation and economic development: The case of Thailand. Section 2 Crucial industrial sectors: Globalisation of the executive search industry in Thailand; Globalisation and the Thai educational system; Agro-industry competitiveness in Thailand under globalisation; Post-Tsunami recovery and the Tourist Authority of Thailand. Section 3 The legal, political and cultural environment of Thai business: The globalisation of Thailand – obstacles and solutions: A management perspective; Thai ICT policy and the globalising role of the internet; Below the line government: An initial investigation into Thai Rak Thai political marketing. Section 4 Globalisation of Thai consumers and firms: Technology and customer relationships in Thai financial services; Factors influencing Thai investors investing in fixed income funds; Professionalisation of sales in Thailand: A perspective on personal connections; Towards E-Government: A study of supplier attitudes towards the adoption of E-Auction procurement by the Metropolitan Electricity Authority of Thailand; The relationship is the brand: Sales reps and information for new service development in Thai life insurance; Cultural factors in ERP adoption: A Thailand-Europe comparison.

270 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84334 281 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 252 0 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342816

Preface - systematic change in Korea since the IMF crisis; Introduction: Korean economy in the globalisation era: the Kim Young-Sam period; Korean Chaebol: going global and over-expanded FDI; ‘Dismal leadership’ or macroeconomic fatigue? An analysis of the Kim Young-Sam administration’s role in the 1997 economic crisis; Labor relations during the Korean civil government; Kim Young-Sam’s reform and unexpected tragedy that followed; The Korean financial crisis and government policies: perception and response; Bipolarization of the Korean economy and its policy implications; Implications of Korea’s Segyehwa policy; The IMF crisis and the crisis of the Korean labour movement; Beyond neo-liberal globalization: agenda for the Korean reformist government.

300 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 472 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 251 3 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344728

Strategic Marketing DecisionMaking Within Japanese and South Korean Companies Yang-Im Lee, Royal Holloway, University of London and Peter Trim, Birkbeck College, University of London, UK 364 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 363 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 250 6 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 paperback ISBN: 978 1 84334 469 8 £37.00/US$65.00/€45.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343639

Anne Vo, University of Wollongong, Australia This essential reference reviews recruitment and selection, training and development, performance management and union relations in a sample of multi national companies (MNCs) and local firms in Vietnam. It addresses the transfer of human resources management (HRM) systems across borders and the transformation of HRM practices in Vietnam in the context of a developing and transitional economy. The book extensively examines the attraction of younger generations to HRM systems in developing countries, the ‘brain drain’ phenomenon and the local firms potentially losing commercial competitiveness in their own country. The book also reviews the catalyst role of MCNs in the management of human resources. CONTENTS

Vietnam as a transforming country; Recruitment and selection; Performance management; The reward system; Training and development; Industrial relations; Discussion and conclusions.

190 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 270 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 254 4 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342700

Guerilla Capitalism The state in the market in Vietnam Lan Nguyen, International Finance Corporation (IFC), Vietnam ‘...an inspiring book that can be read from many angles… a must-read for anyone who is either curious or serious about business in Vietnam.’

Asia Policy CONTENTS

Analytical background; The theoretical framework; Research methodology; An overview of Vietnamese history and culture; An overview of the Vietnamese economy in transition and the reform of state-owned enterprises; The institutional matrix and typical form of capitalism in Vietnam; Authority relations within Vietnamese SOEs; The industrial governance of SOEs; The management problems of the Vietnamese SOEs; Embedded materialism - The limitation of the incentive structure in Vietnamese SOEs; Policy implications; Summary and conclusions.

250 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 550 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 255 1 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345503

Vietnamese State Industry and the Political Economy of Commercial Renaissance Dragon’s tooth or curate’s egg? Adam Fforde, University of Melbourne, Australia 300 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 220 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78063 253 7 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342205

E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com / Order online @ www.chandospublishing.com

Title index 24/7 Reference, 2, 38, 41 Abstracts and Abstracting, 54 Academic and Professional Publishing, 38 Academic Branch Libraries in Changing Times, 4, 13 Academic Librarianship, Publishing, and the Tenure Track, 19, 38 Academic Libraries in the U.S. and China, 3 Academic Research Library in a Decade of Change, The, 6, 15 Achieving Transformational Change in Academic Libraries, 2, 9 Acquisitions Go Global, 6, 15, 55 Active Learning Techniques for Librarians, 29 Adolescent Novel, The, 26 An Evaluation of the Benefits and Value of Libraries, 16 An Overview of the Changing Role of the Systems Librarian, 5, 21 Archives and Societal Provenance, 53 Archives, 56 ART of People Management in Libraries, The, 13, 22 Asian Business Groups, 71 Australian Library Supervision and Management, 16 Becoming Confident Teachers, 21, 35 Being the Best You Can Be, 62 Bibliographic Information Organization in the Semantic Web, 52, 63 Body Language and the First Line Manager, 62 Brave New World of Publishing, The, 39 Building a Digital Repository Program with Limited Resources, 43, 50 Building a Successful Archival Programme, 56 Building Bridges, 6 Building Communities, 10, 67 Building Library 3.0, 49, 69 Building Your Library Career with Web 2.0, 20, 48, 68 Bullying and Sexual Harassment, 62 Bush, City, Cyberspace, 26 Business Strategy and Corporate Governance in the Chinese Consumer Electronics Sector, 71 Cataloguing Outside the Box, 55 Cataloguing Without Tears, 56 Challenges of Knowledge Sharing in Practice, The, 59 Characteristics of the Successful 21st Century Information Professional, 16, 23 China 2020, 74 China and India, 75, 76 China: Building an Innovative Economy, 75 China’s Capital Markets, 73 China’s Venture Capital Market, 72 China-ASEAN Relations and International Law, 75 Chinese Consumer Market, The, 75 Chinese Librarianship in the Digital Era, 3, 47 Classification in Theory and Practice, 56 Collection Management, 15 Combating Student Plagiarism, 31, 37 Comprehensive Library Staff Training Programme in the Information Age, A, 15, 23 Computers for Librarians, 46 Consumption and management, 61 Content Licensing, 51 Continuing Professional Development, 23 Convergence of Libraries and Technology Organizations, 5, 43 Coping With Continuous Change in the Business Environment, 59

Corporate Literacy, 62 Creating a Competitive Intelligence Capability, 61 Creating and Maintaining an Information Literacy Instruction Program in the 21st Century, 27 Creating Digital Collections, 44, 51 Crisis Information Management, 48, 68 Critical Assessment of Research, The, 36 Cruise to Success, 22 Culture of Evaluation in Library and Information Services, The, 15, 18 Customer Care, 14, 21 Data Clean-up and Management, 57 Delivering E-Learning for Information Services in Higher Education, 37 Demystifying the Institutional Repository for Success, 41, 54 Descriptive and Subject Cataloguing, 56 Designing Effective Library Tutorials, 3, 34 Developing Archives and Special Collections, 52 Developing Open Access Journals, 40, 45 Development and Reform of Higher Education in China, 74 Digital Age and Local Studies, The, 52 Digital Dialogues and Community 2.0, 68 Digital Dilemmas and Solutions, 52 Digital Information Contexts, 51 Digital Information Culture, 65 Digital Libraries and the Challenges of Digital Humanities, 46, 50, 52 Digital Libraries, 51 Digital Library Economics, 51 Digital Rights Management, 51 Disaster Planning for Libraries, 2, 9 Disaster Recovery for Archives, Libraries and Records Management Systems in Australia and New Zealand, 56 Diversity Programming and Outreach for Academic Libraries, 7, 20 Do You Web 2.0?, 48, 68 Doing Business Successfully in China, 73 Don’t Just Do Something, Sit There, 14, 22 E-book Publishing Success, 40 E-books in Academic Libraries, 39, 43 Ecology of Academic Journals, The, 38 Economic Relations Between Asia and Europe, The, 72 Ecosystem of Digital Assets, The, 9, 32 Effective Information Retrieval from the Internet, 66 E-Journal Invasion, 55 Electronic Financial Services, 62 Electronic Portfolios, 22, 37 Electronic Resource Management, 4, 41 Electronic Resources in the Virtual Learning Environment, 37, 46 Emerging Technologies for Academic Libraries in the Digital Age, 44, 49 Emerging Technologies for Knowledge Resource Management, 44, 45, 60 Enabling End-Users, 32 Engaging First-Year Students in Meaningful Library Research, 29 Engaging Students with Archival and Digital Resources, 29, 54 Engineering Education, 32 Enhancing Learning and Teaching through Student Feedback in Engineering, 35 Enhancing Learning and Teaching through Student Feedback in Social Sciences, 34 Ethical Behaviour in the E-Classroom, 34

To order, tel: +44 (0) 1223 499140 / fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

Ethical Decision Making for Digital Libraries, 9, 51 Evaluation of Digital Libraries, 44, 51 Evaluation of Research by Scientometric Indicators, The, 36 Evaluation of Worldwide Digital Reference Services in Libraries, The, 51 Eve on Top, 61 Evidence-Based Librarianship, 18 Excellence in the Stacks, 3, 10 Expatriates in Asia, 70 Exploring Education For Digital Librarians, 18, 35 Exploring Methods in Information Literacy Research, 31 External Quality Audits, 33 Facelifts for Special Libraries, 17 Faculty-Librarian Relationships, 7, 23 Female Entrepreneurship in East and South-East Asia, 71 Finding Legal Information, 32, 46 Finding Official British Information, 42 Finding the Concept, Not Just the Word, 45, 55 Freedom of Information and the Developing World, 6, 8 Freedom of Information, 8 From Fear to Flow, 21 From Knowledge Abstraction to Management, 53 From Lending to Learning, 25 From Science 2.0 to Pharma 3.0, 67 Fundamentals of International Organizational Behaviour, 62 Future of Information Architecture, The, 59 Future of Post-Human Knowledge, The, 59 Future of the Academic Journal, The, 39 Future of the Book in the Digital Age, The, 40 Gatekeepers of Knowledge, 6 Glass Ceiling in Chinese and Indian Boardrooms, The, 70 Global Information Inequalities, 8, 45 Global Research Without Leaving Your Desk, 37, 43 Global Resource Sharing, 42 Globalisation and Work in Asia, 70 Globalisation of Executives and Economies, The, 77 Globalisation, Information and Libraries, 9 Globalization and the Chinese Retailing Revolution, 76 Globalization, Change and Learning in South Asia, 70 Globalization, Flexibilization and Working Conditions in Asia and the Pacific, 70 Google and the Digital Divide, 64 Google Generation, The, 64 Google Scholar and Its Competitors, 47, 63 Google This!, 12, 47, 64 Growing People, 62 Guerilla Capitalism , 77 Guide to MARC 21 for Cataloging Books and Serials, 55 Handbook of Digital Library Economics, A, 20 Handbook of Ethical Practice, A, 8 Host in the Machine, The, 64, 69 How Libraries Make Tough Choices in Difficult Times, 3, 10 How LIS Professionals Can Use Alerting Services, 23, 45 How The Underdog Korea Has Emerged from War to Economic Power, 77 HR Due Diligence, 70

Available / will be available on Chandos Publishing Online

Title index Human Capital Management Challenges in India, 76 Human Resources Management in China, 74 Human Side of Reference and Information Services in Academic Libraries, The, 6, 45 Imagine Your Library’s Future, 5, 25 Impact of Organisational Culture on Knowledge Management, The, 60 Implementation of Changes in Chinese Organizations, 74 Improving Library Services to People with Disabilities, 6, 8 Indexing, 52 India’s Innovation Blueprint, 76 Information and Knowledge Professional’s Career Handbook, The, 20 Information Architecture for Information Professionals, 59 Information Consulting, 13 Information Dynamics in Virtual Worlds, 64 Information History - An Introduction, 31 Information Literacy and Cultural Heritage, 27, 53 Information Literacy and Lifelong Learning, 24, 27 Information Literacy Cookbook, The, 31 Information Literacy Education: A Process Approach, 31 Information Literacy in the Digital Age, 29, 49 Information Literacy Instruction, 29 Information Literacy Landscapes, 30 Information Literacy, 29, 32 Information Literate School Community 2, The, 26 Information Obesity, 30 Information Services and Digital Literacy, 28, 47 Inside China’s Legal System, 72 Instant Messaging Reference, 44 Institutional Repositories, 45, 55 Institutional Repository, The, 45, 56 Instructional Strategies and Techniques for Information Professionals, 35 Intellectual Property and the Work of Information Professionals, 50 Intellectual Property Licences and Technology Transfer, 63 Intellectual Property, 62 Interlending and Document Supply in Britain Today, 15, 18 Internet and Higher Education, The, 37, 49 Internet Law in China, 73 Internet, Power and Society, The, 65 iPhone Application Development, 43, 64 Joint-Use Libraries, 15, 25 Keeping the User in Mind, 30, 37 Knowledge Audits and Knowledge Mapping, 56 Knowledge Management for Sales and Marketing, 17, 58 Knowledge Management for Services, Operations and Manufacturing, 59 Knowledge Management in Higher Education, 33, 56 Knowledge Management, 59, 60 Knowledge, Information and the Business Process, 60 Knowledge-Based Working, 60 Labour Disputes and their Resolution in China, 76 Law Firm Librarianship, 11, 23 Law, Libraries and Technology, 7, 52

Leadership and Management of Quality in Higher Education, 17, 36 Leadership in Academic and Public Libraries, 11 Leadership in Libraries, 12, 20 Leadership Primer for New Librarians, A, 14, 22 Leadership Scaffolding, 63 Leading Empowerment, 63 Learning Commons, 6, 31 Lessons Learned Handbook, The, 36 Librarian’s Guide on How to Publish, A, 39 Librarian’s Guide to Academic Research in the Cloud, The, 10, 34, 47 Librarian’s Guide to the Internet, A, 50 Librarians of Babel, 14, 22 Librarianship and Human Rights, 8 Libraries and Archives, 24, 54 Libraries and Identity, 5 Libraries and Society, 8 Libraries for Users, 5, 30 Library 3.0, 12, 41 Library and Information Science Research in the 21st Century, 44 Library Classification Trends in the 21st Century, 4 Library Management, 15 Library Performance and Service Competition, 18 Library Project Funding, 8, 26 Library Scholarly Communication Programs, 7, 40 Library Technology and User Services, 4 Library Web Ecology, 49 Licensing and Managing Electronic Resources, 44 Local Community in the Era of Social Media Technologies, 67 Long-Term Commitment, Trust and the Rise of Foreign Banking in China, 75 Making a Collection Count, 5, 50 Making Sense of the Web, 63, 67 Making Theses and Dissertations Available Electronically, 41, 52 Management Education in Japan, 77 Management of Information Organizations, 12 Managing Academic Libraries, 2, 9 Managing and Supporting Student Diversity in Higher Education, 28, 32 Managing Archives, 56 Managing Burnout in the Workplace, 18 Managing Change and People in Libraries, 14, 22 Managing Electronic Resources, 44 Managing Foreign Research and Development in the People’s Republic of China, 75 Managing Global Business Strategies, 61 Managing Image Collections, 42, 50 Managing Integrated First-Line Support in Academic Libraries, 11 Managing Intellectual Capital in Libraries, 4, 19, 58 Managing People Globally, 70 Managing Social Media in Libraries, 47, 66 Managing the one-person library, 10 Managing Your Library and its Quality, 13, 17 Marketing the Best Deal in Town, 17, 25 Mastering Information Retrieval and Probabilistic Decision Intelligence Technology, 46 Measuring Academic Research, 36 Meeting the Needs of Student Users in Academic Libraries, 16, 28 Metadata Application in Digital Repositories and Libraries, 40, 53 Metadata for Digital Resources, 45, 55 Metadata Manual, The, 53

Method in the Madness, 44 Mid-Career Library and Information Professionals, 21 More Than a Thank You Note, 7 Most Delicate Monster, A, 26 Multi-dimensions of Industrial Relations in the Asian Knowledge-Based Economies, The, 71 Multimedia Information Retrieval, 40, 57 Multinational Corporation Subsidiaries in China, 73 Nature of Asian Firms, The, 72 Networked Collaborative Learning, 36 Never Mind the Web, 39, 65 New Approaches to E-Reserve, 14, 43 New Directions for Academic Liaison Librarians, 3, 19 New Information Professional, The, 23 New Paradigm of Library and Information Services Marketing, A, 16 New Thinking for 21st Century Publishers, 39 News Search, Blogs and Feeds, 65, 69 Not Your Ordinary Librarian, 19 Numeric Data Services and Sources for the General Reference Librarian, 42, 48 Online and Blended Business Education for the 21st Century, 61 Online Databases and Other Internet Resources for Earth Science, 37, 45 Online Dispute Resolution, 65 Online Information Services in the Social Sciences, 46 Online Learning and Assessment in Higher Education, 36 Ontologies, Taxonomies and Thesauri in Systems Science and Systematics, 54 Open Access and its Practical Impact on the Work of Academic Librarians, 39, 44 Open Access, 40, 46 Open Source Database Driven Web Development, 45, 66 Optimizing Academic Library Services in the Digital Milieu, 2, 33 Organisational Culture for Information Managers, 13, 58 Organising Knowledge in a Global Society, 55 Organising Knowledge, 59 Other 51 Weeks, The, 18 Patron-Driven Library, The, 2, 41 Performing Hybridity, 37 Personal Knowledge Capital, 57 Plagiarism Education and Prevention, 36 Plugged-In Professor, The, 33, 66 Political Economy of Corporate Responsibility in India, The, 76 Politics of Libraries and Librarianship, The, 8, 14 Popular Literature for Children and Adolescents, 26 Post-Acquisition Management in China, 74 Practical and Effective Management of Libraries, 5, 14 Practical Guide to Electronic Resources in the Humanities, A, 43 Practical Leadership, 63 Practical Open Source Software for Libraries, 43, 49 Practical Writing Guide for Academic Librarians, A, 21, 30 Practising Information Literacy, 30 Presentations for Librarians, 22 Principles of E-learning Systems Engineering, 37

E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com / Order online @ www.chandospublishing.com

Title index Private Philanthropic Trends in Academic Libraries, 7, 10 Private Sector and Chinaâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Market Development, The, 75 Private Sectorâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Role in Poverty Reduction in Asia, The, 71 Productivity for Librarians, 14, 21 Project Management in Libraries, Archives and Museums, 14, 25 Prometheus Assessed?, 34 Prospects of Regional Economic Cooperation in South Asia, 76 Providing more with less, 26 Providing Research Support, 28, 33 Public Interest and Private Rights in Social Media, 67 Public Libraries and their National Policies, 24 Pursuing Information Literacy, 30 Putting Content Online, 60 Qualitative Research and the Modern Library, 17 R&D and Licensing, 62 Rapidly Transforming Chinese High-Technology Industry and Market, The, 75 Record Keeping in a Hybrid Environment, 45, 55 Records Management and Knowledge Mobilisation, 24, 54 Records Management for Museums and Galleries, 24, 54 Recovery, Reframing, and Renewal, 20 Research Methods for Students, Academics and Professionals, 32 Revolution Will Not be Downloaded, The, 65 RFID for Libraries, 43 Rise of the Dragon, The, 75 Role of China in Global Dirty Industry Migration, The, 75 Role of the Academic Librarian, The, 7, 23 Role of the Legal Information Officer, The, 16, 26 Scenarios and Information Design, 60 Scholarly Communication for Librarians, 31, 39 Scholarly Communication in China, Hong Kong, Japan, Korea and Taiwan, 40 Scholarly Communication in Library and Information Services, 39, 43 Scientific Libraries, 6 Scientific Publishing, 39 Security Risks in Social Media Technologies, 67 Sense of Control, A, 31, 37 Service Science and the Information Professional, 16, 58 Setting Up a New Library and Information Service, 7, 46 Short-cut to Marketing The Library, A, 18, 25 Social Information, 42, 68 Social Media for Academics, 68 Social Reading, 28, 66 Solving Disputes for Regional Cooperation and Development in the South China Sea, 72 Solving Management Problems in Information Services, 16 South Korea, 77 Special Libraries as Knowledge Management Centres, 24, 58 Starting a Digitization Center, 46, 50, 52 Strategic Business Development for Information Centres and Libraries, 4 Strategic Challenges and Strategic Responses, 76 Strategic Change Management in Public Sector Organisations, 62

Strategic Information Management, 15, 59 Strategic Management of Technology, The, 16, 46 Strategic Marketing Decision-Making Within Japanese and South Korean Companies, 77 Student Feedback, 35 Succeed or Sink, 71 Supplementary Protection Certificates (Patent Extensions), 61 Supporting Research Writing, 27, 38 Surviving the Future, 18

Youth Services and Public Libraries, 26 Yunnan-A Chinese Bridgehead to Asia, 73

Taking Charge of Your Career, 22 Teaching Information Literacy for Inquiry-Based Learning, 30 Teaching Librarian, The, 32, 63 Teaching Research Processes, 28, 35 Teaching with Technology, 31, 37 Technology and Knowledge Flow, 42, 58 Television versus the Internet, 64 Ten Steps to Maturity in Knowledge Management, 60 Theory and Practice of the Dewey Decimal Classification System, The, 53, 55 Towards a Semantic Web, 48, 64 Training Library Patrons the ADDIE Way, 23 Transformation of Human Resource Management and Industrial Relations in Vietnam, The, 77 Transforming Research Libraries for the Global Knowledge Society, 5, 49 Trends in Mobile Technology and Business in the Asia-Pacific Region, 72 Trends, Discovery, and People in the Digital Age, 40, 57 Truths and Half Truths, 73 Understanding Librarians, 13, 20 Understanding the Internet, 65 Universal Design, 12, 17 User-Centred Library Websites, 49 User-Generated Content and its Impact on Web-Based Library Services, 25, 49 Using Network and Mobile Technology to Bridge Formal and Informal Learning, 33 Using the Internet for Political Research, 46, 66 Utilizing Technology in the Academic Research Process, 27, 34 Vertical Specialization and Trade Surplus in China, 72 Vietnamese State Industry and the Political Economy of Commercial Renaissance, 77 Virtual Research Environments, 30, 36 Visionary Leaders for Information, 5 Ways of Experiencing Information Literacy, 29 Web 2.0 and Libraries, 48, 69 Web 2.0 Knowledge Technologies and the Enterprise, 69 Web Information Management, 65 Web Presence, 66 Web Project Management for Academic Libraries, 49 Weblogs and Libraries, 50, 69 Website Visibility, 65 When tradition turns into innovation, 61 Why Blog?, 69 Why Intranets Fail (and How to Fix Them), 46 Wikis, 66 Workplace Culture in Academic Libraries, 11, 19 WTO Accession and Socio-Economic Development in China, 74

To order, tel: +44 (0) 1223 499140 / fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

Available / will be available on Chandos Publishing Online

Author index Afzal, Waseem 12 Agee, Jim 6, 15, 55 Agnew, Grace 51 Alas, Ruth 74 Albino, Vito 61 Albitz, Becky 44 Al-Hawamdeh, Suliman 60 Allan, Robert 30, 36 Allen, Matthew 66 Allison, Dee Ann 2, 41 Alonso-Arévalo, Julio 28, 66 Alvite, Luisa 5, 30 Alvord, Trevor 52 Anderson, Cokie 9, 46, 50, 51, 52 Andreosso-O’Callaghan, Bernadette 72 Andres, Ana 36 Andretta, Susie 29, 32 Andrew, Theo 45, 56 Ang, David 71 Applegarth, Mike 63 Arbaugh, J B 61 Arora, Bimal 76 Asselin, Marlene 26 Azzolini, John 11, 23 Badke, William 28, 35 Bailin, Alan 36 Baker, David 8, 16, 20, 40, 46, 51, 57, 62, 62 Baker, Kim 27, 53 Balagué, Núria 13, 17 Ballantyne-Scott, Brooke 17 Ballard, Terry 12, 47, 64 Bandara, Yapa 74 Banerjee, Kyle 51 Baofu, Peter 59 Barrionuevo, Leticia 5, 30 Barron, Deirdre 6 Barth, Christopher 5, 43 Basset, Hervé 67 Bassett, Dawn 17 Bassino, Jean-Pascal 72 Basu, Parikshit 74 Batley, Susan 56, 59 Bean, Margaret 42 Benbya, Hind 59 Benson, Robyn 28, 32, 36 Berrington, Mike 11 Berube, Linda 48, 68 Blanke, Tobias 9, 32 Blessinger, Kelly 11, 19 Boden, Debbi 31 Borges Gouveia, Joaquim 75 Borthwick, Ian 38 Botha, Antonie 59 Botha, Deonie 61 Botten, Neil 61 Brabazon, Tara 65, 68 Brack, Charlotte 36 Bradford, Jean 15, 18 Bradley, Cara 36 Breede, Manfred 39 Bridgewater, Rachel 44 Brine, Alan 23 Brine, Jenny 15, 18 Brown, Daniel 46 Brown, Kerry 74, 75 Brown, Scott 42, 68 Brunskill, Charlotte 24, 54 Bucknall, Tim 4 Buehler, Marianne 41, 54 Burgess, John 44, 70 Burton, Paul 8 Byke, Suzanne 14, 22

Cahill, Kay 25, 49 Campbell, Robert 38 Carney, Michael 71 Carpenter, Julie 8, 14, 25, 26 Carr, Reg 6, 15 Casey, Bernadette 61 Catherall, Paul 37 Charbonneau, Deborah 8, 45 Chen, Hsin-Liang 60 Cheung, Ophelia 14, 43 Chow, Anthony 4 Chung, Mona 73 Clobridge, Abby 43, 50 Clyde, Laurel 50, 69 Cole, Meryl 44 Comerford, Kieran 62 Condit Fagan, Jody 49 Connell, Julia 70 Connor, Elizabeth 18 Cooke, Nicole 35 Cooper, Mindy 7, 20 Cooperman, Larry 10 Cope, Bill 39, 40, 48, 64 Copeland, Susan 41, 52 Cordón-García, José-Antonio 28, 66 Cotter, Catherine 18 Cotton, Justine 29, 54 Crawford, Alice 3, 19 Crawford, John 15, 18, 24, 27 Crook, Linda 21 Crosling, Glenda 28, 32 Crump, Michele 16, 28 Crumrin, Robin 7, 20 Curley, Duncan 61, 63 Curran, Kevin 65 Currás, Emilia 54 Cutshaw, Oliver 20 Dahl, Mark 51 Darch, Colin 6, 8 Dartnall, Jean 26 Davies, Doug 74 Dawson, Heather 46, 66 de Castro, Paola 14, 22 de Grandbois, Yvonne 16, 58 de Jonge, Alice 70 de Keyser, Piet 52 de Stricker, Ulla 20 Debroux, Philippe 71 Deines-Jones, Courtney 6, 8 Demb, Sarah 24, 54 Devos, Anita 28, 32 Dewey, Barbara 5, 49 Diaz, Sebastian 33, 56 Dillon, Ken 26 Doig, Judith 56 Dolan, Simon 62 Drummond, Robyn 38, 33 Du Plessis, Marina 60 Dubnjakovic, Ana 43 Dumay, John 27, 34 Dunlap, Isaac 45, 66 Dunshire, Gordon 52, 63 Düren, Petra 11 Dzever, Sam 72 Eby Mathew, George 76 Elguindi, Anne 4, 41 Elliott, Judith 63 Elliott-Burns, Raylee 37 Ellis, Steve 60 Elmslie, Mark 62 Engard, Nicole 43, 49

Erdman, Jacquelyn 49 Evans, Wendy 8, 20, 40, 41, 51, 57 Evans, Woody 49, 64, 69 Eyraud, Francois 70 Falk, Patricia 55 Fang, Conghui 3, 47 Farmer, Lesley 6, 45 Ferguson, Stuart 46 Ferris, Sharmila 33, 66 Fforde, Adam 77 Finnis, Ern 26 Flaspohler, Molly 29 Fletcher, Janet 38, 33 Foster, John 26 Foulonneau, Muriel 45, 55 Fourie, Ina 23, 45 Frederiksen, Linda 42 Freund, LeiLani 16, 28 Fry, Jenny 17 Furuta, Kenneth 57 Gale, Veronica 37 Gannon-Leary, Pat 14, 21 Garofalo, Denise 10, 67 George, Carole 49 Geurts, Peter 39 Gilbert, Lester 37 Gilman, Isaac 7, 40 Goldfinch, Shaun 34 Gómez-Díaz, Raquel 28, 66 Gonzalez, Luis 7, 10 Goodman, Valeda Dent 17, 30, 37 Goodwin, Susan 31, 37 Gourley, Don 44, 51 Grafstein, Ann 36 Grant, Simon 22, 37 Gray, Edward 6, 7, 23 Green, Ravonne 15 Gross, Julia 20, 48, 68 Gul, Ferdinand 73 Gunter, Barrie 64 Gupta, Dinesh 16 Gupta, Vipin 73 Hagar, Christine 48, 68 Hahn, Jim 43, 64 Hallas, Jane 62 Han, Zheng 75 Handzic, Meliha 60 Hanna, Kathleen 7, 20 Hansanti, Songporn 72 Hansson, Joacim 5 Harries, Stephen 24, 54 Harry, Wes 70 Harvey, Ross 55 Harvey, Trevor 16, 26 He, Yi 74 Heagney, Margaret 28, 32 Hebels, Rodney 46 Heinrich, Helen 55 Heinstrom, Jannica 21 Helge, Kris 32, 63 Helinsky, Zuzana 18, 25 Helling, John 24 Henri, James 26 Hepworth, Mark 30 Hewitt, Lesley 28, 32 Heye, Dennie 16, 23 Hibner, Holly 5, 50 Hider, Philip 55 Higgins, Susan 2, 9, 26 Hilf, Eberhard 39

E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com / Order online @ www.chandospublishing.com

Author index Hill, Jacob 3, 10 Hilyer, Lee 22 Hines, Samantha 14, 21 Hipsher, Scott 70, 71, 72 Ho, ChyeKok 70 Hogarth, Margaret 57 Hrycaj, Paul 11, 19 Hsieh-Yee, Ingrid 47, 63 Huang, Can 75 Hudson, Tim 73 Hull, Barbara 13, 20 Hunker, Stefanie 55 Hunt, Ian 62 Hurst-Wahl, Jill 20 Huvila, Isto 24, 47 Huxley, Lesly 46

Li, LiLi 44, 49 Li, Mingzhi 75, 76 Lidman, Tomas 6, 24, 54 Limb, Peter 52 Linder, Daniel 28, 66 Lingham, Tony 62 Lipu, Suzanne 31 Liu, Jia 51 Lloyd, Annemaree 30, 31 Lombard, Emmett 30 Lou, Shiyan 74 Lowe-Wincentsen, Dawn 14, 21, 22 Lu, Haitian 73, 75 Lu, Qing 75 Lubas, Rebecca 53 Lundin, Roy 37

Ice, Phillip 33, 56 Iglesias, Edward 5, 21 Inala, Padma 29 Inman, Jane 42 Irving, Christine 24, 27 Iselid, Lars 65, 69

MacColl, John 45, 56 MacKay, Gordon 63 Macoustra, Jane 37, 43 Madden, Karl 19, 38 Madson, Nathan 72 Magee, Liam 48, 64 Mahesh, Kavi 60 Mallan, Kerry 37 Marks, Kenneth 18 Massey, Geraldine 37 Massey, Tinker 14, 22 Matarese, Valerie 27, 38 Maxwell, David 46, 50, 52 May, Christopher 51 McCarthy, Michael 14, 21 McCormack, Nancy 18 McGlamery, Susan 2, 38, 41 McGregor, Joy 26 McGuinness, Claire 21, 35 McKemmish, Sue 56 McKinlay, James 13, 22 McKinnon, Laura 32, 63 McManus, John 61, 75, 76 McMenemy, David 8 McMillan, Gail 41, 52 McNicol, Sarah 15, 25 Mertova, Patricie 17, 34, 35, 36, 37 Mestre, Lori 3, 34 Mierzejewska, Bozena I 38 Mikulás, Gábor 13 Milton, Nick 17, 36, 58, 60 Mincic-Obradovic, Ksenija 39, 43 Moitra, Deependra 75, 76 Moniz, Jr., Richard 5, 14 Morgan, Stephen 71 Morita, Masaya 77 Morrison, Heather 31, 39 Moss, Michael 45, 55 Mossop, Stephen 2, 9 Mukherjee, Bhaskar 39, 43 Mukhopadhyay, Asoknath 55 Mullen, Laura Bowering 39, 44 Muller, Jeanne 50 Munde, Gail 18 Mutula, Stephen 65 Myburgh, Sue 18, 23, 35

Jackson, Amy 53 Jackson, Paul 69 Jacobs, Neil 40, 46 Jaussaud, Jacques 72 Jelušić, Srećko 39 Jenkins, Paul 7, 23 Jennings, Karlene 7 Jones, Catherine 45, 55 Jones, Richard 45, 56 Jordan, Mark 60 Kalantzis, Mary 48, 64 Kambayashi, Norio 77 Karisiddappa, C R 44, 45, 60 Kauhanen-Simanainen, Anne 62 Keach, Jennifer 49 Kellam, Lynda 42, 48 Kelly, Mary 5, 50 Kennedy, John 15 Keyuan, Zou 75 Khilji, Shaista 70 Kim, Doo-Jin 77 Kim, Young 77 Kim, Young-Chan 77 King, Brandy 45, 55 Kist, Joost 39 Klobas, Jane 66 Koh, ChinSeng 70 Koltay, Tibor 54 Kostagiolas, Petros 4, 19, 58 Kourie, Derrick 59 Kovac, Miha 39, 65 Kshetri, Nir 75 Kumaran, Maha 12, 20 Kumbhar, Rajendra 4 Kwanya, Tom 12, 41 Lambe, Patrick 56, 59 Lampert, Lynn 31, 37 Langley, Anne 6, 7, 21, 23, 30 Latham, Bethany 3 Lawal, Ibironke 44 Lawler, John 71 Lawton, Eunice 62 Leaning, Marcus 65 Leaver, Tama 66 Lee, Jae-Nam 72 Lee, Sangheon 70 Lee, Yang-Im 77

Noe, Nancy 27 Note, Margot 42, 50 Novacek, Vit 63, 67 Nyström, Viveca 16 O’Connor, Steve 5, 25 O’Beirne, Rónán 25 Oghjojafor, Kingsley 40 Okabe, Yoko 77 Olesen, Annie 13 Oliver, Gillian 13, 58 Ortega, Alma 56 Ovadia, Steven 10, 34, 47 Oxley, Alan 67

Nair, Chenicheri Sid 17, 33, 34, 35, 36 Nam, Sang 77 Nance, Heidi 42 Nash White, Larry 18 Neal, Diane Rasmussen 68 Nelke, Margareta 4 Nguyen, Lan 77 Nicholas, David 64 Nimon, Maureen 26

To order, tel: +44 (0) 1223 499140 / fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

Pandian, M 43, 44, 45, 60 Papatheodorou, Christos 44, 51 Park, Jung-ran 40, 53 Parkes, Dave 48, 69 Partridge, Julie 11 Patil, Arun 35 Patrick, Susan 14, 43 Paulo Davim, J 32 Pedersen, Sarah 69 Pentz, Ed 38 Pester, David 32, 46 Peter, Katharin 42, 48 Petruzzelli, Antonio 61 Phillips, Angus 39, 40 Phillips, Loreen 22 Picton, Howard 42 Piggott, Michael 53, 56 Pomsuwan, Suthinan 72 Pope, Alison 29 Porter, Kirby 7, 46 Portman, Simon 62 Poulter, Alan 8 Poyner, Ann 32 Price, Gwyneth 31 Ptolomey, Joanna 22 Raduntz, Helen 50 Raghavan, Ram 76 Raieli, Roberto 40, 57 Raju, Jaya 56 Raju, Reggie 56 Ramana, Venkat 37, 45 Ramos, Marisol 56 Read, Jane 56 Reed, Barbara 56 Reid, Peter 52 Reiman, Cornelis 67 Reinold, Kathy 45, 55 Repetto, Manuela 33 Rice-Lively, Mary 60 Rikowski, Ruth 9, 60 Riley, Jenn 45, 55 Robertson, Guy 2, 9 Roosendaal, Hans 39 Rossiter, Nancy 17, 25 Rovai, Alfred 37, 49 Rowlands, Ian 64 Rowley, Chris 70, 71, 72 Russell, Anne 37 Ryan, Brendan 2, 33 Rydberg-Cox, Jeffrey 46, 50, 52 Saarti, Jarmo 13, 17 Saetre, Tove 31 Saha, Jayantee 71 Saini, Gordhan 76 Samek, Toni 8 Sanders, Roy 16

Available / will be available on Chandos Publishing Online

Author index Satija, M P 53, 55 Schader, Barbara 6, 31 Schmidt, Kari 4, 41 Schneider, Ingrid 53 Secker, Jane 31, 37, 46 Segev, Elad 64 Semertzaki, Eva 24, 58 Shah, Mahsood 33 Shao, Guosong 73 Sharron, David 29, 54 Shen, Jie 76 Sidorko, Peter 5, 25 Siengthai, Sununta 71 Silber, Denise 67 Sjögren, Linnéa 16 Smith, Cassandra 34 Smith, Kerry 8, 14 Snyman, Retha 59 Solomon, David 40, 45 Spalti, Michael 51 Stacey, Adrian 66 Stacey, Alison 66 Staines, Gail 12, 17 Steffen, Susan Swords 3, 10 Stephens, Tina 62 Stern, David 3, 10 Stilwell, Christine 12, 41 Stričević, Ivanka 39 Stuart, David 67 Suman, Aparajita 53 Summers, Tim 73 Suresh, J K 60 Suzuki, Hiromasa 71 Swanson, Troy 47, 66

Wan, Hakman A 62 Wang, Chang 72 Wang, Faye 65 Wang, Hanrong 3 Wang, Jifu 73, 76 Wang, Zhikai 75 Webb, Jela 15, 59 Webster, Len 17, 36 Webster, Peter 44 Wegener, Debby 23 Wei, Liang 74 Wei, Wang 72 Weideman, Melius 65 Welch, Lee 18 Weller, Toni 31 Welsh, Teresa 29, 49 White, Ashanti 49 White, Don 61 Whitworth, Andrew 30 Widen-Wulff, Gunilla 59 Wilder, Hilary 33, 66 Willer, Mirna 52, 63 Williams, Caroline 56 Williams, Joe 31, 37 Williamson, Kirsty 31, 32 Williamson, Vicki 13, 22 Winger, Adam 52 Winzenried, Arthur 5 Wood, Aileen 15, 23 Wormell, Irene 13 Wright, Melissa 29, 49 Wu, Bingxin 61 Wu, Shicun 72 Xia, Jingfeng 40

Talja, Sanna 30 Tammaro, Anna Maria 18, 35 Tang, Lei 75 Taylor, Liz 8, 60 Teichmann, Jeffrey 35 Thomas, Dana 14, 43 Thomas-Jones, Angela 64, 69 Thompson, Kimberly 7 Thomson, Bob 14, 22, 62 Tilley, Christine 31, 37 Titangos, Hui-Lan 67 Tomlin, Patrick 43 Torras, Maria-Carme 31 Tough, Alistair 45, 55 Townsend, Keith 44 Tredinnick, Luke 46, 51, 65 Trentin, Guglielmo 33, 36, 42, 58 Trim, Peter 77 Tsakonas, Giannis 44, 51

Yamamoto, Kiyoshi 34 Yang, Hailan 71 Yoo, Youngjin 72 Young, Janette 57 Young, Tom 17, 58, 59 Zalewska-Kurek, Kasia 39 Zdravkovska, Nevenka 4, 13 Zeegers, Margaret 6 Zhang, Allison 44, 51 Zhang, Lin 72 Zhao, Jinghua 73 Zhen, Yong 73, 76 Zhou, Albert 60 Zhu, Hong 74

Underwood, Peter 6, 8, 12, 41 Upshall, Michael 51 Upward, Frank 56 Urquhart, Christine 16 Vage, Lars 65, 69 Van Hoorebeek, Mark 7, 52 Vann, Charlcie 3 Varum, Celeste 75 Vaughan, K T L 6, 7, 23 Vinkler, Peter 36 Vo, Anne 77 Wallace, Jonathan 21, 30 Walsh, Andrew 29 Walsh, John 29, 77 Walton, Geoff 29, 30, 49, 69 Wamukoya, Justus 65

E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com / Order online @ www.chandospublishing.com

ORDER FORM

Chandos 2013

Post: Woodhead Publishing Limited, 80 High Street, Sawston, Cambridge, CB22 3HJ, UK Online @ www.woodheadpublishing.com

Email: sales@woodheadpublishing.com Tel: +44 (0) 1223 499140 Fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

Title

Please note that information and prices are correct at time of going to press but are subject to alteration without notice.

ISBN

Quantity

Total

Post & Packing

Elsewhere in Europe

Rest of World

£4.75

£8/US$14/€10

£18/US$31/€22

Post & Packing Grand Total

Books are sent by 1st class post within the UK. Orders outside the UK are dispatched by priority airmail and will take between 5 and 28 days to be delivered depending on location. An express courier service is also available on request at an additional charge.

HOW TO PAY & PAYMENT DETAILS By bank transfer into our account: HSBC Bank Plc Sterling Account No. 82209020 Sort Code 40 16 08 Euro Account No. 58122422 Sort Code 40 05 15 US Dollar Account No. 58122430 Sort Code: 40 05 15 Account name – Woodhead Publishing Ltd. Charge My:

MasterCard

Visa

Amex

Cheque enclosed for £/US$/€ _________________ In Sterling with a cheque drawn against a UK bank By Euro with a cheque drawn against a European bank In US Dollars with a cheque drawn against a US bank

Visa Debit

Card Number

Start Date

Security Number Expiry Date

Signature___________________________

PERSONAL DETAILS Name

Maestro: Issue No All credit card transactions are processed using our quoted Sterling price for the product(s). For overseas customers, due to exchange rate fluctuations the amount appearing on your card statement may differ to our quoted US Dollar and Euro prices.

PLEASE PRINT IN BLOCK CAPITALS Position

Company/Organisation Address Postcode

Country

Tel

Fax

Tick to join our e-mailing list To order, tel: +44 (0) 1223 499140 / fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

Date

Available / will be available on Chandos Publishing Online

Agents and Representatives USA and Canada

American Library Association ALA Editions / Neal-Schuman Mail your order to: American Library Association Order Fulfillment P.O. Box 932501 Atlanta, GA 31193-2501 USA Tel: +1-866-Shop ALA (+1 866 746 7252) Fax: +1 770 280 4155 E-mail: ala-orders@PBD.com

Mexico, Central and South America and Caribbean Cranbury International LLC 7 Clarendon Ave, Suite 2 Montpelier, VT 05602 USA Tel: +1 802 223 6565 Fax: +1 802 223 6824 E-mail: eatkin@cranburyinternational.com

Italy and France

Marcello s.a.s. Publishers’ Representatives Via Belzoni 12, 35121 Padova Italy Tel: +39 049 836 0671 Fax: +39 049 878 6759 E-mail: marcello@marcellosas.it

The Netherlands, Belgium and Luxembourg Frans Janssen Netwerk Academic Book Agency PO Box 33228 3005 EE Rotterdam The Netherlands Tel: +31 10 4613868 E-mail: info@netwerkaba.com Web: www.netwerkaba.com

Germany, Austria and Switzerland

Frauke Feldmann Mare Nostrum Heinrich-Roller-Strasse 21 10405 Berlin Germany Tel: +49 30 311 703 74 Mobile: +49 (0) 172 662 33 22 E-mail: fraukefeldmann@mare-nostrum.co.uk

Spain and Portugal

Cristina de Lara Condesa de Chinchon 25. Chalet 33 28660 Boadilla del Monte, Madrid Spain Tel/Fax: +34 91 633 66 65 E-mail: cristinadelara@mare-nostrum.co.uk Web: www.mare-nostrum.co.uk

Eastern Europe and Russia

Dr Laszlo Horvath Books For Eastern Europe Tinódi utca 31 1047 Budapest Hungary Tel: +36 1 3703614 Fax: +36 1 3795842 E-mail: booksforeeurope@gmail.com

Algeria, Cyprus, Greece, Jordan, Palestine, Malta, Morocco, Tunisia and Turkey Claire de Gruchy Avicenna Partnership Ltd PO Box 501, Witney, Oxfordshire OX28 9JL UK Tel: +44 7771 887843 E-mail: claire_degruchy@yahoo.co.uk

Bahrain, Egypt, Kuwait, Lebanon, Iraq, Libya, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Sudan, Syria, United Arab Emirates and Yemen Bill Kennedy Avicenna Partnership Ltd PO Box 501, Witney, Oxfordshire OX28 9JL UK Tel: +44 7802 244457 Fax: +44 1 387 247375 E-mail: bill.kennedy@btinternet.com

Iran

Farhad Maftoon Jahan Adib Publishing 1st Floor, No 12, Behesht-Aaeen Alley Davazdah-e-Farvardin Street Enghelab Ave. Tehran 13149-63951 Iran Tel: +98 21 6696 9111 Fax: +98 21 6697 1329 E-mail: maftoon@neda.net Web: www.jahanadib.com

South Africa

Michael Brightmore Academic Marketing Services (Pty) Ltd PO Box 411738 Craighall 2024 Johannesburg South Africa Tel: +27 11 447 7441 Fax: +27 11 447 2314 E-mail: orders@academicmarketing.co.za

Nigeria

Lanre Anulopo Bounty Press Ltd 3/5 Odutola Runsewe Close Opposite Police Station Orita Challenge, PO Box 23856 Mapo Post Office, Ibadan Nigeria Tel: +234 2 7517045 Fax: +234 2 2315422 E-mail: bounty@skannet.com

India, Bangladesh and Sri Lanka

Philippines

Tony Sagun CRW Marketing Services for Publishers, Inc 15 Pearl Avenue Greenheights Taytay, Rizal Philippines 1920 Tel: +63 2 584 8448 Fax: +63 2 213 0651 Email: lwwagent@pldtdsl.net

Taiwan

Unifacmanu Trading Co. Ltd 4F, No.91, Ho-Ping East Rd, Sec.1 Taipei Taiwan 10643 Tel: +886 2 2394 2749/ +886 2 2391 4280 Fax: +886 2 2394 3103/ +886 2 2322 2676 E-mail: info@unifacmanu.com.tw Web: www.winjoin.com.tw

South Korea

Se-Yung Jun ICK (Information & Culture Korea) 473-19 Seokyo-dong Mapo-ku Seoul 121-842 South Korea Tel: +82 2 3141 4791 Fax: +82 2 3141 7733 E-mail: cs.ick@ick.co.kr

Japan

Ben Kato 2-304, Shinkoji 2-18-1 Machida Tokyo 195-0057 Japan Tel/Fax: +81 42 737 1834 E-mail: shuppanjp@yahoo.co.jp United Publishers Services Ltd. 1-32-5 Higashi-shinagawa Shinagawa-ku Tokyo 140-0002 Japan Tel: +81 3 5479-7251 Fax: +81 3 5479-7307 e-mail: info@ups.co.jp

Ravindra Saxena Sara Books Pvt Ltd 302 Vardaan House 7/28, Ansari Road Daryaganj New Delhi 110002 India Tel: +91 11 23266107 Fax: +91 11 23266102 E-mail: ravindrasaxena@sarabooksindia.com

China

Pakistan

Beijing Office of ITA 1 17C Building C In-Do Mansion 48 Zhichun Rd Hai Dian District Beijing 100098 P.R.China Tel: +86 10 58732015 Fax: +86 10 58732025

Tahir M. Lodhi Publishers’ Representatives 14-G, Canalberg H.S, Multan Road Lahore 53700 Pakistan Tel: +92 42 352 92168 Fax: +92 42 358 82651 E-mail: tahirlodhi@gmail.com

Singapore, Malaysia, Thailand and Hong Kong Steven Goh APAC Publishers’ Services Pte Ltd Block 8, Lorong Bakar Batu #05-02 Singapore 348743 Tel: +65 68447333 Fax: +65 67478916 E-mail: service@apacmedia.com.sg

Ian Taylor Associates Ltd 12 Richborne Terrace London SW8 1AU UK Tel: +44 207 582 0071 Mobile: +44 7711168580 E-mail: ian@iantaylorassociates.com Web: www.iantaylorassociates.com

Other catalogues available from Woodhead Publishing: BIOMEDICINE AND BIOMATERIALS ENERGY AND ENVIRONMENTAL TECHNOLOGY FINANCE, COMMODITIES AND BUSINESS STUDIES FOOD SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND NUTRITION MATERIALS AND ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY

Library Management

Information Management

Business Management

Woodhead Publishing Limited 80 High Street, Sawston Cambridge, CB22 3HJ, UK E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com www.woodheadpublishing.com Telephone: +44 (0) 1223 499140 Fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

Internet, Web and Social Media

Key Contacts Rights enquiries - rights@woodheadpublishing.com Commissioning - gjones@chandospublishing.com Sales/Customer services - sales@woodheadpublishing.com General - wp@woodheadpublishing.com Marketing - marketing@woodheadpublishing.com Accounts - accounts@woodheadpublishing.com Join our discussion on Twitter at www.twitter.com/ChandosTweets Join in the conversation at www.facebook.com/chandospublishing

CHANDOS PUBLISHING IS AN IMPRINT OF WOODHEAD PUBLISHING LIMITED

Asian Studies